[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: make
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • make the attempt to give up certain formerly held inclinations. Then,
    • In pondering the demands everyday life makes it becomes clear that it
    • from the great book of occult schooling. A person who makes use of
    • endeavor is required and man must make the attempt to free himself
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • following ingenious comment to make; One could not believe that this
    • make it possible for the woman of the family to work in the world
    • which makes man the crown of creation. We can best bring this before
    • development, when he makes his own physical body, then we have true
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner speaks in this pamphlet. He makes no special claim for
    • organism, we can ask ourselves if we do not make our bodies unfit
    • same light that maintains life in plants makes it possible for us
    • of the nerves, the actions within the nerves, that which makes
    • within himself and make an inner effort to bring about the
    • having to make too much of an effort. Yet, speaking from the
    • produce the forces that make it possible for him to produce fat on
    • undermines his invisible independence. In so doing he makes himself
    • The ego, unique spark of divinity in man. It makes
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • contemplation, further meditation. The more progress you make in
    • suddenly someone has come near to help him, to make him alert to this
    • will confer with them, will make His voice heard in such gatherings.
    • acquire forces that make for unification. In very truth Christ brings
    • A wonderful picture in very truth: that something would happen to make
    • to make known to men what the nature of these wonderful forms of pure
    • physical body, it will make no difference, when the moment comes for
    • spiritual world. Realisation of this should make him conscious of his
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • to do with themselves and are unable to make anything of themselves.
    • When called upon to make a decision in a given situation, they are at a
    • succeed, but if I make a habit of it, I will find that my forgetfulness
    • Perhaps you have noticed the strange movements they make in the air
    • physical body has become dominant and makes movements on its own,
    • will help to make the etheric body stronger. Historical events, for
    • to make this experiment, it should not be prolonged because it would
    • already mentioned how nervousness often makes it impossible for people
    • procedure in later life, it becomes possible to make good much that has
    • you feel limp and weary, it would be better not to attempt to make a
    • make ourselves independent of what confronts us, the better. Thus it is
    • The ego, unique spark of divinity in man. It makes possible
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • natural science. By strengthening the human soul, it seeks to make
    • I would like to make a few preliminary observations before moving on
    • continuation of natural science, makes entirely different demands on
    • make contact with the divine essence. The Mystery of Golgotha,
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • because such a play can make us realize again how the souls of men, whether
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • The human principle into which these forces stream, if it makes itself
    • Christ Jesus; there are no means whereby we can make him understand
    • through every idea. And if we make concepts and ideas alive within us
    • streamed into it. The path which is shown to man is to make the words,
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • what makes it possible for us as sensory beings to enjoy without pain all
    • come to learn so to regard all that makes us human, fundamentally and in the
    • do not know, for I never make theoretical combinations. The facts
    • because you are finding evermore the way to make spiritual science into an
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • anything but just to make it clear how the spiritual scientific way of
    • and who we are. We would lose everything that makes us human. Our
    • intensive soul processes which anyone can undergo. What makes these
    • human life. Only this heightening makes spiritual research possible.
    • a single mental image. This is what makes concentration radically
    • purely inner consciousness. From then on, he can make sense of a
    • experience is faint, but it makes its appearance in such a way that,
    • learn to make sense of the statement, “You are experiencing yourself
    • imaginations make their appearance. Images rise up, but they are
    • new element which can make its appearance as spiritual reality
    • to make them appear. The spiritual researcher is not in the same
    • it makes them uncomfortable to know that he acknowledged the truth of
    • Lessing was getting senile in his old age.” That makes people more
    • old prejudices. This young spiritual knowledge wants to make itself
    • Christ Event by every human soul willing to make the effort. What the
    • Those persons who make Christianity the basis for battling against
    • cosmic Christ living in the far reaches of the universe; this makes
    • paths. He only wants to make us aware that there are truths that can
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • who had legitimate authority to make decisions. Eventually, the
    • will be to make two ideas visible. Firstly, it will be important to
    • wings and cause his imminent plunge into the abyss. To make this
    • the comprehension of the Christ impulse will be to make man finally
    • in this way, as if by natural initiation. Nowadays man must make a
    • sciences is that nature does not make any leaps
    • Now consider the following. Looking eastward we can make out luciferic
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • question is to be answered truly, we must realize that we make a
    • death because this would make it impossible for him to enter the
    • in full consciousness, make preparation for communities into which he
    • intellectuals, as they call themselves, make the following reproach to
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • enlarge our horizon in regard to the true nature of man and to make us see
    • strength to make of us individual human beings.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • We might of course imagine that we could make ourselves insensitive to
    • must emphasize the fact that by no means everyone desiring to make
    • as set forth above, to make the knowledge derived from Spiritual Science
    • union with the human nature, an inner life makes its first appearance which
    • several complex lives in other bodies. And the forces which make it capable of
    • sketchy one, for I should have to talk for many hours in order to make any
    • Spiritual Science can make to what natural science has achieved. There is
    • go. I am not relating things of this kind in order to make fun of people
    • quite possible to be a distinguished individual and still make such a mistake.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and always with the mistaken idea that it is still possible to make
    • make man die, so, too, the forces of evil are not there in the
    • respect men have yet to make full use of all that has been instilled
    • the eternal, will make us either warm or cold. It will have to fill us
    • make us warm, another will make us cold. Worst of all will be those
    • who make us neither warm nor cold. Thus we shall have an inner
    • ruts, and that is what makes it so very difficult to speak of such
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • to achieve a conscious result one must make an inward effort, above
    • interchange between two people. The impression which one person makes
    • make for regularity in social transactions are only outward swings of
    • it must make itself felt and must be developed in us. This anti-social
    • make use of this $5 note by going shopping one morning, and you spend
    • Nowadays man wants to be instinctively that which his experiences make
    • which Spiritual Science gives. The spirit must make a fresh effort
    • earlier years from yourself and when you make them objective. This is
    • make the effort to take these things into account.
    • individual. I have tried to make this clear in my Philosophy of
    • this conflict makes itself felt to the genuine seeker after truth in
    • “the unrighteous Prince of this World”. He makes his presence
    • people to make the basic distinction between the Spirit of the
    • today, but it is incredibly sad if people cannot at least make up
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • mention of the spiritual was to make a warding-off gesture with his
    • that makes Hermann Grimm the typical representative of Middle European
    • words: Macaulay makes of Frederick the Great a distorted figure of an
    • if out of a three-dimensional figure one were to make a
    • — they will make it possible for the spirit itself to come alive in
    • had nothing to do with modern times. A makeshift separation of the
    • present-day humanity; they must make good what they have neglected in
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • of substances of which our body can make use. If you eat a piece of bread
    • understanding are super-sensible, that is, everything we make use of for
    • then make a study of everything going on in the child up till the age of
    • makes a difference if you understand the kinds of things that are being
    • you understand it properly, you will find an opportunity to make use of
    • dogmas, but to give them the sort of thing that makes them become
    • The essential thing is to make the sort of arrangements that allow for
    • other people. The kind of education that makes human beings of people
    • changes. Make no mistake about the fact that the sort of social
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • today to consider certain matters which make for a better
    • state, we cannot make such a definite demarcation between the fluid
    • in this warmth, what sets it in flow, stirs it into movement, makes it
    • organism. We can therefore make the following distinction: In our
    • make-up.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • recognized. This makes it possible for us also to perceive how those
    • conscious of the universe as a corpse only, and it is this that makes
    • What was the real aim of Julian the Apostate? — He wished to make
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • in pursuit of sensations does not make us more spiritual. We become
    • case today, we make sincere endeavors to develop unbiased thinking, it
    • the make-up of external objects can, it is true, be analyzed and
    • irradiated by the will. This is what makes them real. Just think how
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • this inner hollowness of our Christmas celebrations. We should make the
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • “God makes revelation of His Being in the heavenly heights, and
    • founded, but one may still remain a mere phrase-maker even when
    • untouched by earth, was descending to it, and this descent had to make
    • make the Mystery of Golgotha known to-day. We turn back from the
    • of the religion of Jehovah. This Jehovah-religion makes its appearance
    • shepherds was one which could make no national distinctions and
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • discipline that should make the will strong and vigorous, able to
    • makes the assumption that the stars and the sun do not move, but that
    • careful and unbiased study of Greek times will not fail to make this clear.
    • make man's thinking correspond with what he saw with his eyes. So
    • otherwise make him giddy; he passes the Guardian of the Threshold and,
    • philosophy. They make a great mistake who assert that at one time of
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • make him into a criminal.
    • If you ask: What is the nature of the forces which make compensation
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • It might be said that all poetry has in it something which makes it
    • make Man a Man of Earth, the being who had his Manhood imprinted on
    • of a pea, then of another pea, and this makes two; then another is
    • grade, and makes geometry sound musically, all this, as far as I know,
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • cannot rightly absorb and make his own.
    • begins to make his own faculty of judgment felt, comes only at the
    • a man gets his etheric body, and with it makes his way into the
    • etheric body. There it makes ready to receive all our actions, all
    • itself our activities. Therefore it makes a great difference whether a
    • bear the effects of what the cosmos makes of our deeds back again into
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • into an inner uncertainty that makes itself felt even in the physical body.
    • abstract feelings in regard to ugliness by his features-he makes a
    • chimneys and smoke, and dispenses with beauty, is a world that makes
    • demonic beings who would like to make man forget his pre-earthly
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • think in this way and make our consciousness accord with the demands of the
    • after that knowledge which makes us fully man. It would be a scandal before
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • make the etheric organization stronger in such a case, so that its
    • wants to become an exudate so that it will make use of the breakdown
    • substances have the peculiarity that they do not make use of the
    • rhythm. In order to make this possible in a comprehensive way, our
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophical movement sought to make its way through the world,
    • he makes it into something different.
    • human being makes it possible for us to understand how a process of
    • which one makes a tea. In this way one can assist the digestive organs. If
    • ways. To begin with it can be taken orally. This makes it possible for a
    • silica, or quartz. It makes quite a difference whether we prepare this
    • system — then we could make some kind of bath to which we add the
    • and it is up to others to find the ways and means to make use of them.
    • can make especially fruitful observations. If we now carry
    • person makes healthy movements which are drawn out of eurythmy and
    • until the morning lecture. But that is something that would make you
    • speak about bringing health to make people sick in this way. Therefore I
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • once upon a time on Earth and who now make it their task to ray down
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • — this I have endeavoured to make clear to you in the lectures of the
    • deep impression they make on us. Whatever we have before us in immediate
    • material thing — with the magic idealism of his poetry he can make it live
    • your soul, but you are able also to make the Michael Thought live in your
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Mystery of Golgotha, is concerned, we must make a distinction between
    • through Anthroposophy. If Anthroposophy can again make clear to men
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • make them true initiates of the Higher Knowledge. Until Man
    • courage to make this giddy height their goal: — “Learn to
    • confirmed in the realm of the senses. Even when we make a mathematical
    • qualitative, who can make himself master in the ethereal
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • soul inwardly needs, In order to know the physical world we must make
    • essential that we ourselves think through and make mental pictures of
    • and again; through their own power they make themselves comprehensible
    • In order to make the picture more exact, we must acquaint ourselves
    • Spiritual. The animal kingdom is the first realm with which he makes
    • acquaintance — and in the following way. If he makes some
    • has contact and can make links only with those human souls, whether
    • see into that world perceive how the dead gradually makes more and
    • lower impulses through direct intercourse with the dead. When we make
    • another at five o'clock teas and in cafes. What makes it possible to
    • to the pain and the sorrow, people make no distinction as to whether
    • visualise his being, to make his being come to life in ourselves
    • value was for the world. If we make these things inwardly living, they
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • that children initially make A sounds; later on they add those
    • will make greater efforts on that side and through his movements
    • our nerves. Now, the movements we make with the right hand while
    • learn to write a bit later. If I simply were to make left-handed
    • children write as fast as the right-handed ones, I would make them
    • place in the right side of the brain. Therefore, I must make sure to
    • teach them to write. This approach will not make them less
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • out in cosmic space as compared with the orbiting planets, which make
    • from the spiritual world. We must make a real advance in the
    • because man is not able to make his thoughts strong enough, spiritual
    • thought today that when anyone makes a logical statement that can be
    • Let me make this
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • slave to logical or legal necessity, but makes the content of the law,
    • them; indeed, one must make an effort to examine something which to
    • Every arrangement which makes for an intervention from the legal side
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • Now let us go back to the event that makes a strong impression on our
    • back and makes its appearance in the next seven-year period as an
    • makes itself felt particularly strongly in connection with the
    • back; but they make a wider circuit and come back only in the next
    • great trouble to make our children acquainted with the terms of the
    • history. He does not know what to make of it. It plays no part in his
    • This observation I make for the benefit of physicists. They will
    • modern chemist, says he can make nothing of a certain recipe which is
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • that is what we need above all to make our own.
    • as they worked in the Ancients, but we must now learn to make
    • make ourselves free? Nothing is worse than to give oneself over to the
    • gradually to make himself free of these conditions. But he must free
    • indications are given which, if they are followed, can make us
    • the heavens, but he must equip himself with forces which make him
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • flown away after three days, if he does not make every effort to bring
    • remember it, give lectures on it. If we did not make such efforts we
    • good time. Why need we make an effort between birth and death? We
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • gentle pain. And this kind of experience immediately makes us tend
    • If a teacher makes a mistake while teaching a 10 or 12 year old, then,
    • concerned, this does not really make such a very great difference. By
    • this I do not mean that you should make as many mistakes as possible
    • 21, you simply must not expose your latent inadequacies and so make a
    • although the students are developing the capacity to make judgments,
    • make mistakes with older students, let us say with those at medical
    • people make such an outcry about social matters is because men are
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • make progress.
    • doing; all we can do is to make nature part of our own being. But what we
    • ourselves prepare and make ready in the world — that is what will
    • epochs it is necessary to make such things understood. We are going forward
    • will make good and thus insure their survival in the sixth epoch of
    • periods of the seventh great epoch. This makes sixteen stages of evolution
    • we must make our way upwards through intellect to spirituality before we
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • when he is quite close it appears that he is preparing to make
    • the waters bear him to the surface and make him free again. The
    • Inspirational consciousness, but let us make it quite clear
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • form, so as to make use of his senses. The relation of the external
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • by people whose immaturity in the realm of Spiritual Science makes
    • something of which it can make no use; for what is modern research to
    • make of a God in whom it cannot really believe? The only proof it has
    • begin to make something of the statements of external Science. For
    • what to make of the results of modern research. The wonderful thing
    • people are enabled to make something of these words. This conception,
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • Ego-being, he began to make claims on him. — Brotherhood gave way
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • School arising which gathers together and makes a careful record of
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • this feeling, will he be able to make the right decisions and
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • however, see the man who makes the clock; they would only see how a
    • “In Munich there are clock-makers”, but they would say:
    • “Clock-makers do not exist; the clocks arise spontaneously,
    • completely; human beings must make up their mind not to pass through
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • developed in the soul through a number of incarnations, men make
    • And now let us turn to certain fundamental ideas which can make our
    • it makes upon us. Paradoxical as it may seem, this is the conception
    • lead out and beyond; they strive as it were to make themselves
    • permeable. One of the reasons why a Gothic building makes its
    • Could any enclosed space make a more majestic impression than
    • sight of a Greek Temple “makes us feel the very marrow of our
    • is for us to make the beginning, although it can be no more than a
    • to break through its own walls and make connection with the weaving
    • philologist! How ought we to regard these things? I will try to make
    • story makes, such an impression upon the Emperor that he allows his
    • masterly portrayal of souls. But such a story immediately makes
    • explanation is necessary ... and so one makes up one's mind to
    • believe that the Johannesbau-Verein will help to make this aim
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • The Manu resolved: I will make the Fourth Subrace into a confluence of
    • people. The man who had evolved the personality (the Roman) could make
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • stars are essences of Being — Beings who make felt their active
    • he could make manifest the Father in his own external human being.
    • very reason that they are unalive, they can make way for living
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • difference it makes to man whether the words he speaks are formed in
    • In the next epoch the Archangels make, as it were, a step forward and
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • even say: It is our specific task between birth and death to make
    • physical body in order to make ourselves acquainted through it with
    • able entirely to free himself from that which makes him earthly man.
    • himself from that which makes him earthly man. As earthly men, as you
    • medical practice which will make the penetration of medicine with
    • make him out to be with our hostile criticisms. If we had the
    • stream of life was an instinctive expression of the desire to make it
    • all that I have been saying, I only wished to make it clear to you
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • their son, to make his father on the world-throne, impotent, and we
    • the Gods who meet us where actual Greek history makes its appearance.
    • in the Middle Ages — make use consciously of the salt that
    • has remained behind. But neither can man make conscious use of
    • make use of the Sulphur to be found in him. Were man able to make
    • atavistic way. If he could consciously make use of his Mercury, his
    • conclusions, we can make the following statement: We observe from
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • star-constellations. If I were to make a comparison from something
    • differently in the female sex, and which apparently makes greater
    • ideas it is much more mischievous than in language; people often make
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • Testament doctrine makes the Divine the creator of man, only through
    • Legend. I will not of course make myself the commentator who explains
    • this, he only goes by the wording. But this makes Till Eulenspiegel
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • different) as ‘mortal’ makes himself ‘immortal’.
    • forces of his symmetry, to make into his world-conception —
    • in the sense of this fifth epoch. On the other hand what can make
    • precisely the force that makes a perpetual call on our attentiveness.
    • and make us look into world conditions. It is not enough, my dear
    • to make an electricity experiment in the Physics classroom, I
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • own willpower we must make any further advance. This is how it seems,
    • is so proud. One cannot do enough to make oneself clear how
    • exploded in the French Revolution. (We wish to make no criticism,
    • that is generally taken. He makes a very fine observation where he
    • always makes an important painting after a definite number of years.
    • comfortable theory that the religious life makes different demands
    • come quickly and make all things new.’ And he headed it with
    • to receive that which can make all things new.
    • lo, I come quickly and make all things new.’ Somewhere
    • make all things new’. He was in fact one of those men of the
    • soul, that makes the soul young again. And many new things have
    • always regard their own principle as the only one to make all mankind
    • their course together — I shall make a sketch.
    • wants to stop short at every thought and make it valid, seeks to
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • But by employing comparisons we wish to make various things clear.
    • comets; even meteors — irregularities, as we know — make
    • drawing and make it so: one must also, as it were, include the
    • through other results of spiritual research. If one makes oneself
    • so-called dead, one can then make the experience that the dead
    • make children officials, industrialists, we can even make them
    • pastors, etc. etc., but we are but little in a position to make
    • participate, it makes its development more slowly. Were our whole
    • man can make heart-warm concepts of the fact that when one looks at
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • that the head is not merely given us quite passively but that we make
    • divining-rod. Professor Benedict did not make clairvoyant
    • which is not so very easy to make. But if it has once been made, if
    • When one makes
    • intensive observation of human life one can see how man makes use of
    • make it more and more chubby-faced. Thus the human being, as etheric
    • earth, the rest of our organism is adapted to make us resurrect, for
    • task of a future educational science to make anthroposophical
    • nowadays one manages to make it a serious fault for anyone with a
    • One can make such observations in fact at every turn. Logical slips
    • acquired he must at least make special reference to the fact, so that
    • his audience may make note of it. One will only be really able to see
    • we may make a certain amount of progress if at least in one spot on
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • world! And we must develop this sense of responsibility that makes us
    • makes the ego feel attracted to just this particular returning astral
    • present world conception remains external. I should like to make this
    • different from what one imagines, usually makes it possible to see
    • external civilization. And what politicians want to make of Europe
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • animals make uniform use of their four limbs, whereas in the human
    • bound up with every movement we make as we go about the world
    • In every movement of the fingers that we make during the day, in
    • signifies will ultimately develop the power to make it once again an
    • produce something that is beneficial to life, we must make a real
    • make a connection, during sleep, with the Archai. This fact manifests
    • tear asunder and make bad karma for the next life, threads that are
    • befallen me — it is my karma.’ To make karma responsible
    • understanding of karma, is one which makes us realise when, perhaps
    • will make me conscious of the weakness (which expressed itself
    • would make us out and out weaklings! One or two earthly lives might
    • a man is to make him more sensitive to happiness and
    • physical world we can make our thought free. Feeling
    • a new earthly life and continue the work which will make him a free
    • a man who makes statements about a planet and is unable to understand
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • the moment, the shock will make them put aside all such knowledge.
    • must make our ideas plastic and form quite a different conception of
    • contemporaries and who was forced to make such a change in his whole
    • reality, the thought of Galileo. This kind of thought tries to make
    • We men of modern times must learn to make a clear distinction between
    • concept and word. Not to make this distinction between
    • made the same distinction as we make between the concept and the
    • remote past when it was perfectly natural to make speech poetic, when
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • well how difficult it is to make Spiritual Science to some extent
    • which have helped to make modern science great. Modern science has
    • them, makes them essentially different.
    • we try to meet the demands of every-day life, and to make progress in
    • fashion but the oppression makes us feel the reality — because
    • earlier metamorphoses, preceded the Earth, and how the very make-up
    • Spiritual Science must make to achieve these results should be known
    • contemplation of the secrets of the Universe. Only he who makes love
    • makes us unfree than does a change of the stage on which our life
    • takes its course, when circumstances are such as to make us still
    • makes us practical and capable human beings.
    • anthroposophical knowledge can make to medicine, to therapy —
    • strives, too, to make this knowledge of higher worlds bear fruit in
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • written, with the aim of stating that it was still possible to make
    • in such a way that the human being then merely makes claims and
    • live. For we should always make a distinction between the value which
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • seer; the earth thinks because it makes use of the sleeping human
    • that is able to make such a sacrifice. This cannot be produced
    • being that is called upon to make this sacrifice, thus fulfilling
    • also makes it possible that these forces be used for other purposes
    • that case be able to exercise their influence and they would make use
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • succeeding centuries proceeded to build up an idea of the make-up of
    • reverse of the old clairvoyance — should make headway. And they
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • that shines upon the things outside, that makes the things outside
    • All those decades, that make us so much older than this little newly
    • Among those who serve Him, there is not one who could make the same
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • physical children. In order to make the picture graphic, I will put
    • objects around us; the sunlight makes them visible. In a similar way
    • just as here in earthly life he makes use of thinking in the physical
    • body, after earthly life he can make use of the light.
    • room; for that which makes men fit to cope with the demands of this
    • are not regarded in this serious light, we shall make no progress.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • Now in order not to speak merely theoretically but to make what I
    • This has nothing to do with the fact that the advice which makes this
    • make fruitless the Movement for Religious Renewal. All the movements
    • non-Anthroposophists, should it, for example, make proselytes within
    • such legend most vigorously, and will also sternly refuse to make
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • life-tableau disappears after a few days. What makes it cease and
    • etheric being, outside makes an impression upon us. The impression
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • conditions in the Anthroposophical Society makes it seem desirable to
    • make a few comments complementing what I said a week ago about the
    • growing up, now turns inward and becomes a striving to make one's
    • moral, ethical and religious nature. Even if he makes compromises
    • believes only in what his eyes see and what his mind makes of his
    • soul attitude and experience that make a man a full-fledged human
    • uncomfortable it makes some people when things of this kind have to
    • young days vividly enough to make them seem immediate experience, so
    • doesn't always make things easy for us. You'll agree that it isn't
    • world, and are thus very satisfying. They make up for one's external
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • make the same movements which it made when he saw the other's face before.
    • possible for us always so to control the physical body as we could make
    • very little can be done in our day; but in our thoughts we must make a
    • make a beginning. No matter how such remarks as these are received, I had to
    • make you realise that this is a serious matter. That is why I have permitted
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • world does not make much impression, and whose education has
    • recovery from an illness, it makes the world of difference if we have
    • about, and make it serviceable for man. It is as though it were not
    • develop his memory, and if everything that makes an impression on him
    • him. But as long as he believes that it does not make any difference,
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • confusion. I want to make a special point of this, as it is an
    • medicine, irrespective of its various forms, still makes itself felt
    • apply and make valuable use in life of those facts that are not
    • Unless you make it your business to know what spiritual science can
    • course that when he makes a prick in the body blood will flow out
    • body, is not what flows out when I make the prick and take out a
    • even though you can draw clear lines when you want to make
    • nature can make any judgment at all. These illnesses are simply
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • to talk of purposes. And Goethe and others were right to make fun of
    • her wisdom had created cork so that man could make stoppers with it.
    • enough to make the hands go round. In actual fact if we want to know
    • the clockmaker. And similarly, when we want to understand purpose in
    • could still alter their limbs at will, and make them long or short
    • make this quite clear I would like to tell you something that you may
    • the vocal cords and the other speech organs. It makes a great
    • etheric body. In this way you make the human being's physical body
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • must look at the human being in a way that makes it possible to
    • makes the astral body even-tempered, as it were. By means of careful
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • to make people think, namely that in pneumonia a special phenomena
    • three o'clock, then when it is one o'clock for other people he makes
    • it four p.m., at two o'clock he makes it 5 p.m., and so on. The inner
    • he will make it three o'clock again; that it, his clock's movement
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • can visualise first of all what use man makes of this time in
    • make him the strong being he must become by the end of earth
    • we have mustered, and when they have become mature they make their
    • makes for disharmony in any life. Man is born on the one side into
    • carried out. Thus illness can be the very thing that makes us fit to
    • make this especially clear, let us imagine that a soul is not yet
    • future incarnations. We should regard illness as a process that makes
    • closely connected with us, and therefore it also makes its appearance
    • to incorporate this into us and make it part of ourselves.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • aspects as possible. Today we will make it our task to speak of
    • make the concept of the group soul convincing for external
    • and works on it to make it a vehicle of expression. It is just this
    • man has all day is bound to change when the ego makes a change in the
    • case of a certain display of feeling the ego makes the astral body
    • ego. This is why giggling makes such an unpleasant impression. It
    • do something about. It always makes such an unpleasant impression
    • compresses his astral body with his ego. He tries to make himself
    • makes you laugh. It is bound to happen that man feels superior to
    • we make a broad survey of what comes to expression in man as the work
    • joy makes a tremendous important contribution to human development.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual science has to say about these things will make sense. It
    • beings had not yet reached the point when they could make of their
    • itself in the highest degree. This makes the people dreamy, and the
    • this no longer makes you black. But we do not wish to deny
    • everything is more spiritual, this no longer makes people red. But
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • constantly being added to man come from? We will make this
    • make the person a thief, it is a process taking place entirely within
    • outside. And all opinions of taste, as well as judgments we make
    • we make a rapid survey of human life and visualise man's development
    • piece, because the gods wish to make us member by member into their
    • something new out of relationships, and that he can make use of the
    • power that makes him capable of living on into the perspectives of
    • good qualities that make him an image of the whole society. Thus all
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • can make its way into the soul today from the spiritual worlds.
    • importance and to make this possible, particular bodily conditions
    • make progress. He will produce his best work if he can wait for the
    • spiritual worlds. The soul must make strenuous efforts and
    • to us that we must make reparation. When this idea comes to us it is
    • him; we may also wish to make reparation, but we cannot. During this
    • being we can do nothing to make amends. In this world of visions
    • of men. This attitude makes it possible to realise how the progress
    • ‘Night’ in the Medici Chapel in Florence, he could make
    • make their way into the world as a fruit of true spiritual knowledge.
    • cannot be strictly exact. One can only try to make it as exact as
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • perpetually colliding with our bodily make-up and thereby destroying
    • life itself makes it obvious that we can also work destructively upon
    • the gate of death we can make compensation in some form for
    • make good the destruction that has been brought about.
    • astral, etheric and physical bodies, and to make them of use for a
    • and make no contact with them. This self-isolation is an outcome of
    • rebirth. The Initiate has to make his way into the same spheres, and
    • Christianity makes possible the evolution of the “human
    • Paul did in fact begin to make this distinction and those who
    • becoming solitary individuals in the Sun sphere, unable to make
    • sphere a man must make a decision; he must acquire a certain
    • to make men conscious of the divine-spiritual core of being within
    • continually new impulses will make their way into the evolution of
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • able to help them. To this end Anthroposophy must make us conscious
    • I want to make you aware of how little a man really knows about the
    • for sleep. We then connect our various experiences; one makes a
    • forces which exist only as possibilities, some of which seldom make
    • happened to miss. This may make a deep impression upon him and such
    • other means makes his thinking more mobile, will have moments in his
    • between birth and death karma holds sway, Anthroposophy makes it
    • make him picture the life of soul as being connected too closely with
    • perfectly possible for this human soul with all its content to make
    • conditions prevailing on the Earth. All we do is to make use of these
    • organs. If we make ourselves consciously aware of the fact that with
    • and if we then make a comparison with the plant and the sunlight, we
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • will not be able to make much of it. Put simply, the condition of
    • be indicated if I make sketches to show how the so-called aura of the
    • which most people would be capable today if they were to make efforts
    • to lecture about it. All that was necessary would have been to make
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • make it possible for every human soul to discover for itself the path
    • on the Earth, all that he could have achieved would have been to make
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • been possible, we shall be unable to make further progress in our
    • birth, in the efforts he makes to acquire capacities which he will
    • himself and his outer form. By his own efforts he has to make his way
    • walk, which launch the sounds of speech, which make him into a
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • to continue, the second teeth would inevitably make their appearance
    • which is the line of individual development, it is impossible to make
    • But countless other influences make their way into life; from
    • distinction he makes between the ‘first Adam’ and the
    • the old kind of leadership and therefore cannot make any direct
    • approach to men. Those who have kept pace with evolution can make
    • into his very self something that in the next life on Earth will make
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • will not make much difference whether we pick an car from a grain of
    • those who make known these tidings regard as their task is verily not
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • prey for the Luciferic powers. Lucifer makes straight for such souls.
    • bodies in such a way that they are able to make effective use of
    • life, they could not make it possible for him to develop the capacity
    • his inability to make his thinking exhaustive and valid. A large
    • makes efforts to adapt himself to his environment and its demands.
    • effects. A man who makes efforts to adapt himself to his environment,
    • seemed that he was trying to make himself noticed by means of all
    • today was to make a small contribution towards understanding this
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • experiences beyond the Saturn sphere between death and rebirth make
    • been possible to make important additions to the more general
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • on the one hand full of light, while on the other it makes us
    • time, we can make a most peculiar discovery. We can say to ourselves
    • put a circle round this Greek and Roman thought-world and make it an
    • apprehend in the external world or in the spiritual world makes you
    • makes itself felt in the thought world of Graeco-Roman antiquity.
    • Golgotha. But as soon as one lets the spiritual world make its
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • make it seem that the prophecy had been fulfilled.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • that with His help it could transfuse human blood and thereby make
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • post-Atlantean epoch? Again I must make use of a pedantic, dried out
    • to the rocks with his rod and makes water gush out. Moses goes up the
    • and to make manifest that which lives in the Ego.
    • share the same root and sap as the olive, do not make yourself
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • sufficiently to make an impression on their consciousness?
    • make of this. It was the same when I was coming out of St. Peter's
    • his horse had to make a leap in order not to be thrown into the
    • say this in all humility, with no wish to make an arrogant claim —
    • make a really conscientious study of what external scholarship has to
    • Makes ready to dismount,
    • clearly, did not know what to make of the message of the stars, for
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • I wanted to make these preliminary remarks because the
    • outside our Movement, who then make the most senseless remarks about
    • know nothing of the angles which their rays make with the earth, the
    • Let us try to make ourselves worthy to do this; let us
    • connection we wish to decipher the stellar script today. Let us make
    • know nothing of the angles which their rays make with the earth, the
    • heights before He was revealed on Earth! Let us make ourselves
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • make subjective efforts in order to think, did not as yet exist in
    • what that is, for he makes no concepts of actual evolution. He gets
    • different. Beings are evolving and they make use of human
    • opportunity for beings who have stayed behind to make use of the
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • makes the significant discovery that through the utterances, through
    • this reason he is the planet who makes the past unendingly dear to
    • grasped with thoughtful intelligence. If a man does not himself make
    • some quality in human nature enables him to make a man loquacious, he
    • manifold ways to make statements about the mysteries of the cosmos.
    • wrest man away from what is determined by destiny and make him into a
    • Saturn, the faithful custodian of cosmic memory, said: Let us make
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • the spiritual worlds, I do not wish to make closer acquaintance with
    • aspect, for the effort which we must make in order to solve these
    • riddles gives us strength, gradually makes us more perfect also as
    • with the physical world, makes us, as it were, confident that also
    • We can, for instance, make the following experience:
    • things in a really positive way we shall often make the following
    • connection, I shall make use of a comparison which is evident,
    • make experiences in the course of a few days or hours, experiences
    • which mean to us far more than those we otherwise make in the course
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • nevertheless they make themselves felt in the sympathies and
    • but that inner life which makes itself felt in our prevailing mood
    • say, our soul's interest in the surrounding world which makes itself
    • forces of our etheric body, and it makes itself felt in this way.
    • world we make acquaintance with beings who are truly no less real
    • consist in imaginations — make themselves felt as
    • thoughts we make our own, into the feelings we experience, so are the
    • the imaginations to make an impression on him. For this can only be
    • trained can make himself a certain substitute. For instance —
    • which we rather make use for purposes of communication with the
    • be able to make ourselves like them — independent, in a sense,
    • consciousness — the influences which make themselves felt in
    • hasten enough to make propaganda for it. That is what a real and
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • yogi. It makes a difference whether something is achieved through
    • the four elements of earth, water, air and fire, then it makes no
    • in order to say that twice two makes four. One would be wrong, for
    • eight, making out that two times two makes eight, or something like
    • evolution, then mankind would be unable to make further progress.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • days. What makes it cease and what is the essence of this
    • through the fact that our etheric being outside makes an impression
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • awakened in us the ability to make use of a very brief space of time,
    • Dornach Building has grown, were they able to make use of that short
    • makes an impression on your consciousness, but that it had already
    • what thus lies just beyond the threshold, we make an important
    • we look out at the world and the mountains, and they make an
    • to make this distinction. For, you see, the difference is really very
    • every position of it, as it were. It is difficult to make this
    • not need first to be drawn or painted by us, but immediately makes an
    • I shall try to make this clear to you, by citing an
    • would be hard to believe. They make definitions which they are
    • make an impression on his readers. All feeling that such
    • very sacrifice which they make, partly constitutes, in their new
    • least to some of you — shows us, among other things, and makes
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • that we should not make progress in our work, if we did not from time
    • to time take a mighty leap, make a vigorous move forward into regions
    • this particular subject, if we were not to make some little appeal to
    • this conception, — is difficult to make clear to the man of our
    • the future, the ‘ I ’ will make something new.
    • human being. Material consciousness can certainly not make much of
    • these Archangels. If we can make a clear mental picture of how in the
    • attributes could well make man dizzy. They are the Beings who may be
    • and what a man requires in order to make his way through it. We shall
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • pendulum, and how later Kepler and Newton were stimulated to make
    • because no language has as yet been created which would make all this
    • order to make this agreement more especially complete, a harmonious
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • whole would not otherwise be comprehensible, we must also make
    • astral body. The three modifications must make use of certain
    • make 180 deg., but you will at once be informed, whether you draw
    • three angles together make 180 deg.
    • I have had to make use of this example, for it is the simplest and
    • make a greater impression upon him. Others he finds to be lethargic,
    • specialized, and he can make use of the several persons and work for
    • Therefore these Beings come into closer contact with that which makes
    • people, and we see how the other Spirits make use of this opportunity
    • why mankind is divided into races. That which makes man the same over
    • the whole globe, which makes each man, irrespective of the race to
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • about which makes man's present organization possible. We have
    • human being. That which makes us into beings capable of manifesting
    • to make man independent with regard to the higher parts of his being,
    • the earth planet, those Spirits whose greatest interest is to make
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • characters of the several Folk-souls, we shall have to make use of
    • in reality ‘to make the Trinity into a Quaternary.’ It is
    • occultly in the words: ‘To make the Trinity into a Quaternary.’
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • simple, and, to make the mission of the earth comprehensible, it is
    • universe which surrounds our earth and together with it makes one
    • that which really makes him into man; and when he looks up to what is
    • Sun and Moon), he sees that which makes him belong to a particular
    • they make a special attack in the other direction towards Jahve or
    • of that which makes the white man great. The brown man is made great
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • of civilization, to lead the several Folk-spirits. In order to make
    • age of civilization worked in a very unique manner. He had to make a
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • another as regards their essential nature, he might make a great
    • Odin himself worked upon his peoples in order to make speech possible
    • anthroposophical teachings, only make use of riper expressions, viz.,
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • might possibly find it difficult to make this agree with what was
    • stone, makes no difference to the purely formal act of cognition. But
    • Zoroaster made it his task to understand and make known the
    • Lucifer primarily as that which makes a man free, one who does not
    • makes itself felt in three different ways: in the astral body, in the
    • scientists frequently make this kind of mistake.
    • make the statement, as being the result of scientific spiritual
    • anthroposophical centers one is sufficiently advanced to make it
    • as an Archangel. He should make himself a son of Odin. He should take
    • the Esoteric School, makes that clear, particularly to the Northman,
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • realities, it would have been impossible for him to make the strange
    • put aside, because the ordinary conceptions do not suffice to make
    • suffice to make one understand that therein the human and the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • wonderful way, the manner in which Freyr makes use of that which
    • makes it possible for man to manifest on the physical plane that for
    • Materialism may make a mistake in two different ways.
    • will make the new men capable of seeing the new manifestation of
    • into the souls of men. They themselves will have to make up their
    • correctness of what has been said. Make use of all the means you can
    • we make no appeal to belief in authority. The test is a sort of basic
    • make the firm resolution and hold the high ideal, — each one
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • make these cosmic events part of an artistic conception of existence. But other
    • out of the earth that man's organism developed in such a way as to make it
    • present epoch to make themselves worthy to receive what the good Spirits who
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • when it makes its appearance anywhere. It is very easy to understand
    • In order to make myself
    • with regard to the inner handling of thought. I will now try to make
    • spiritual investigator develops his thinking; he makes it undergo a
    • changes this soul-life into something else, which I will once more make
    • adequate way, something takes place which I can only make clear by
    • life. In this connection I can perhaps make myself clear in the
    • makes every effort to understand the being of Christ, and that in doing
    • artistic in forms, colours and so forth. We have striven to make the
    • make a similar admission with regard to the universe at large. In this
    • It was just something new. But truth has to make its own way in the
    • the most, only be able to make others hate it with him, people who are
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • certain seasons to make an offering of these thoughts to the higher
    • of his deepest feelings to make a sacrificial offering to the Gods
    • which really makes them man, is their inner store of thoughts. And
    • make the sacrificial offering for another, but when the one shares
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • deduce laws which the raindrop obeys — that is, we can make a
    • Modern reproductions make it even more possible to reach some insight
    • rest are gods: that makes artistic study a matter of storytelling.
    • their purpose is to make us feel something of a world of soul. Around
    • some degree the old command, “Thou shalt not make any graven
    • not make any pictorial representation of Christ but employed only
    • Commandments, “Thou shalt not make any image of the Lord Thy
    • shalt not make any graven image.” Then, however, there follows
    • Florence handed over to Michelangelo to try and make something of. He
    • through Anthroposophy we make our souls once again sensitive to the
    • utterances of the Jewish Prophets. How did the Sibyls come to make
    • it was to make the transition to the age of realism, created his
    • In order to make clear the
    • and which makes it clear what our relation is to him, and how we
    • last three lines of this sonnet make it clear that he could never be
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • makes a strong impact upon those who have been torn away from any
    • is Anthroposophy alone that can make the human heart and will
    • killed, destroyed. And he becomes aware that this destruction makes
    • into the spiritual world in meditation, he naturally makes efforts to
    • But a real understanding of modern life makes it evident that through
    • But life cannot make progress along these lines. It can
    • make progress only if there is consciousness of these things,
    • make their way through the world in the drowsiness of sleep and
    • What the mould makes of the cake — that is the real point. And
    • will not be there in order to make its effect as painting —
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • nowadays, for to do that would be to make a sharp distinction between
    • really to make any headway in spiritual research must be on their
    • to know and face their own being, and make no attempt to see in
    • Without this sense of reality we shall make no real progress. And for
    • and, furthermore, to make history intelligible when one has this idea
    • truth. Nothing will make me accept these things merely on the basis
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • of things, but they do not make any effect upon us, because we now
    • promises he makes for the soul's life after death, the more
    • to make the attempt to transcend egoism and to penetrate into the
    • and egoistic, for they do not wish to make any effort in their soul,
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • which makes him grow together with his earthly life. When we
    • what the physical body can make you feel; but this cannot inspire
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • the earth, the mood will arise to which the cosmos makes reply: “Just
    • recent centuries that has created the conditions which make me
    • by necessity to make their search for spirituality a true one. And
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • the intellect. We make a point, do we not, of being logical and of
    • make an interesting discovery. The abstract concept, it denotes
    • concerned, for we are obliged to make use of the body as long as we
    • make in the physical world, the nearest approach to moral working is
    • make use of the body as an instrument, and according as we use it
    • to make them. I can assure you I have used up whole cartloads
    • spiritual world. And as he makes this knowledge his own, a second
    • makes us feel at home in the physical nature of the world around. And
    • Make not yourself a cripple in soul and spirit!” For not
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • bring life into our most external concerns. I should like to make
    • needed to make use of it, “ready-made”, as a natural
    • to make friends. We must know a great deal about each other before
    • and make immediate contact with heart-and-feeling in the other. Up to
    • conclusions! We make for ourselves an idea of what someone should be,
    • and make up our minds to take people as they are.
    • take each of them as he is able and to make the very most of that.
    • stands in the way of man's independence by tending to make of him a
    • from doing all we can to further what will make Christ universally
    • religions. We must try to make the essential nature of the different
    • religions intelligible, to make clear different aspects of the
    • what science tells them. The complications of modern life make this
    • and clear vision make them fully aware of what dangers modern man is
    • thought on the other. But today very few are inclined to make use of
    • make out programmes. The theoretical programme is the enemy of the
    • beings; that reciprocal understanding is what counts. This will make
    • faculty of judgment — that is to say, it makes possible and
    • can penetrate to its reality it makes us capable of forming a right
    • the many advantages of modern times which make life easy and
    • Anthroposophy, it seems not irrelevant that we should make ourselves
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • order to make himself conscious of this sense of balance, the yogi adopted
    • endured just to make his soul organism free. The ascetic experienced
    • religious life make light of these things. They declare the great
    • higher worlds. They make a start and the first delicate spiritual cognition
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • supreme importance to make clear to men how through the Christ Impulse an
    • thing. It is repeatedly emphasised that faith ought to make appeal to
    • or less automatically, they make the same renunciation in the same
    • modern science which obviously can never make appeal to such a
    • make a man turn pale when they show him on what kind of moral groundwork
    • knowledge, he must find the possibility, not to make confession of his
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • makes no difference, then let Frau Prof. Schleiden put out her barrel
    • customary nowadays. We must do so in studying that which alone makes
    • periodicity, it makes them independent — it emancipates
    • the fever too make its appearance and run parallel, and cease with
    • on the other hand, is received all that which makes the plant capable
    • and makes effective precisely those forces which can work through the
    • that makes the plants, perennial. This is due to the simple fact that
    • bark and rind, and makes them permanent — is connected with the
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • treat it so as to make it fertile — all that, no doubt, is most
    • Mercury and Moon — and that warmth which makes itself felt
    • “How can we really make use of this for the growth of
    • important it is to make use of these facts, so as to be able to
    • carry upward what, to begin with, is inside the Earth and make it
    • Therefore, if ever we want to make the forces of the Cosmos effective
    • receives the light into the Earth and makes it effective there.
    • the humus, does not receive it; it does not make the light effective
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • forms that are built up in Nature — makes use of sulphur in the
    • our form like a palm. Carbon is constantly about to make us still and
    • which man makes use of to create something more solid as a basis and
    • Spiritual moves through the World. Let me now make a drawing (purely
    • living oxygen would make us faint Whenever anything more highly
    • — will make us faint, nay even more than faint. If we were
    • has farming to do can meditate. He thereby makes himself receptive to
    • seed-formation and makes them independent there, so that they become
    • everywhere around us;.moreover it rests in itself — it makes no
    • clutches, while up above the silica would tend to make it very fine,
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • were brought forward, one could not make objection to the proofs. It
    • make a hollow in it, like a crater. And let this (in the second drawing)
    • To manure the earth is to make it alive, so that the plant may not be
    • is how to make use of this property in the right way. The influence
    • in all directions, so as to make it work as a totality.
    • you can now make use. When it has spent the winter in the earth, you
    • to a fine mealy powder, of which you make a mush, say of the consistency
    • great difficulty in doing so. Why should it not be possible to make
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • how well it can make good all that is due to weaknesses of the astral
    • used, we shall make good again much that would otherwise become a ruthless
    • of our Agricultural Circle should make experiments; they will soon see
    • is growing. But we must also make the manure able to bind together,
    • tubes as they are commonly used for making sausages, make them into
    • will make the manure intelligent, nay, you will give it the faculty
    • to make the earth itself intelligent — the earth into which the
    • “kills” or damps down the ether-body, and thereby makes
    • animals will do, it makes little or no difference. We put the chopped-up
    • Heaven. But if we need it especially — if we want to make it effective
    • make them really sentient to all that is at work in their environment.
    • to cross. Before you make use,of the manure thus prepared, press out
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • in the surrounding circle. Here therefore we have what makes the plant look
    • important results if we only tried to see what progress we could make
    • sufficient for men to make use of the Moon all unawares. But that is
    • make the weeds reluctant, in a sense, to grow in earth which has thus
    • fact, you will make fruitful the “effects of smallest entities,”
    • first put it to the test. Let us suppose you make the experiment. You
    • instance, whereon you can make your experiments and see how these things
    • methods. The State will have no modifications. It makes its regulations
    • if you wish to make this experiment). But you must obtain this skin
    • knowledge. You cannot warm-up the old superstitions. You must make a
    • the cosmic element which normally makes itself felt only in the Earth's
    • makes it to some extent alive in itself; awakens waves and weavings
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • take these finer interactions into account. Otherwise we shall make
    • If you make the necessary effort, you can easily become esoteric in
    • around, the free makes the spiritual atmosphere inherently richer in
    • This makes the earthly soil rather more dead in the
    • no trees, there would be no insects on the earth. The trees make it
    • becoming stunted, not merely to make experiments for the fields or on
    • then we should set to work and make some clearings in the forest —
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • be from one that is able to make use of its senses, its organ of smell,
    • to make the farm, as far as possible, so self-contained that it is able
    • concrete study of Spiritual Science will never make you a fanatic. In
    • but they continue to use them, and for the rest, they make experiments
    • and linseed together will work in this way. You do not make a general
    • physical constitution — he will make good progress, he will become
    • know how to make our animals quick and active. For the human being,
    • the real advantage of the vegetarian mode of life. It makes us stronger
    • to make exact experiments on this — experiments which could well
    • carcinoma. Carcinoma, from the very outset, makes a certain region independent
    • the brain, and makes the brain independent — independent even
    • from mouth to mouth. It has done us much harm. It makes a great difference,
    • remote from farming life. It makes a difference, which you will quickly
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • not only fill out the human being inwardly, but makes him
    • man, the breeder of animals, makes wild beasts as tame as
    • make a drawing of the human being we should have to draw
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness in order to make it objective, in order to form it objectively
    • and make it effective in the further progress of the
    • that we may be able to give form to these beginnings and make further and
    • can do as a part consists solely in this, he can make ready the place by
    • oxygen of the air and make carbonic acid gas, so does the ether body use up
    • upon again and again to make up his mind to see through the errors and
    • themselves. What makes itself manifest in the world is indeed truth; but the
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Perhaps you will allow me to make a personal remark; which, however,
    • this direction, a first step which anyone can make in ordinary life.
    • This conception leads to a standpoint that makes it appear childish
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • right way to make it possible to behold — in an analogy with
    • training makes it necessary to take as one's starting point a
    • “specter investigation” and does not make use of what
    • all sense reality and to make the leap over the abyss, he accepts
    • which make it so easy to skirt what is really there, are harmful for
    • makes the necessary effort, can become a spiritual investigator, no
    • which is illuminated by the sun during the day. If we then make an
    • they wish either to make use of their dependence on the ordinary
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • life, and in the other direction makes his will nature consciously
    • however, that does not make the thinking arbitrary, but adapts it to
    • We discover that when we make a conscious imprint of what we
    • that modern natural science makes fun of — underlying the
    • makes from one year to the next and from one decade to the next, and
    • thing that might make my present argument intelligible — is
    • then begins to make itself felt in human evolution that lifts
    • thinking, and then they will make a remarkable discovery about the
    • to make them ill, and that they will only rediscover life if they
    • given here is just a humble attempt. And anyone who makes a
    • that he makes those forces his own which motivated Goethe, Schiller
    • however much power the world has today to make things as difficult as
    • being, however, he will be able to find the law that makes him an
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • present time because man chiefly makes use of his physical body alone
    • materialism. A time will come, however, when man will not only make
    • of heart we shall make preparations for the new cosmic New Year.
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • makes the impression, and so on.
    • images: for the object must first make an impression on us and our
    • last they are reached, make people say: true, true, true — and
    • — we shall certainly make progress.
    • they are not making the same mistake that the whole world makes
    • makes itself felt there, just as in the more advanced thinking of the
    • much the individual assertions that people make, it is the Ahrimanic
    • worked before him had also got so far as to make use of the saying
    • We must see clearly where to make a beginning with
    • I must continually remind you to make yourselves
    • ‘I am letting this man make a coat, because he is a
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • realise that a striving to make the whole Earth into one economic
    • create what we call European Art. The Greek strove for all that makes
    • makes him truly man. Out of this the life of thought is developed.
    • Thus the oriental develops a spirituality which makes him conscious
    • European makes it difficult for him really to understand oriental
    • make us realise that the particular qualities which make one people
    • knowledge, each individual people may help to make the waves of love
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • germinating power that will make life in the physical world a
    • man's knowledge increased, enabling him to make discoveries
    • would make definite communion with Osiris possible for him in
    • were able to make the ancient Gods come down among them. And even
    • Let us now make two
    • presentation of a mystery can make a more powerful impression
    • wisdom of times past, make their offerings to that which is
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • they make other excuses. In truth, they are afraid and therefore seek
    • Spiritual forces are there and we should make our decisions, our
    • world and enter the physical; all that is good, all that makes me
    • fundamental feeling will then make it possible for me throughout the
    • in what we do in the physical world can make humanity healthy
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • which has opened up between the two components of our human make-up.
    • which gives inner security, which makes it possible for a man to have
    • There I have tried to make known that pure thinking,
    • organism and make room for the thoughts, the ideas, then these
    • what my humanity values most, which makes me servant to none, thou
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • 28:11 With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engravings of a signet, shalt thou engrave the two stones with the names of the children of Israel: thou shalt make them to be set in ouches of gold. \
    • 28:13 And thou shalt make ouches of gold; \
    • 28:14 And two chains of pure gold at the ends; of wreathen work shalt thou make them, and fasten the wreathen chains to the ouches. \
    • 28:15 And thou shalt make the breastplate of judgment with cunning work; after the work of the ephod thou shalt make it; of gold, of blue, and of purple, and of scarlet, and of fine twined linen, shalt thou make it. \
    • 28:22 And thou shalt make upon the breastplate chains at the ends of wreathen work of pure gold. \
    • 28:23 And thou shalt make upon the breastplate two rings of gold, and shalt put the two rings on the two ends of the breastplate. \
    • 28:26 And thou shalt make two rings of gold, and thou shalt put them upon the two ends of the breastplate in the border thereof, which is in the side of the ephod inward. \
    • 28:27 And two other rings of gold thou shalt make, and shalt put them on the two sides of the ephod underneath, toward the forepart thereof, over against the other coupling thereof, above the curious girdle of the ephod. \
    • the true text, as we can still restore it from the LXX., makes
    • consolidation of intellectual forces will make it possible for man to
    • Movement to create, first of all, the conditions which make
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • themselves — cannot make anything of themselves. Or again this:
    • when they are called upon to make some decision, they never know what
    • a man makes a very simple experiment but repeats it with diligence,
    • — Post Office workers, for example — and who make strange
    • walking. It is good to make this experiment; only it must not always
    • ourselves to this procedure in later life, we can still make good
    • a truism, no doubt; but it is an effective truth if you make it a
    • oneself. The more one can make one's judgments, particularly about
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • When we make the lines of vision of our eyes intersect at a point and
    • depth — have equal value. (This is always done when we make
    • three-dimensional to four-dimensional space. But there one must make
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • make to-day, leads nowhere. If, however, one confronts this cosmos as a
    • above all the urge to make the human form with its beauty conform to
    • from the earth. One would make a heavy earth-being of him, if one
    • come to the rest of the human body, I can make no progress if I form and
    • I should like to make a remark which seems important to me, so that
    • makes to-day the dilettantish mistake; it looks at the human
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Let us make
    • own ancient time. And he would make it plain that in his time and his
    • precept which was to make clear to them in what mood of soul this
    • make it impossible to see these things in their original form; they
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • cannot possibly come to an idea of Christ as long as he makes use
    • experiences. The man of the West makes no distinction between God the
    • will feel that the moment you want to make a distinction between the
    • in calling ourselves Christians. It must not be that we make a
    • exist; whatever makes itself known to eye, ear, and so on, will at
    • make them “colour” one another — they would
    • the source of that which makes the rainbow into the Inkarnat,
    • makes it into a living unity, we must look within ourselves.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • able to understand Him. The Gospels, as you know, make only brief
    • communion but of whom the Gospels make no mention? The Gospel
    • which, if he makes it his own, he can overcome the forces of
    • have the faculty of intellect; but intellect makes us inwardly
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • — this would make no great difference.
    • were to travel into a city where I make the acquaintance of an older
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • a fine country, but no order. Come and make order for tip, Arrange a
    • (disorder will increase), come and make order. — Central Europe
    • make a philosophy out of their own absolute lack of faith in man, and
    • inasmuch as our Central-European world-conception always makes us
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • to make a great effort in order to convince a friend of the truth of
    • do not wish to make a great effort, who prefer to go to the
    • elevation should take hold of humanity, and who make use of the fact
    • of mysticism in general terms. They make use of this fact. For this
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • forces that make for its downfall. Recognising these forces
    • kind or another, make these religious forces their master,
    • karma in the sense that would make them a stimulus to
    • none who act freely, who could make freedom a reality. Of
    • shall really make progress.
    • in a somewhat abstract way, and to make it more concrete I
    • came to make the civilisation of cities a gauge of what was
    • does make bold to point out the absurd side of the matter,
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • most elementary self-knowledge. But Mach makes another remark
    • our Goetheanum had to make the attempt to create a beginning
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • forces from there. That which makes its appearance in our
    • breathing, while a stream from the head makes its way through
    • one has to make up one's mind, for it goes to the root of
    • organisation, which is continually trying to make the
    • tendency to make a straight line of the circle, too; how the
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • conditions our forefathers in Europe were obliged to make
    • experience to make the acquaintance of older philologists and
    • repeated. To make the gist of the matter clear, let me just
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • make him see the world as illusion and thus be led back to his true
    • must make amends if he would reach his goal. In later life a man does
    • essential attitude of Buddhism makes the world responsible for
    • shall accomplish a deed that will make fruitful and living all that
    • to make it easier by contemplation.” Trying to find an
    • Buddhism, their longing for ease makes them feel more readily drawn
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • This again will make it
    • make is that a man who holds fast to the material can never reach a
    • community. And, moreover, this healthy influence will make itself
    • man and he will treat them quite differently. He will make allowances
    • make the best use of the different temperaments in human society and
    • supposed to instruct the child. We need something that makes the
    • health. This is the element that makes hygiene a social question. For
    • Science intellectually, who make mental notes — there is a
    • with him — it is all useless, for he will know how to make all
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • we find that our soul, whenever it brings forth vowel sounds, makes
    • impulses. He makes more use of his nervous system when he speaks; he
    • man speaks, he makes use of his whole body. The consonant nature
    • makes use of the current of the breath which does not enter into
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • years before the Mystery of Golgotha, men learnt to make use of their
    • life, and make it possible for him to awaken in his innermost being a
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • earthly evolution. It was necessary to make up an understanding out
    • seven parts make up the human being, our friends were very surprised to
    • What makes people fact one another in hatred is something that they
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • can make the same kind of observation. Considering the matter with
    • the blood and the breathing. The defensive movement which we make,
    • make these inner differentiations of space, we do not arrive at
    • yourselves the following question. (It will indeed make some
    • we make our thinking inwardly alive and mobile we can reach no
    • the one dimension in which he grows. Artistically we do already make
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • cosmic space, the earth had cooled down sufficiently to make
    • make its watery origin less apparent today. Everything, so to speak,
    • incorporated in the make-up of our earth, and which are not to be
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • know from other lectures I have given — the child makes use of
    • change of teeth, the child makes use of thought-forces to guide
    • suggest that you should one day really start from this point and make a
    • make this clearer by means of a simple illustration. For instance,
    • The scientist makes experiments; as a thinking being he makes
    • towards it. Just think how great is the effort we have to make if we
    • life, in order to observe life, there is no need for us to make the
    • living, and make it into a conscious life of our own, then we are
    • the ray of light has bored a hole. As a result hunger makes
    • make us into non-corporeal beings; he would fain lift us right out of earthly
    • reality he is a Luciferic Power, a God of Light. As though to make
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • and this year we have been able to make the experiment of having
    • part in this artistic endeavour, we have been able to make a
    • a lack of all understanding for Art could make it acceptable in
    • to make the convictions and knowledge of the spiritual world too
    • that current of theosophical life we call our own, we do not make
    • belonging to our movement must make himself intimately acquainted or
    • may truly say that we do not make it easy for anyone wishing to enter
    • this deepening. We may, without exaggeration say that we do make it
    • cannot understand Christianity; for what could he make of the words
    • make clear to you by an important example, in what way it is
    • Rosicrucian as a designation. We must make allowance for these
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • much to do to make it appear plausible to our successors that in the
    • make this comprehensible, we must imagine the following.
    • the person makes an impression upon you like a breath of enchantment.
    • make to the Cherubim; something is wrung from our being, which
    • is born, that something else appears — something that makes it
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • what is meant here. And if a man should make a sacrifice, not because
    • of the sacrificing Beings themselves, or by the picture we make truly
    • can only make use of the expression: it is that which comes to meet
    • Suppose you have formed the thought. The next day you will make your
    • makes us feel one with it. The Archangels preserve the memorial of
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • efforts we must make. But in the spiritual world this is not so,
    • that substance. To make it possible for beings to become thus
    • no such resistance. We could make everything very easy for ourselves
    • Perhaps a god might make a triangle not having three angles? There
    • centre. In order that that which makes mankind of such immeasurable
    • opponent in opposition to Him. This picture makes such a profound
    • significant. That is why great works of art make such a tremendous
    • abstract conceptions, he will perhaps make diagrams. If we wish to
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • proving this, for we make a peculiar use of the word
    • Now in order to make
    • experienced, and although, as I make a point of saying, the boy need
    • Being, permitted to make sacrifice; such a one lives in the other
    • ancient Moon the Spirits of Movement make their appearance; we must
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • wonder’ unless he can in a certain way make claim to explain it
    • Beings of the lesser planet wished to make sacrifice to the greater
    • the periphery of the more exalted Entities; this makes it first
    • They will have to wait until they are again incarnated and then make
    • first they convinced themselves in the same way as we can make sure
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • be to rouse people and make them really wake up. Merely
    • it for real, for something quite different wants to make its
    • do not distinguish between truth and deception. Let them make
    • make it true. The most completely and utterly wrong idea
    • today. And if these truths sound pessimistic to you and make
    • but we must have the real, honest desire to make people
    • makes real sense, by the way. Leaving this aside, the things
    • that humanity is being asked to make a clear decision. Either
    • teacher says to a band of children: To make sure nothing else
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • up. People do not make the distinction in modern science. How
    • the powers of Mercury, the mercurial powers that make mercury
    • evolution, that we make connection with a moral world during
    • which makes someone a genius; but morality can only be
    • year. The question is, what would really make someone a
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • make it a chaos.
    • make no sense to them. Until materialists are prepared to say
    • that the world makes no sense at all, they can only live in
    • kingdom of the physical world and make it into one of
    • ideas of ‘Wilsonianism’ which make such an
    • century a peculiar ideal arose, which was to make the world
    • less entirely realistic. One makes the strangest discoveries
    • physical nature makes sure this corruption does not go too
    • lines of thought used to develop concepts which may make the
    • is now necessary to make things generally known, it happens
    • The tragic situation of today makes tremendous demands on the
    • they would make the effort to try and understand just one of
    • finds it so difficult to make its way today. It will make its
    • stop. As I said, I shall find other ways to make sure this
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • or other, they would have had ample opportunity to make these
    • entities serve them, for it is easy to make them serve us.
    • their physical nature and their souls could make their bodies
    • to have a programme that will make us more and more
    • gradually make it necessary for us to use the elemental
    • have said, makes some people realize that something is
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • Changes in Humanity's SpiritualMake-up
    • I attempted to make this
    • else, that memory and the ability to make connections are
    • evolution will make it necessary for them to do without
    • make our own.
    • It will need the assistance of the spirit to make world programmes
    • no longer relates entirely to the body and this makes human
    • more deeply into chaos — the events of the war make
    • make the body ‘healthy’, that is, makes its
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • us, and this makes our thoughts abstract. We have abstract
    • people do not make the distinction, but it can be made in the
    • also makes a strange comment: ‘Chance willed it,
    • have to realize that they must now prepare themselves to make
    • science. People will simply have to make the effort to enter
    • grotesque things said in it are enough to make you laugh. Yet
    • in order to make the spiritual
    • they think and the gestures they make. In many respects these
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • opened up in these lectures, I want to make some incidental
    • weights and the effort required to lift them. To make the
    • otherwise has considerable merit. There is no need to make
    • — we know it quite apart from the impression he makes
    • this illusion. It lies at the root of all things which make
    • The Guardian makes sure that we do not realize how the world
    • statements people make today, however erudite, then you have
    • grids. Even in those days it would generally make them
    • make the individuals in question what they were. In most
    • anyway! Such an approach makes children into calculating
    • make it the ideal to inculcate the elemental intellect which
    • to be a shoemaker. People will, in fact, be intelligent only
    • ourselves the effort of eating! You cannot make people
    • make our own. There is need for this in both the great and
    • very different from the vertebrae which make up the spine.
    • of course make every effort to show that the things this
    • and dealing with concepts. People who do not make this
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • The natural tendency is to make our thinking
    • incontrovertible, as free from contradictions as we can make
    • makes them — forgive the paradoxical way of putting
    • however, makes them rather limited. Now, limited concepts do
    • And we must have the courage to make a complete break with
    • are able to make comparisons certainly does not mean that we
    • probably amuse you a great deal and make you laugh heartily,
    • organism, this makes individual human beings into cells,
    • cells which make up the different systems in the organism.
    • and it makes a good regulative principle. You will come to
    • One can make a
    • present time is challenging us to make a radical revision of
    • the right political situation and makes the people happy.
    • the room warm; so please make it warm.’ All the male
    • does not exist to send people off to sleep, but to make them
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • strengthening this idea, especially if you want to make it
    • awareness and we have clear insight, we cannot make head or
    • clearly, to resolve to make the effort to look into the
    • would be a sign of being wide awake to make a fundamental
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • would ever fail to make new literary works widely known? You
    • think how many people there are today who actually make
    • powers, for it gave them the opportunity to make thorough
    • in the outside world with the senses makes a science of the
    • wideawake mind and makes us into people who are awake.
    • science takes hold of the whole human being. It makes you
    • like, memories which make them happy. Education must learn to
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • period of civilization which will make special demands in
    • if we make every effort to give children only such things as
    • want to make some preliminary statements. If you read my
    • and so on, but it is also what makes people different from
    • depths of the earth can only be fruitful if we make them
    • people make themselves a real part of this real life. This is
    • why we must take note when someone seeks to make a real
    • specific consequences. People's limited ideas make them
    • that is make it seethe and boil. You can study the whole
    • self-indulgence at exalted levels but to make exactly the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • who have the task of guiding human evolution make use of such
    • impulses which would make every human being an independent
    • for freedom; they now make it their concern to establish the
    • make people aware of their tribal, blood and hereditary bonds
    • of the great catastrophe, the spirits of darkness will make
    • remain outside our conscious awareness, make them all the
    • make a synthesis of all the laws discovered in the past. To
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • world, missions designed to make the blood bonds —
    • to make the decision to enter into particular bodies. For the
    • influences which are definitely present. For it makes no
    • produce, and this will make them immune, so that they do not
    • of course, liable to make us feel ill at ease, for nowhere
    • Yet make it known to all the world
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • make the transition from the blood to the nervous system.
    • strange way, and people began to make the whole world their
    • their centres of civilization to make the whole earth their
    • human blood, whilst the Archangels wanted to make the
    • they make it evident to what extent the spirits of darkness
    • study what goes on in the horse to make it draw the cab; you
    • when it makes the transition from its 100 years of existence
    • to lull people to sleep with abstract concepts and make them
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • one. We must therefore make an effort to understand him. We must make
    • relearn this language in order to make sense out of what Christ
    • knowledge is truly present, it makes one humble in a completely
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts makes us grow and forms our organs. Thus, when the
    • reach the goal of the evolution of the Earth. Modern science makes it
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • physical human kingdom, everything that makes an impression upon the
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • being wants to make comprehensible what resides in the objects, were
    • particular forms, its particular ways, how it makes itself felt
    • and ears and nerves mediate our self-consciousness. This makes us
    • plant has an organ within that always makes it possible for it to
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • make the ‘bon Dieu citoyen’ of Nazareth
    • the Mysteries. They had to make this promise under very
    • should make one hesitate to pronounce such judgments. Having
    • of physical science. Man to-day is acquainted with and makes
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • this requires us to make ourselves acquainted in all detail
    • It amounts to this in other words: He wanted to make the
    • old things, but to make the new — the new that must be
    • this to make any attack, — nay, not even to criticise;
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • that which issues from man when he makes use of his larynx.
    • calculated to make the civilisation of to-day blush for
    • science existed, once upon a time, which might well make the
    • We should make
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • diving down into the physical body, we make use of the senses
    • use the instruments of our physical body, and that we make use,
    • perceived through super-sensible knowledge make us speak
    • whole universe. And we thus learn to make a comparison: We
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • in reality, it is this which makes him be a human being in the
    • not make human actions derive in an immediate way from the divine
    • existence of these moral impulses also makes us deduce from them
    • results of spiritual investigation, if he makes a point of
    • instance, the human eye: what makes it really be our organ of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • make things clear to you from every aspect) should be stricter
    • for nor against Anthroposophy, but then he makes a remark which
    • supposed to read, but instead of reading it he begins to make a
    • must, in this connection, also make exercises which influence the
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • superficial way of looking at things makes people say that in
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness. We may, to be sure, make excavations reaching a
    • signs of these perceptions — for example, they can make
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • a certain sense make it our own. But insofar as it stands before
    • submerges him into a state of coercion, which makes him, as it
    • end that which will once more make the whole cosmos appear in a
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • in his inner being within his earthly nature. Spiritual Science makes
    • all that to-day is in such bitter conflict, all that makes life so
    • external world, we can yet make that which we have received as
    • make this Christmas Festival what it should be to us, a Festival
    • to make of these guides to the spiritual. For what could one make of
    • And as we begin at once to make active within us the strength we have
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • makes us strong, that He strengthens us, that He
    • originally predestined. This makes it appear that something different
    • impulses originate? Where does everything originate that makes the
    • Let us make our
    • us. Let us make it into a festival that serves not only the past
    • often do not know what to make of these individuals who guide us to
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • age, makes us realise what great differences arise in the sum total
    • would make the ascent must to a certain extent develop both kinds of
    • world it is very difficult to make them realise that there must
    • which makes us individuals, which does not now pour in from outside,
    • all that bears the stamp of the Deva qualities! Make your way through
    • the ages — a gift which would make clear the
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • qualities within us, the qualities which make us strive towards
    • period of decadence do other forces make themselves felt.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • let us make a clear picture. Imagine there is an animal that breathes
    • attitude is taken by the scientists? What did we do in trying to make
    • school to be taught. From then on today they make great efforts to
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • the power of the arts to make a bridge between the two worlds.
    • the power of the arts to make a bridge between the two worlds.
    • on passing through Stuttgart, and I should like to make this an
    • what makes us one with the beings of the higher world, and were never
    • That makes us independent in the spiritual world. Here on earth we are
    • always to live in the present. Your remembered thoughts are what make it
    • possible for you to have anything of an inner life. Remembering makes us
    • this, by building too much on memory we make the child rigid and create
    • In my studio in Dornach I tried to make a picture of these Kabiri. And
    • If an artist makes a slip of the pen, it gets handed down to posterity.
    • make our own from the most varied points of view.
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • for the support of the spiritual makes itself felt in the soul, a great
    • able rightly to make use of our body on the following day if we had not
    • consciousness, otherwise he can make no cosmic progress.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • must make the same remark about the soul as Redi made
    • threatened with being burnt alive. People are content to make
    • but elementary Spiritual Science; and he has to make use of
    • never seems to enter, that somebody else could himself make
    • faith.,” he makes an important confession in a few words.
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • which it refers, and that, one who makes a closer observation
    • That is an idea which ought to make clear to anyone who
    • the young organism — it must make itself secure by
    • is not that which makes him one of the species, but that
    • which makes of him the quite distinct individual that every
    • originate from the Spiritual, will certainly make its mark in
    • things of natural life. But we must make it clear to
    • children's lives, will be able to make one observation from
    • conception, but must make it part of our innermost feeling.
    • soul-experiences. These make it alone possible for us to see,
    • make use of the fruits of the former life. To-day I wished to
    • life. Although Shakespeare may make the gloomy Danish Prince
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • make clear to ourselves how the Ego was inserted, as it were,
    • man is asleep, and to make it possible for him to preserve
    • which first makes man a human being; all the kingdoms are
    • are able to make our thoughts mobile and fluent, shall we
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • to make his own the various sources of knowledge which
    • and a new world makes its appearance. Such a new world could
    • rest, but endeavors to make still further progress. We then
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • which Cyprian makes the acquaintance of Justina, who is already
    • tempted to draw her from the path, and for this purpose to make
    • Olympus' height, where fools would make believe
    • Thus he makes up to be a God; he imitates
    • the child, the being of the child? We must make present in our
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • who wished to make clear to himself and to others the
    • said: — “When we see a colour, it makes a certain
    • the time had come when the voice of Nature began to make
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • various learned authorities, they would make strange
    • makes itself felt, a kind of resignation sets in. In
    • science, or even will not make a slight effort to arrive at a
    • human being; the necessity of life makes it possible for us
    • veil over the real Goethe than to make us acquainted with
    • risk a bold assertion or to make a statement difficult to
    • make sound progress, or to take root in modern civilised
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • cutting deeply into the soul, makes strong demands on the
    • as otherwise, these will make themselves felt,
    • followers make it as difficult as possible for the
    • but the true investigator can himself make these, in order to
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • is to make these matters clear. For in effect, so many things
    • vocation as extraneous factors, make it possible for Ahrimanic
    • the imperial court. He even makes an invention — most
    • natural-scientific way of thought makes the most ghastly
    • in the subconscious in the human soul, so as to make men
    • in the soul's depths, is not merely destined to make the man
    • make a great mistake, especially when they try to be clever,
    • himself. In this way it is easy to make the mistake of
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • arise. Nowadays one may often make a certain observation,
    • choice. He wanted to have an education which would make it
    • generally got no answer. Let us make no mistake about it.
    • civilization of our time. Let us make no mistake about it. Much
    • is not without interest (let me make this remark, once more, in
    • we do not scorn to make ourselves to some extent
    • said, Your report is so excellent, I doubt not you could make
    • as the saying goes. ‘We would like to make this man Director,’
    • must make no mistake about it; it is so. You may ask, What have
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • those qualities which make him able — out of
    • future. If only our outer worldly culture could make up its
    • in a certain way, we make him unhappy if we advise him to
    • rather tends to make the human being a Bourgeois. (For
    • around him in the present time. But he cannot make up his mind
    • us out of the saddle. They think they will make most headway by
    • chorus, saying how impossible it is to make public in our time
    • to-day, but will make clear by a simple example how easy it is
    • followers and make it appear that one is speaking out of very
    • is good or evil, but man makes it so in thought. So it is with
    • sphere. This too, some heads of occult brotherhoods make it
    • Vanity, needless to say, is one of many things that make men
    • far-reaching purposes. We do wrong not to make ourselves
    • knowledge and make use of it, in public they stigmatise it as
    • stream which they desire, — in order to make use of them.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • way to make Christ living in their souls. The Christ is there.
    • the most important part, and yet it is only the dot that makes
    • place between 1713 and 1763. When someone makes an invention
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • by Olin D. Wannamaker.
    • OLIN D. WANNAMAKER
    • make it less perfect. This is what the human being has to
    • Make the endeavour, in the sense we intend, in living reality
    • impulse makes itself felt by you, warning you, pointing
    • Ere from thy sin its power shall make thee free.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • implements, indeed, they make with the help of the
    • While one writes down his words to make us sure
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy to bear in mind that we should not make progress in our
    • the individual peoples make their individual concrete contributions
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • later on, Kepler and Newton were stimulated to make their
    • two kinds of Beings are reflected in the make-up and being of man. It
    • make all this clear and credible. I am therefore obliged to use a
    • reflected in a particular epoch of history. In order to make this
    • Beings or forces and estimate; the contribution each makes to the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • prepared to make the endeavour. We must take our starting-point from
    • make a deeper impression on him. Others he finds casual, lethargic,
    • according to circumstances, can make use of the individual men and
    • his human stature, which makes every man, irrespective of his race, a
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • formative influences make a powerful impression upon him. The
    • races takes place. The evolution of races is interrupted to make way
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • the last lecture that if we wish to make an impartial study of the
    • that man could be endowed with his present constitutional make-up,
    • make the Trinity into a Quaternary is therefore an occult formula for
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • make the mission of the Earth comprehensible we must approach this
    • necessary to make special preparations in the Cosmos. If today you
    • being, his general make-up, would come into existence in that
    • to that which actually makes him into man. When he looks up to the
    • where, for instance, does Mercury make his influence felt? Under
    • Mercury. He makes his influence felt by cooperating with others,
    • Because they are in possession of that which makes the White Man
    • great. But there is something else which makes the Brown Man great;
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • civilization. In what respect did they differ? The entire make-up of
    • in sound. He learned how to make use of it when he underwent a long
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • Lucifer to be primarily that which makes man a free being, one who is
    • more clearly is that the Luciferic influence makes itself felt in
    • without delay. The Initiate, the Leader of the Esoteric School, makes
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • fragments of peoples, have their special contribution to make to this
    • realities; it would have been impossible for him to make the strange
    • Everything that we find in the East, from the make-up of the people
    • make-up of this people whose task will be to develop the seed of the
    • their dual aspect — that the make-up of the Russian people
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • in a remarkable way how Freyr makes use of that which enables man to
    • of men; but they themselves must be prepared to make a conscious
    • only open your eyes and verify it objectively; we make no appeal to
    • smallest national fragments have most important contributions to make
    • presented may also help us to make the firm resolution to harbour the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • dramatic art in the West. This also makes it a worthy introduction to
    • own peculiar sentiment and the make-up of his intellect causes him to
    • the times make it equally clear that what we call modern science,
    • make perpetual sacrifice and should single out, set apart from this
    • which our intellectuality has to make to the deeper religious
    • perpetual sacrifice which intellectual culture has to make to
    • point out the mistakes which we all make if with our feeble
    • certain perfection in the future must make a beginning in all their
    • is a mistake even to make such comparisons. Let the dramatic critic
    • Not only have many hands been needed to make this festival possible,
    • part, so that each one can feel that every action he makes and every
    • have tried to make, as a beginning only, will have had its effect;
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • with the names of Odysseus, Menelaus and Agamemnon. I tried to make
    • wants to make laws he looks to the government, he looks to his
    • yesterday. What is it that makes the denser human body fresh and
    • is the essential drive which makes these sheaths different? We have
    • make a diagram of the three bodies to illustrate this. I will draw
    • the ether body makes the physical body definitely denser, more
    • Hence the whole picture of the world which the human being makes, the
    • make it aware of the etheric wonders of Nature around it. It will
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • unity. We still feel the unity when we make a gesture which our mind
    • make good the claim that the ego is the central governing power of
    • corresponding relationships between them. Let me make a diagram of it
    • a circle around the whole figure. I don't want to make the
    • makes a weaker impression upon you than the circle. And to the extent
    • on the occult signs, makes them real to himself, and then finds that
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • make them free and independent for evolution that is to come in the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • have to strive to make progress, the gods immediately above them do
    • gods needed so much to make progress in their own evolution that they
    • I have tried to make
    • gradually makes itself at home in the macrocosm. ... I tried to
    • make that clear in
    • macrocosmic significance and this experience enabled them to make
    • order to make a picture of the whole by intellectual knowledge. It is
    • Greek consciousness is clear, and the legend makes it clear, that the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • dry-as-dust, prosaic, abstract wisdom. And if we want to make real
    • earth something that is not there, and can make a study of that while
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • so that it is Dionysos who works in us to make our
    • have been pure humbug, for they only make sense on the assumption
    • matters in ordinary life. That is why it is so difficult to make
    • which make us old we carry over with us. In the first part of the
    • fails to make use of the customary ‘perfectly logical’
    • ‘You want to make yourself understood by that professor; he
    • but when they hear of Spiritual Science, then they have to make the
    • common sense which goes with normal consciousness and then make use
    • dichten = to compose, as author or a poet, to make
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • that a man has to make great efforts to endure certain pieces of
    • and this will perhaps help to make clear what such an inner ordeal
    • torn in two, because it makes him recognise doubt, persistence in
    • to make good in your present incarnation the debt which you have
    • brought upon yourself.’ Many men have a great longing to make
    • to know about it, we should be quite unable to make use of our brain
    • the brain in such a way that the human being may be able to make use
    • on the one hand it makes real soul-beings of us, on the other hand it
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • make it clear that unless these etheric streams were to rise up from
    • worked upon man their effect would have been to make him like a bull.
    • into him by harmonising them — but precisely to make manifest
    • work. And here we have the four esoteric symbols which together make
    • dove, which we find in the Gospels — had to make its
    • what our astro-chemistry makes of it, not merely what our
    • so is the ego-aura held back in the heart, where it makes contact
    • that we should not shrink from the trials, because they make us
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • us to make our ideas as to how the gods have laboured at the
    • makes it plain that the brain is formed from without by macrocosmic
    • than make a brief reference to such things. Were I able to speak at
    • stronger and stronger, then we can perhaps make progress along one or
    • make progress in another way than with the ordinary
    • most remarkable comes about, which I should like to make clear to you
    • consciousness, our intellectuality makes them inevitable. Hence it is
    • has to make progress by unexpected ways. But we must never lose
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • seem to make us forget all those legendary conceptions which culminate
    • in the foreground are here represented, makes us forget the rest of
    • what was passing through his soul when he makes a somewhat tentative
    • connection with other epochs. Surely this makes us feel that works like
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • as possible. They assume, for instance, that a person may make an almost
    • observations which I was able to make while watching Herr von Osten
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • make himself invisible, that he is invulnerable in a certain respect,
    • the possession of the treasures of the Niebelungen. Finally they make
    • can so to speak, make the whale matter comprehensible to us. I may say
    • we are speaking of a soul-power whose expressions we cannot really make
    • of which Siegfried had command, whereby he could make himself invisible,
    • the Neibelunge is brought to her, she can make use of it. We learn how
    • by means of which man can make the spiritual, super-sensible inner being,
    • the spiritual or consciousness soul which really makes the ego-man,
    • but which will make itself of value as something individual, and will
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • he must learn to make conscious use of the meteoric-force in his
    • ease, against anxiety, and makes for the unfolding of inner
    • material to be found on earth. We have learnt to make out
    • healing will come from what you can make of it.” This is
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • deepest sense; the nature that makes it truly Earth.
    • exact footing. It has been possible to make dilutions of substances
    • encounter the salt-process. This is what the Earth makes of itself in
    • living-spiritual is taken away from the Earth. The Sun makes its
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • spring-limestone, and it is precisely this which makes limestone the
    • spring-limestone makes on them gives them the idea that after all
    • into a complete materialist. They would like to make his capacity to
    • which Ahriman seeks to make his own; victorious over death;
    • the Ahrimanic and Luciferic forces make him ill, and how through the
    • make for illness reside.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • make up the material Mother of all existence; while in all that is
    • motifs on their wings and make them part of human experience. For
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • from the traditions of the past, and make use of them just when
    • immediately. And the forces which make it different proceed in a
    • say: Uriel makes his descent as summer passes through autumn into
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • was working, these dramas make the sovereignty and activity of
    • when Christianity began to make its way through the world,
    • make their way into a world of mellowed intellectuality. And
    • with their subtle scholarship, whose ideas make those of
    • significance. Truly, Christianity makes a strange entry into
    • mysterious impulse which makes its victorious way through the
    • His reality — Who makes His way from place to place, from
    • me here make a trivial comparison. How many people are there
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that one makes the decision to put into words what is revealed
    • direct impression it makes. It is like opening a book and
    • souls of the Apostles at that time did not make it possible for
    • Christianity. It costs me great effort to make these pictures
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • must be put aside, and I am obliged at this point to make an
    • What makes it remarkable is that it is a mixture of very
    • with this in mind, read what he makes of Christ
    • Jesus. Renan makes Him an heroic figure whose
    • Him. It can actually happen that a man like this makes the life
    • the future will need such understanding if they are to make
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • happened. In order to make myself intelligible when I am
    • does make carob-trees transplant themselves from one spot to
    • another, even if he does make a stream flow backwards, even if
    • in my doctrine. Even the Essenes can only make progress by
    • produced was to make him realise that a mystery prevailed
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • know what to make of him. Even in earlier years he had spoken
    • that nobody could ever make him angry. Having laid a wager, one
    • of the two men said: I will go to any lengths to make Hillel
    • desert makes their eyes small; the eyes get small because they
    • would make him angry but he saw this was impossible. Hillel
    • house as if mechanically and to make his way to John the
    • glories of his world, everything that makes an appeal to the
    • there are men who must perforce makes stones into bread, who
    • their lot to make stones into bread. He was constantly among
    • need one stop being lenient when these things make their way
    • to make headway with anything drawn from the Spirit in such a
    • realising how impossible it is to make the new tidings of the
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • which together make up morality, can be regarded as special examples
    • understanding and forgiveness; if we make the effort of wishing to
    • most able through the life of wisdom to make fruitful what we have
    • who seeks to become wise makes the effort to carry over the work
    • and these have to make the greatest efforts within themselves,
    • when the day is ended we grow tired and need sleep. What makes us
    • beyond our own Self and make of us members of the whole organism of
    • humanity. Courage and temperance make us in a sense members of the
    • They take one part of the world and make of it a unity by throwing
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • we make use of thought; but we make use of it only as a
    • conformity to law. And we make it our duty not to add any of
    • and yet this, which really makes us into human beings,
    • outside world make extraordinary demands on man's soul if, as
    • and thus make clear the paths man has to walk today, if he
    • natural breathing. He did this so as to make conscious the
    • they bring a man into a certain state of sensibility and make
    • inhabit a spiritual world. What makes our physical and sensuous
    • who inhibits his body in this way makes himself unfit for life
    • among his fellow-men, and makes himself unfit
    • life. For the reason already given, we cannot make this detour
    • directly and by doing certain exercises through which we make
    • to combine our thoughts logically and thus make use of thinking
    • processes flow into one another. We make a mental image of the
    • again make a mental image of him — the configuration of
    • vital processes, etc., etc. We can then make an external
    • development of your will like this, so that you in part make of
    • yourself what the world would otherwise make of you as a
    • because of our make-up, we could not help also experiencing the
    • pain, we make our entire psychic being into a
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • alert and self-possessed, able to make use of our body, our
    • realizing: Anatomy and physiology make a valiant attempt to
    • what a man experiences and makes of himself here with what we
    • our will that we learn to make use of it independently of the
    • pain and suffering within the soul, in order to make it into a
    • beginnings; its very idiosyncrasies make us so refer it.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • unable to make this communication from memory in the usual
    • sense. He always has to make a certain effort to attain again
    • anything except make of ourselves an organ to which the
    • make us ready to see the spiritual world when it appears to us,
    • actually derives from what language makes of our soul's
    • we make use of the way of thinking which is particularly apt
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • in short everything that makes up spiritual life. These
    • makes its appearance in abstract thinking.
    • intuition, makes its appearance in pure thinking, the task of
    • it would never make us free. Only if we rise to concepts that
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • some epistemological basis or other, to make a statement about
    • to do with someone who makes claims of this kind. He will think
    • that, if a man sets out to make specific statements about such
    • make the mystic's attempt to penetrate into our innermost self
    • Here is something that can make a more shattering impression on
    • To do so makes a shattering impression, it is true. We see
    • for love, which would make us inadequate as people. And,
    • remembering this, you will know what to make of these demands
    • first discovery we make is as follows: what the mystic is
    • have to say: something mystical makes its appearance; it
    • This in turn makes it possible for us to advance further and
    • only need to make a comparison with ordinary memory. Because
    • process; this alone makes up exact science; for moral
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • develops first the powers which make it, I would say, a single
    • instinct did, to make social organisms possible for the first
    • strength to follow the ideals, and give us inner life to make
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • physical in his make-up. In conscious inner life, there was for
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • century, makes this surprising statement: “When we survey
    • that he did not make this statement under the influence of the
    • higher spiritual life had to undertake makes it clear that he
    • sphere, tragedy was certainly intended to make its contribution
    • dormant. The modern division of labour, which makes its
    • society in the way that historical evolution in any case makes
    • maker poured into it something of his own substance. The legacy
    • able to make their appearance in the soul that has developed,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • acquaintance with the wide variety of people that make up the
    • that makes men feel: This touches my humanity.
    • who has not gone through the process that makes the intellect
    • make contact with the whole man, then accounts of this
    • us, however, remember the view of man's inner make-up that I
    • outlook. In speaking of our human make-up as it really is, we
    • party, he does of course make use of his intellect; the real
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • go to make up our social life.
    • really makes any excogitation of a rational law unfruitful;
    • make the right contribution here to the social order as a
    • the state, we must make up our minds to reverse this trend.
    • can, however, foster them by the reason and make them arise
    • truth can only make its appearance if it flows directly from
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • For what first makes our world into a whole, raising us above Maya and
    • and naturally, entirely different connections make their appearance.
    • that the shadow-sides also make themselves felt there, and that what
    • make a slip when I omitted a sentence just now. I left it out with full
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • observation. For what first makes our world into a whole, raising
    • be able to make further discoveries for yourselves. However,
    • naturally, entirely different connections make their appearance. I
    • the shadow-sides also make themselves felt, and that what
    • assure you that I did not make a slip when I omitted a sentence
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • appear to our eyes, or are audible to our ears, or which make
    • shall now hare to make a great jump. Just as we hare
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • these proceeds he makes over to his fellow workers, and the more his own
    • makes over to his fellow workers, and the more his own requirements
    • in the manner of Theosophy. One easily makes the reproach to
    • between proletariat and non- proletariat. For if one makes this
    • being becomes what the environment makes of him, that
    • have had to hear from social politicians: Make the
    • correspond to a planned development, and souls make their
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • which has since passed over Europe is enough to make anyone
    • through spiritual science into humanity. We must therefore make
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • It is this which makes Goethe's spirit so eminently modern,
    • world-conceptions, and which makes it a principle not to stand
    • unlock them.’ The Snake makes a bridge over the River and the
    • cleanse and purify them and make them correspond with what we call
    • must make it more and more possible to attain this Initiation, to
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • be a good thing if, in a preliminary study, we make the spirit of his
    • I said just now, that if Goethe makes the Youth represent
    • to understand why Goethe makes the Youth proceed in his effort to
    • Youth seeks this liberation which will make him captain of his soul.
    • to a critical faculty which makes men learn everything indeed, but
    • to make popular the content of Spiritual Science, of the principle of
    • adheres to the external. And the way to be trodden is not to make
    • it to the struggle for existence, but when he makes it into a weapon
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    •  Thee, boundless Nature, now make thee, my own.’
    • awakened, so as to make it possible for him to look into the
    •  Their applause e'en makes my heart feel heavy,
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • in Part I he makes Faust say:
    • physical sun makes no sound! It is the spiritual sun behind the
    • souls, and that they make their own resolutions, human acts and
    • on. People think they are free to make resolves, to think and to
    • human soul makes halt at or attaches itself to these firm outlines,
    • does not otherwise exist. He makes the Homunculus say:
    • has not yet scaled the necessary step which makes him capable of
    • connection between all that a man's egoism can make him do and that
    • It would take us far to explain how Goethe now makes the
    • who make it mean that Wagner has the conviction that the Homunculus
    • when like all great minds, he makes his own words. Then one will be
    • Science can give it. It is not for nothing that Goethe makes that
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • configuration, the present make-up of the human soul arisen?
    • contact with cosmic space. All that goes to make up the Earth,
    • merely makes a note of some event in his head. As I have
    • necessary to make notes not only in our head but also in a
    • evolution that he should sometimes make use of his capacity for
    • longer needing to make use of semi-conscious or unconscious
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • him: He can write, he makes signs on paper that mean something,
    • know that a man may only make such signs on paper when he can
    • cruelty — another people already in occupation and make
    • forces are not the forces that make us reflective, thoughtful
    • beings; on the contrary, they make us weak, unconscious. The
    • they went out to make conquests, when as a race they
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • personalities make their appearance later in a period that was
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • could make an indentation into the statue; but the moment one
    • rose is red, the sky blue, and so forth. But these facts make
    • and there make it possible for our words to be accompanied by
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • Earth, he had to cast them off, he had to make himself free
    • not tend to make man feel himself on the Earth, but that
    • out of this Divinity and learning to make use of his own
    • the older Grecian time there was no need to make written
    • perceive them. Then came the impulse to make records.
    • in a most wonderful way, when he makes this expedition. He is
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • makes no allusion, or at most very slight allusion, to the
    • times of year. There the first sign of personality makes its
    • makes its first appearance in the Roman period. Think, my dear
    • make: the human soul took the greatest delight in fetching up
    • exception. Do but make the experiment of reading first Plato
    • physical man makes a step forward through the reading of
    • new direct spiritual perception, to make contact with what was
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • still to make use of it. But later on, save for a few men like
    • some small idea of the truth. But if we want to make use of
    • Earth, it would cease to be coal. What makes it coal is nothing
    • of imaginations, and they make a picture to themselves of this
    • fetches it up out of the flower and makes with the substance of
    • substance, but the warmth itself makes you ill. Suppose you
    • make up the nervous system, and so forth. I will speak further
    • on this to-morrow and make clear, in connection with these
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • supplies this body with the forces which make it visible. This
    • it were to make disturbances in the airy element, so much so
    • has within him, is what makes him ‘man on earth.’ And he
    • but had it as his task to make himself free, there was a word
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • honestly and candidly. Perhaps in this way we can make
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • outer things make an impression upon us. First, we have
    • try to make the thinking inwardly very active, very much alive,
    • make research in the anthroposophical way, the first is the
    • make use of sense-qualities and sense-impressions in speaking
    • see that he first has this ego to enable him to make use of his
    • makes of his forces of knowledge to the strictest
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • beings. Let us once more make quite clear how it is that we feel
    • not. We are that Spiritual, psychic being which makes use of the
    • Archangel to the Archai. Thus it was endeavoured to make the social
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • should make ourselves familiar with the ideas which
    • perceives it and makes it possible to say: “Now that
    • you.” What makes initiation such a shattering
    • make winter within us if we wish to become conscious. Thus we
    • know what happens to consciousness when it makes use of the
    • die away, In the external picture we can make of winter we
    • MORIMUR. We make this into a guiding motto through the other
    • the rising of the sun makes it necessary for the elves to
    • bricks, another makes a brew of toads gall with tiger's
    • the destructive process of death a process that makes a
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • makes it possible for one to believe in this Unity-demon,
    • we must first develop ideas — we must make every effort
    • never be certain that any observation we make in the
    • undergoes a transformation the moment we make ourselves free;
    • make the spiritual psychic principle free in our head, when
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • principles taught in these Mysteries. Aristotle makes a
    • deviate with the sentient-soul when we enquire: What makes it
    • is something which makes the mind ever more active, helps us
    • investigate them, to make the knowledge of them our own. In
    • immediately make the excuse: “But I said it in good
    • happened. No man should make a statement, or impart anything
    • sympathy for what makes man in a worthy way into a useful
    • This statement will make it clear that wonder only appeared
    • mental endowments. It should make a noteworthy impression
    • necessary and thereby makes itself master even over
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • to make Faust greater than Goethe made him and more useful for
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • stand to make of them an altar to the great God of Nature? He
    • really makes it possible to form concepts, to think. Abstract
    • it makes impressions on the physical body, they pass over
    • Weimar called him to make him a minister in Weimar. As I have
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • often makes it necessary in the sphere of spiritual science to
    • external world occurs as has been described, it makes itself
    • come to a stop and would make no further progress! The moment
    • was a shoemaker and also a poet. Jakob Boehme
    • was a shoemaker and a mystical philosopher.
    • he really did make shoes for the good people of Görlitz —
    • know from it that Boehme had been a shoemaker. He said that to
    • represent Boehme it would have to show that he was a shoemaker.
    • shoemaker is also connected with this stream. But when the
    • the one who makes them; what they bring about has its effects
    • he really create future values. When a person makes a nail over
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • would require much time to make clear how in the third
    • factory where he perhaps makes, not a whole nail, but only part
    • man. Thus, the man who makes only part of the nail can develop
    • alone we have enough.” Thus, we can still make an impression on
    • different vibrations when they make these signals, and the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • make the most terrible blunders. Indeed, we observe that there
    • So-called psychoanalysis makes possible investigations in the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • makes karma inevitable, but let us suppose hypothetically that
    • epoch will make people realize how life reveals riddles in a
    • especially interesting — permit me to make this remark
    • can make quite significant comments on it.
    • position beyond which he could make no further progress. We may
    • get somewhere, as the expression goes, believe they make a
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • makes this an important period of life. To be sure, traits of
    • they make no essential further progress in life beyond this
    • western regions that tends especially to make people bourgeois
    • are serious matters, and I wish to make it clear, as I always
    • have an entirely different purpose, but I wish to make clear to
    • and evil: Nothing is good or evil in itself, but man makes it
    • make their presence felt through their own denseness which they
    • scientific knowledge and to believe them does not make one a
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • that time. Today, you know, boys make only airplanes, but then
    • have said, to appear to make unjustified claims upon your
    • necessary to make a good impression on foreign visitors. As for
    • correctly nowadays, but they cannot make anything of them
    • people wanted to make, and it was from this point of view that
    • posters, movies, popular music — everything makes us barren,
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • concealed egoism that makes people wish to ascend directly to
    • find the way to make Christ live in their souls. The Christ is
    • what makes it possible for us to have steam engines, which are
    • see, the year 1769 — I shall now make an assertion that will
    • placing humans on the earth. What really happens when man makes
    • things, and here again I make a somewhat paradoxical statement,
    • the material substance of this letter, but only the dot makes
    • the other part even though it is the dot that makes the letter.
    • magic signifies progress, and the earth will continue to make
    • make it possible to produce immense effects ranging outward
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • faith that makes me happy; anything else is no concern of
    • other persons make their gods. The Christ is found in different
    • of these words might make us grow pale were we to take it in
    • but this also makes Him the Divinity Who may be approached here
    • already possible to make a beginning in many things. Most of
    • teaching the child as a divine service, but also make it
    • wife with special clarity. This almost makes him insane; when
    • process spiritual science, as we understand it, wants to make a
    • expected to make people understand that not only sensuous, but
    • make further comments when I am in possession of the book
    • not want to make judgments as I am sure the book itself will
    • likely to cite our case as characteristic when it makes its
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • make a retrospective survey, we discover what has been stated
    • (see yellow in diagram). I must make a little addition to the
    • that I make it also as an image (see violet in centre
    • ladies, but now when I want to make a comparison with regard
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • middle-man, the breast-man is what makes man of the earth,
    • Venus, and make an incomplete picture of it in seed form, not
    • your hands and legs do now — make a picture of what they
    • do. Here you have to make a kind of map. You see, every time
    • carry him, you could make a map of it. You would get
    • makes his own there lies what lets us see quite clearly all
    • tendency to foster the connection between what makes roan a
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • head has the power to make room for the spiritual. Now just
    • makes man conscious when without the resistance of the brain
    • brain. What there I made yellow here I make lilac, because
    • form, the Elohim. These cosmic thoughts make themselves
    • Let us make
    • he makes this same drawing on the blackboard for his
    • these people had set out to make the whole world ethical,
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • make such ideas too the basis of social action. In the eyes
    • declared: ‘My aim is not to make money; my aim is a
    • in the old economic style, because they make no connection
    • education that will make them of use for practical life.
    • people can make their earnings by it too. It will be done by
    • make up the whole life of the general economy, and is
    • something else. That would make one into a tyrant. The facts
    • these, functionally considered, make up the whole human being.
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • onward-bearing force, should make its way into as many heads
    • method of propaganda, as we have seen, makes no headway: the
    • still to-day make such a demand as this; and that they are
    • does not see, that to-day you might make the most splendid
    • can make up their minds, — on Sunday afternoons, or
    • this new spiritual movement. But, as to trying to make any
    • they cannot make up their minds to do.
    • would like to make compromises, to the extent of being ready
    • will make up their minds to stand out courageously for our
    • ideas, who will make up their minds not for ever to be
    • with the words: we must make up our minds to do whatever it
    • impossible as things are to-day. The State makes it quite
    • impossible for you to make this particular kind of practical
    • ‘business-estates’ of the Body Economic can make
    • various people are concerned with nothing but how to make
    • something, which is not merely a bank, but makes a centre of
    • possible to make an experiment in little, which, let us hope,
    • something which serves to make economic activities more
    • I get hold of this person? should I make myself agreeable to
    • know, make a curious impression, if when we were talking —
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • to make a thorough study of the one without the other.
    • problems through faith, about which I intend to make neither
    • makes pronouncements about its findings, and then reaches its
    • because of any mistake he makes, but because of his method. A
    • Activity I attempted to make these two boundaries or limits
    • but this is really simply because they do not wish to make any
    • is. He is also much too stupid to make any remotely correct
    • him. He has no wish to make the pictures transparent. The
    • objective spiritual world makes itself known in spiritual
    • only discovered half of what is necessary to make the human
    • minds, which really make us human beings, really are. What
    • great discovery that we make.
    • order to make the book possible for those who consider the
    • For they indeed make great demands upon us. We have to take
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • This makes it imperative to take a closer look at what we
    • views of history never convince us that the efforts he makes in
    • says, who perhaps even make great mistakes. What Grimm and
    • statements he makes about the Americans hit home. He says
    • the middle of the 15th century. But he was not able to make use
    • appropriate observation. But this makes it all the more
    • not according to the comfortable notion that nature makes no
    • makes the human being think and consider, drawing conclusions
    • concretely for the simple reason that we would not make any
    • then acquire the possibility — and here I have to make a
    • course of our lives and makes us into complete and living human
    • 1880's, quite differently. Humanity can make use only of what
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • it is very odd that the further we get, the more effort we make
    • and it makes us aware that the kind of thinking employed in
    • is precisely in our meditation that we learn how we make use of
    • organism, the latter makes something possible that could
    • permitted to make such a paradoxical statement. Its truth will
    • consciousness. I will make this clear by the following:
    • main thing, for our everyday lives at least, to make
    • gate of death. — This whole experience makes us aware
    • bound to make it appear purely pictorial, as if only a symbol
    • make closer acquaintance with this being we have to overcome
    • that such a statement could make one despair of the wise
    • earth of existence. It is this experience of pain which makes
    • could feel it, makes us powerless, but that now it ceases to be
    • and have to be developed. These make us competent in life. The
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • up. And in circles which are not inclined to make exact
    • attempts to make all sorts of logical inferences which lead
    • unprejudiced way makes the attempt to satisfy the needs of his
    • the fundamental principle, which makes clear the real
    • we make use of older names which have always existed for such
    • holds of the bones, how will makes itself effective within our
    • Although it will sound strange, you can make a comparison
    • impulses of will and makes them opaque, put them to sleep,
    • when these exercises of the will make our organism transparent
    • whole human being. Just as it makes use of the whole human
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • to epoch in order to make it possible for man to find such a
    • Hertwig makes use of everything that even the most recent
    • happen around us in the world, I will make use of a comparison
    • which will help to make the matter clearer.
    • that makes us aware of the difference between this
    • image of an ideal nor something thought out. We make the
    • the physical body and move around in. This man in us can make
    • consciousness, out of a dreaming state, and makes our
    • death, and we see what death makes of us. What is beyond death
    • person whom Goethe makes say this. Is it really Goethe, the one
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • and makes use of an artistic language whose forms are
    • are only attempting to make a beginning, we yet can affirm
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • would make itself specially felt in the uniting of something
    • make half of humanity slaves and the other half employers of
    • seeks to make itself felt. While in the West the French
    • way. They seek to make man inwardly a free human being. It is
    • entering into details which would make clear what I have
    • present age makes great demands on man's capacity for
    • good Karma, of our Movement that we were able to make
    • quite differently. I would certainly never make it in the
    • present building, but I myself would not make it in the same
    • just want to make you see clearly that it is life itself, and
    • wanted to make comprehensible to you how we must learn the
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • through our vision of the heavens, and make ourselves more
    • Earth; to make the Earth a great organic being endowed with
    • He wants to make man of such a nature in this incarnation
    • Ahriman is striving for with the Earth — to make it
    • himself makes of it, not that which the physical forces are
    • itself will simply be what man himself makes of it.
    • behind like the Old Moon — to make it what I might call a
    • world; an effort to make the processes of human existence
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • that in speaking he wants to make the following
    • must not make a compromise with what we know; we must not
    • make a start with a new kind of education. This will help to
    • important point for me is never to make any particular thing
    • not my concern whether any assertion I make is astonishing or
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • again and again that men will not be able to make any further
    • make comprehensible the fact that in the animal kingdom and
    • such a way which would immediately make some group of
    • to make some compromise, we must be fully aware of it. We
    • make men into Atheists, cannot understand that these
    • speaks of social matters, people say: he makes no mention of
    • “talents” may make him of interest to the spirits
    • natural science. The point I want to make is this; that we
    • souls. Mere theory that only makes us agree with something in
    • make this or that theoretically plausible, or clear to you,
    • that which can make humanity really able to work and to act
    • necessity for such a longing and also to make you feel what a
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • The best way to make ourselves familiar
    • are, if I may make a comparison, in the position of someone
    • himself makes with the train, is something that he forgets.
    • makes, when he gets up, for instance, and in relation to
    • experience. Make it clear to yourselves that there can be in
    • make as men in universal space. We learn too, to
    • — that is an actual movement which we make with the
    • makes on inwardly a different man. A man learns to feel
    • aesthetics do not make a man into an artist — and a
    • science never makes a true teacher. It is not necessary to
    • as a makeshift. It was always a horror to me to meet men at
    • is that in pedagogics it is possible to make use of things
    • the terrible state of things which, for instance, makes it
    • able to tell you; it is a consciousness which makes us
    • anthroposophical theories. It is absolutely essential to make
    • It makes
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • to make a drawing, It should have to draw the Gods
    • all this mummifies him, makes him akin to matter, and leads
    • man. All that science does is to make the inner into the
    • the Spirit and soul and make themselves akin to the
    • the human being with the universe will again make itself
    • from the depths of our being and to make then the guiding
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • feeling in life makes its appearance everywhere. Even if not
    • senses, what is super-physical and occult somehow makes its
    • whole situation will make me uncomfortable and I shall
    • the artist makes his start. Now it seems to me that the
    • only by allowing oneself, not to make scientific assumptions
    • onwards will make the kind of kind of mysteries to which I
    • Whoever is able to perceive this will also find — to make
    • tried to make a sculptural group in wood to represent what
    • realisation in the human head — then this makes it
    • into being, the design able to make its appearance, definite
    • superphysical, which, however, because it makes its
    • way we can make the form speak, how, deep in our
    • sculptor makes use of that point where the sense of touch is
    • mountain-peasant has no need to make a faithful copy of what
    • need either to make merely a faithful copy of the physical or
    • through art, will make Goethe"s words
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • the tendency which makes a man think realistically or
    • idealistically, or makes his an Impressionist or
    • investigator must learn the methods which make it possible so
    • product of creative power, makes such a disagreeable effect
    • and unique. Let me make a rather trivial comparison. Just as
    • achieve this he so intensifies the experience that he makes
    • the seer to make himself intelligible to the external world,
    • of speech-formation that he is able to make the union between
    • impart information he is obliged to make use of speech, but
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • transformed into a head. What is it, exactly, that makes this transformation
    • all suffer from one common error. I can only make this error clear to
    • to make investigations into the nature of a grain of wheat. He would
    • utilitarian standpoint and want to make this the essential aim of science
    • make it possible for a new wheat plant to come into existence.
    • birth. The knowledge we acquire serves to make it possible for the body
    • anything.’ And those who make this remark generally include themselves
    • All the truth that a human being makes his own, all the knowledge he
    • which history makes clear to us. At the very moment in the evolution
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • principles taught in these Mysteries. Aristotle makes a
    • deviate with the sentient-soul when we enquire: What makes it
    • is something which makes the mind ever more active, helps us
    • investigate them, to make the knowledge of them our own. In
    • immediately make the excuse: “But I said it in good
    • happened. No man should make a statement, or impart anything
    • sympathy for what makes man in a worthy way into a useful
    • This statement will make it clear that wonder only appeared
    • mental endowments. It should make a noteworthy impression
    • necessary and thereby makes itself master even over
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • speak of this beginning we must make clear to ourselves that
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • appear of whom, if we make the clairvoyant test, we cannot say,
    • taken from the very time of his birth to make it possible for
    • language. In the same way a lofty individuality had to make the
    • physical world which alone make explicable to us what occurs
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • this country. Since this is not possible for me, I must make the
    • perception, allow me next to make a comparison. I do not from
    • to make myself understandable so that what I want to add as
    • it is the correct reverse image. And whoever simply makes this
    • allow me to make the following comparison. Think to yourself:
    • that makes them basically nervous about what drives them so
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • a means to make Christianity more accessible to the scholarly
    • rise to doubt and uncertainty that makes a person weak.
    • makes demands; it is up to the individual to recognize what
    • wants to see material conditions continue to make progress
    • explain things and make life understandable. I shall also
    • they were not aware of before. Spiritual knowledge will make
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • clearly describes how Faust makes a slight cut in his left
    • social upheavals taking place make this evident to anyone.
    • case, repetitions help to make these basic ideas clearer, as
    • that makes it possible for the human soul to express its
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • and light. A closer look at the Old Testament makes it clear
    • examples make it evident that suffering is connected with
    • understanding of our essential nature will also make clear
    • physical beings to make the spirit resurrect in them. One
    • makes it differ from lifeless albumen; it begins to
    • but let me give you an example to make it clearer still. When
    • we absorb and make our own what lies beyond our own self.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual worlds, but to make spiritual knowledge available
    • to say “I,” makes the human being the crown of
    • with no other earthly being; the “I” makes a
    • research makes all these subtleties understandable and throws
    • of its physical organs. It makes a difference whether the
    • formatively on the ether body of the child because they make
    • undeveloped astral body, and can no more make sound judgments
    • effect is beneficial, for it makes human beings healthier
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • is Schopenhauer's pessimistic view. He makes the Earth-Spirit
    • “I” makes human beings the crown of creation, for
    • muscles, that is, of those organs that support and make him a
    • substances only makes us weak.
    • to make his saliva into a remedy against their bite. He
    • himself and makes others strong to withstand that particular
    • harmful because, in order to make human beings strong, it
    • can be absorbed and digested they make a person strong. Only
    • apparently harmful effects to make it a powerful force of
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • makes different demands, it is useless to lay down general
    • presence that makes itself felt even before the teacher has
    • make paintings of them; then happy human beings for whom life
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • which it cannot adjust, and therefore cannot make use of?
    • sluggish so that the astral body is unable to make use of it,
    • which a person cannot make his feelings agree with what goes
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • comparison make clear where the higher self exists, and what
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • known can one make any sense of what is found in the often
    • those maintain who are too comfortable to make the effort.
    • make accessible the elementary stages of Rosicrucianism, it
    • was necessary to make available in print and through
    • manner in the reader. In this way a person makes his own
    • me at once make clear how to depict it. A widely used sign is
    • many who make use of occult signs, even people like Eliphas
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • Wagner spoke about. That would make a discussion on any issue
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • Such initiates were mentioned in every epoch. Let us make it
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • to make is that a method of working shall enter the world as an
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge that makes man free, transforming itself in man into the power of
    • needs to be satisfied in these so far as the natural conditions make this
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • make the greatest effort to form his ideas and concepts.
    • This life of thought was not like ours, which makes us (please
    • which we must make in order to construct our thoughts. From the
    • go, the more does it make itself felt. For an ancient Oriental
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • merely on the factual act, it means that something makes an impression
    • first have to make it clear to yourself, while looking at this large
    • This force wants to make man, as it were, into a statue. It is really
    • so: everything we see, wants to make us into a statue in a certain fine
    • in the astral body, and perhaps makes, an impression into the ether
    • tends to solidify, which makes man into a statue.
    • which hardens the forms and makes them pointed and rigid. In
    • rhythms which makes everything round, because it runs off faster and
    • therefore rounds off everything; it does not make things rigid, but
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • makes us again into an earthly substance that otherwise would dissipate
    • etheric. The heart would not yet make us into an earthly human being
    • One has to make it clear
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • the right way. I would like to make clear, with the help of an example,
    • I would like to make that
    • I want to make this clear
    • How does the physician today make a diagnosis?
    • with which they make all sorts of things. This fixed object is really
    • make us blessed — yet on this dead light's rays has Christ entered
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • can only make a beginning. As we proceed we will see how
    • left to make the left column the same as the right, the
    • pastor — at times makes us aware that wherever we look we
    • gifted enough to make such a clock always wound it up as
    • simple man acquired the ability to make this clock. He alone
    • inspired clockmaker blinded by having his eyes plucked
    • used this moment to make a quick manipulation and put the clock
    • was why he blinded the clockmaker. Lucifer is placed on the one
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • had the clockmaker blinded and forced him to retire. Not until
    • he felt death approaching was the clockmaker allowed to touch
    • clock-maker's ruining of the clock was an ahrimanic deed. The
    • clockmaker, too, wanted to include ahrimanic and
    • himself in the mirror. The clockmaker himself confronts
    • have also seen an even smarter thing the clockmaker arranged.
    • other people. The clock-maker brought all these about through
    • “Perhaps after all one should not make a perfect
    • say, of course, but the folk tale does say that the clockmaker
    • clockmaker and not consider the consequences of our actions.
    • He must make a good plot with a knot to be unraveled and the
    • Faust. Just think of all the speculations you can make
    • in the way of an external necessity to make me rise from my
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • preparations he intends to make and what he thinks is the best
    • teacher who knows his priorities is bound to make a good
    • make proper plans.” “You can foresee that
    • “If I can make myself more efficient in this way, the
    • this case we could easily make the same mistake we make if we
    • the fact that the driver is leading the horse. Perhaps we make
    • combined to make him a mailman. So that as soon as there was a
    • idleness but just because he is still so young, makes up his
    • make these mistakes.
    • to looking at ourselves in a mirror. We can make progress
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • you think this over, you will make a distinction that we
    • unfortunately do not make in ordinary life with regard to
    • actions. The fact that we do not make this distinction
    • has been said, we must realize that we then have to make the
    • I will make up my own language!” And he sets about
    • some of life's important problems, we cannot then make
    • as it were. The etheric body itself makes the resolve, which
    • soul and make ourselves free concerning matters we are
    • things will come for the future. To make this thought our own,
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • All we can do is will. The fact that we are able to will makes
    • resolve to get up will not make the slightest impression. This
    • counteracted by the efforts people make: on the one hand,
    • world. But just think, these people have a science that makes
    • are beautiful flowers and nature necessarily makes them so.
    • it makes my head spin.” Which means he plops down with a
    • Therefore you only make certain theologians furious with
    • Christ.” You would make them far less angry if you were
    • statement Professor Ziehen makes on page 208 of these lectures,
    • science they make freedom a necessity. Really, how could people
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • behind every noun and make it a practice not always to speak
    • and everything that happened in relation to it that makes a
    • conception. We can make this experience our own on watching
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • movement, and for this it is necessary to make ourselves
    • Furche (furrow) we make in walking over the ground;
    • matters which we must make our own from now on into the
    • understand these surprising things when he can make the
    • hear the divine powers as they make themselves known through
    • the dead. There are blanks for them when we want to make
    • necessary, in order to make oneself understood by the dead,
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • is that just in the case of those who make the most earnest endeavours,
    • happen within their own territory, they make their mind easy. The author
    • who makes his Catholicism evident on every opportunity, takes a much
    • men to pass by unconsciously or he can in freedom make the resolve to
    • To make thinking in accordance
    • meets the abstraction of the concept. Moreover it makes clear to you
    • I said: How long ago in evolution is it since man tried to make paper?
    • however to make his whole perception of the world fruitful. He learns
    • to make fruitful just what in reality has always distinguished him from
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • the soul, so that this soul is a match for much that always makes itself
    • to make you familiar with the kind of judgment about some particular
    • to make it appear that it is believed where the actual ranks of the
    • to make anything at all of the accusation of Pantheism, where such a
    • such a man can make about the path of Spiritual Science. I an simply
    • make to what is found, for example, in Knowledge of the Higher Worlds
    • would be inability to contemplate and to make use of imaginative powers,
    • about what is dead, must come to see that scientific observations make
    • evolution of mankind, is to make man realise what, simply throw present
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • to terms with this present time only if he makes up his mind to find
    • in this revealing, he notices contradictions. He is unable to make anything
    • And he actually has his identity, that is not able to make an appearance
    • makes man say (in the subconscious he does say it): Yes, the world looks
    • makes conceptions and also when he wills (this again sounds grotesque
    • that makes us aware that we really have an ego.
    • no power over it. He is able only to make up his mind consciously to
    • thoughts dictated by nature, for what they like best is merely to make
    • of Spiritual Activity, for example, which makes such demands on
    • relations to the spiritual world will be kindled and then he will make
    • the next point and then again to make a further step. Isn't it so? You
    • about the social life in common unless we make conceptions about other
    • generally prefers to conceive only of himself, to make a conception
    • It is only when he makes every effort to fulfil the requirements of
    • into relation with Spiritual Science this Spiritual Science makes certain
    • with them, makes it necessary for man to free himself from his most
    • of any town you may, according to circumstance, make the description
    • authority. Belief in authority can naturally make its influence felt,
    • make man into a perfectly free, self-reliant being. The other pole of
    • to keep these connections in mind, for these connections make it terribly
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • it is sought to make a practice of excluding sound human intelligence
    • experience may be drowned. People cry out and make a noise at any kind
    • of pain to make things easier for themselves. Ay crying out you will
    • of the spiritual world are incomprehensible; we must, however, make
    • of each human being. This is something that will alone make the solution
    • employs what is grossly material, it is difficult to make any impression
    • to make clear the reasons for such hostility, such antagonism. I talked
    • things, for we should pay attention to everything that makes us take
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • northern barbarians. And even when the Christ had been able to make
    • of soul that makes itself felt within us, with all the ennobling of
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • Yesterday I wanted to make
    • it is already necessary today to make clear to ourselves what actually
    • Christ impulse. Man would have been too weak to make any progress by
    • you just to take the whole of European history, you could make a study
    • well able to make a calculation about the future relations of central
    • but Goethe did not make our attitude to him as easy as that. Goethe
    • in the way this divine is found a man wishing to make a road for himself
    • Goethe wanted to pursue after his own fashion, just as the spirit makes
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • world view comes ever closer, and the world of feeling makes it
    • we need to immediately make a note when we speak about these
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • did not manage to make a clear distinction between the
    • magnificent, vivid tragedy of Margaret. It also makes it
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • in order to make knowledge of the Higher Worlds possible. The
    • aware when using physical organs, and make observations on the
    • something which makes a person quite different from what he or
    • Make an attempt to formulate a precise reckoning, drawing from
    • aspect fails to provide a measure with which to make a
    • particular place, makes the mass of our aura distinctly
    • and especially if we make this interest many-sided, then we
    • spiritual scientific experience gives us, which makes it
    • we are un-free due to karma. Karma does not make us un-free.
    • offering a world view which makes the super-sensible world view
    • must so to say make an instrument of ourselves, if we want to
    • insight can become everything without having to make
    • This is what makes it possible for us, in relation to our
    • wish to theorize, I wish to make a hypothesis which should
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • styles of architecture; just as when they wish to make anything artistic
    • tenets connected with this was the command: “Thou shalt not make
    • that in a sense an endeavor was being made to make each individual people
    • what the Old Helm wanted to make of themselves and that Christianity,
    • of life. We want to make a beginning, yet in its own way it is intended
    • enclosed but which intends to make itself known.
    • objections are known. But here we have actually dared to make the attempt.
    • he himself really makes the endeavour — which very few people will
    • whole, must make evident in its own form that it is indispensable. The
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • appear new and young make nothing but sentimental and vogue claims.
    • precisely through its artistic side had to make certain claims. Men
    • that we must not sleep. It is also necessary that we make a certain
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • paintings in the smaller dome, it has not been possible to make lantern
    • thinking, especially in the art of painting must make itself felt. This
    • seeking of these principles an incentive to what makes man free but
    • the feeling: Thou makest thyself indeed free, but in so doing thou comest
    • detail what I have to say). Suppose I simply make a smudge of colour,
    • observe how that all that man can make man more conscious, that can
    • say that the actual attempt has been made with this Building to make
    • the dome — the covering of this slate — in the sun, makes
    • make this Building comprehensible to our friends who are willing to
    • to make known what is here being carried out in Dornach. There are not
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • modern, materialistic way, hoping to make contact with a
    • foolish as modern science sometimes makes it out to be, but
    • he makes his Faust a magician. Faust has given himself up to
    • might make, as it were, a fresh start, striving towards
    • word. This Wagner is a man who makes far fewer claims on
    • Faust — or rather, Goethe makes Faust speak — in
    • wonderful way. Goethe now makes Faust say that through
    • confusion make their appearance, all the bewildering spirits
    • makes him externally man in this Earth-evolution, has not
    • makes quite clear. And what appears now? A travelling
    • says, or makes Faust say, clearly and unmistakably:
    • picture — unless he makes a special study of it —
    • married to the Lily in the glass. We should not make fun of
    • King, then make a great fire and throw the Wolf into
    • The gold once more makes its
    • In this way then he makes something. To
    • explain what he makes, we should have to describe these
    • right quantity then what is here described will make its
    • make fan of the ancient superstitions, for then one is
    • universe we could make man himself more efficient. Think of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • like, my dear friends, to make a few remarks about the
    • yet he had parted from her in circumstances that make it
    • the Brocken to bewilder him and make him forget Gretchen.
    • naturally the physical body of those who make this journey
    • to make this journey to the Brocken (the time for it is the
    • been said it will be clear that Mephistopheles makes use of
    • part of his etheric body drawn out, which makes him able to
    • free-thinkers point of view to make fun of Goethes's
    • be no doubt that Nikolai is meant, he makes the
    • one. Goethe pictures nothing in a dilettante way; he makes
    • and Goethe makes this very clear. For as a sequel to the
    • makes him say:
    • And to make
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • wishing perhaps to make fun of the Jena philosophy he so much
    • the shoemaker who made those boots of yours, You cannot say
    • is based on this problem of the shoemaker. Those things,
    • makes Mephistopheles quite sympathetic and kindly. For how
    • sympathy. And he makes Mephistopheles speak not merely like a
    • this reason he makes his Mephistopheles expressed itself
    • devices. So that we may say: The presence of Homunculus makes
    • of view, only what the anatomist makes of it by describing it
    • “But what we make of this gloom?”
    • to a much greater lack. It makes it impossible for man to
    • this passage it always makes me realise anew how it is taken
    • understanding is there, that it makes us see the meaning of
    • their dreary shadow concepts. Men have no wish to make
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • must now make a picture of this preparation that is confined
    • sides of the triangle and one at each angle makes 183. When,
    • how many worlds we get if we make a correct
    • make a picture of these two things you have the water, the
    • have assembled a for a kind of drama. What makes them see it?
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • world, thus to make conscious that which can really be
    • — out of illusion. The human being must make
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • beings, to make effective in a retrogressive way — and
    • more make clear to ourselves, what was the nature of the
    • To-day we will only make clear that this deed reveals him as
    • Atlantean time. Now something new makes it appearance —
    • called upon to speak of this. He wishes to make plain how he
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • I had intended to make a few remarks from
    • time. I shall only say enough to make it clear to you that
    • makes it possible for man to have a certain self--knowledge
    • to feel hoe Goethe wished to make the transition into the
    • makes Wagner produce this manikin, Homunculus. Then, in the
    • of the matter makes everyone acquainted with the reality feel
    • allows this world to make its appearance in his
    • find nothing able to make a Homo of Homunculus; I can got
    • nothing from that quarter. But if I make use of such ideas as
    • may become Homo.” — Therefore Goethe makes
    • emmets; and when he makes a mountain arise, as it was in an
    • waking, he makes ants appear and begin to busy themselves
    • companions for these ants, he makes other strange beings. For
    • the old world-order he makes a dream arise, he also
    • at the same time an awakening. And Goethe makes it so clear
    • clearly. When he makes his re-appearance in the scene, he
    • for man only dreams arise. For this reason he makes
    • Goethe makes it clear that the conceptions of Anaxagoras
    • element of water that he uses to make the transition to the
    • different form from that in which he gave the first. He makes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • I particularly wanted to make clear in connection with
    • make an effort to know something about being awake, they
    • wants to make him king there. It is already clear to
    • makes Anaxagoras address an invocation to the Moon, out of
    • Thine ancient might without a spell make
    • Mephistopheles. This is what Goethe makes ring out for
    • ordinary philistine, my dear friends, can make nothing of all
    • continually strove to make his ideas as supple as were those
    • flows into the present. Goethe is not one of those who make
    • wish to be thought that man, wanting to make progress in
    • flows. Instead of this, Goethe makes him meet in the world of
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • make ourselves thoroughly acquainted with the character of
    • observation of nature; all these theories and hypotheses make
    • able to make the two into one whole, letting the one be
    • consideration, and some kind of person makes his appearance
    • effort. This is exactly the reason why we can make such great
    • in which, however, he sought to make a sacrifice to the
    • concerned man makes the greatest mistake in believing that
    • although by its nature it should make the conditions we have
    • significance and activity. He then makes all kinds of
    • to make us free men with independent judgment. It is always
    • This is something that fundamentally we can make our own only
    • superstition — that we can make progress with concepts having
    • Spiritual Science one does not make any assertion that does
    • which to make discoveries if you will only take the plunge. I
    • what can make you see that life is not one-sided, nor can it
    • he has to overcome if he wants to make his way to the
    • things — that is certainly one side we have to make clear.
    • world happiness. To this end they will have to make up their
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • its imagery to make a great appeal to the senses.
    • through he was striving to to make his soul more profound.
    • to make an abstraction of these things, not to apply the
    • even to the point of prophetic clairvoyance; and he makes
    • This makes us
    • outside in nature where the minerals and plants make manifest
    • the very same force makes itself felt when you wake in the
    • the spiritual world to find what makes Homunculus into Homo.
    • rather, makes us see — how Homunculus can become Homo
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • makes on a man, as regards his behaviour towards society as a
    • world, can recognise in himself. Whoever makes use only of
    • with less honesty make a few antiquarian studies, perhaps
    • makes the philosopher Thales conduct Homunculus into the
    • degree. That is why no philistine will be able to make much
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves. Then, too, if we wish to make our lives fuller in
    • all that makes life happy, all that shatters life, all that
    • There does not lie here what makes it possible in life's
    • help in time of need, to make good what men as a whole had no
    • be described by saying: The one boundary makes it clear that
    • absolute rest; that would make him indolent and corrupt. He
    • succeeding. Neither do we succeed if we do not make the
    • Manto. What makes us lose ourselves in motives of will is
    • experience that, fundamentally, what makes us lose ourselves
    • Hamerling, in his Homunculus sought to make what we
    • we enter into such profound scenes with a language that makes
    • that men thought they must make out of Goethe's teaching at
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • at least a picture in our consciousness that we make for
    • knows that one makes them oneself. Then one is by no means a
    • stimulation. The waking person who makes alive within himself
    • the whole of nature which makes an impression on us, is
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • Rishis to make it clear to the entire Indian people: that which
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • When you consider you can still easily make mistakes if you
    • then we make it valid for the entire life of humankind.
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • am about to make may possibly give offence to so-called
    • Now, if theosophy is to make clear its aims, it is but right
    • reason makes a mistake: in all such matters the heart is
    • to allow anyone to attempt to make us believe that besides the
    • the knowledge of that which makes of man a spiritual being.
    • colour. We make no objection to the standpoint of natural
    • faculties will make themselves apparent.”
    • which they live, and must make themselves acquainted with the
    • Materialistic science makes a similar mistake to that
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • to point out that man should make himself independent of such
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • European peoples. The chaos into which humanity was falling would make
    • the fact that man longs for immortality because his egotism makes the
    • of what went before? It is, in short, only egotism that makes man hold
    • the primal, embryonic form of man. Spiritual Science alone will make
    • forces. The fact of being subject to the Aries forces makes it
    • is prone to be lost. Basically speaking, then, life makes for a
    • dimming of consciousness; death pouring into life makes for a
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • longer make any impression upon us, for this must be done via the
    • Earth, to make proper use of his body; a man who has not brought such
    • It makes a great difference in which of these two ways a man has been
    • existence. It makes a great difference whether we grow into race and
    • existence on Earth. His Angel can make him into a man who is in a
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • perceived. Christianity makes its way from the East into the Pagan
    • with a kind of abstract feeling. Christianity makes its way from the
    • closed and the last philosophers of Athens were obliged to make their
    • Roman, Latin form of life which makes its way from the South towards
    • impulses which make their way towards the East.
    • activity everywhere; whereas the influence that makes its way towards
    • constitution of their brains and the rest of their bodily make-up, it
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • also to make friends with the most gifted among the staff.
    • house he was frequently invited to make comments on this or that
    • the course of it unable to make any progress with his own
    • its resources. He wanted to make his way further in the world
    • possible with Fichte to make use of manoeuvres such as are so generally
    • to avoid offending. He was not a man to make smooth gestures: he
    • aiming at nothing else than, as he expressed it, to make the
    • was unlikely to make any impression on idlers or superficial people,
    • and another man. It was impossible to make out
    • see? What is that further factor which makes the difference between
    • alone makes all other existence intelligible.
    • souls of his hearers to make them undergo a change between entering
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • believe that it is essential for them to make a real automaton of
    • As many as make our star look so good.
    • Today we need to make use of other means. We need ways which will lead
    • time. For the course of modern civilization makes it impossible for us
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • does not understand this world until Krishna makes it comprehensible
    • life. A God, Krishna, must make our civilization and culture
    • knowledge, are now once more seeking to make connection with the
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • initiation of Lazarus. It makes us realize how we can always find
    • development in their own souls. I want to make every effort to get
    • not make gold. Whether or not this is true of gold, it is certainly
    • clairvoyance. Let me make a rather crude comparison.
    • uttered by a pioneer of thinking, “O, Man, make bold to use thy
    • souls, “O, Man, make bold to claim thy concepts and ideas as
    • also of the modern exercises that make this possible. But when man
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • exceedingly careful in this realm. He must make a habit of carefully
    • dreams, so long do they make themselves important in it and block the
    • interest in their life, that makes no difference at all. No one who
    • however, for all sorts of inner feelings begin coming in and make us
    • whereby he makes himself visible to Arjuna. To make this thought
    • sense tear his self out of him, and then by its help make himself
    • visible to Arjuna. He makes a mirror, we can say, of what he has torn
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • mention one of them because people often make use of it without
    • makes fools of us because it is continually putting questions we
    • the market and make up accounts they find something that certainly
    • beings. There we make a definite discovery. Through the actual facts
    • realm, therefore, we already have occasion to make use of the
    • make a good entrance if we have all sorts of conjectures and
    • make no conscious use of the one-half of our existence, for we are
    • only make that discovery in the third realm. Arjuna's impressions,
    • make use of it, can enable you to find the way into the higher worlds
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • the region where self-consciousness was first to make its appearance,
    • organism, to make man capable — from the seventh and eighth
    • does he make, this master-builder of the human ego-nature? He has to
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • kind of doctrine, an abstract teaching, or a philosophy, that makes
    • conceptual point of view. Here we touch upon something that makes it
    • discourses we try to make the ideas borrowed from ordinary life
    • that these words were uttered, but to make them hear the voice that
    • order to make this possible Krishna was active, indirectly and almost
    • they come from diametrically opposite directions. We can make very
    • developed today in a rather general way we will make more concrete in
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • very forces that represent what it is in man that makes him something
    • but it may be possible to make it clear in the following way.
    • when we make ourselves acquainted with occult facts that we have a
    • age that is dawning will in time make it possible to deepen points
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • people of the West. It is natural for us to make a contemporary work
    • people, to develop something that may easily make them feel how far behind
    • thinkers would like to make these ideas their own.
    • is it to comprehend all that the human soul can produce. We must make
    • vigorously make use of the forces present in his soul, what the men of the
    • side of the matter. It makes a difference whether you find a certain
    • different in the case of each. I am not trying to make you understand
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • are unable to make those very different feelings our own. If we tried
    • makes upon them. Tamas men are attached to laziness, they want to be
    • evolution — the self-consciousness that makes it possible for
    • impulse, all the forces that tend to make man independent and loosen
    • both extremes upon Himself he makes it possible for humanity by
    • profound than if one were to say, “Why make any distinctions?
    • or even everyone, may leave us. If so, it will make no difference in
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • all the time; without losing these experiences he must learn to make
    • and again to the thought that knowing about something makes no
    • detail on this point; but first we want to make still clearer what is
    • described. Nothing makes an impression on him, but he is everything
    • external to himself, which are present elsewhere and make an
    • and the object makes an impression on the eye so that one then knows
    • the important thing — to make the soul powerful, strong,
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • It makes a terrifying impression to perceive how during certain
    • Opposition is Ahriman. And souls that are lovers of ease make
    • physical bodies; when he has got so far as deliberately to make the
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the Cosmos which make possible the building of the human brain and the
    • able to make use of his former ways of thinking and judging. If he
    • beings whom he has already come to know, and who make it clear to him
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • that which makes for and constitutes human personality. This took
    • who were to make progress in refining and. purifying those forces of
    • to make their abode there, circumstances may arise in which there is
    • a man must now go through, so that he may make one part of his double
    • whole nature of modern Initiation has a more inward character, makes
    • incarnation may make him very well able to dominate the conversation
    • but lacks the force to work intensively on the brain and to make use
    • of it, And to be unable while in the physical body to make use of the
    • with him over to a later incarnation, he would not make a success of
    • of duality must make a unity, and so should bring man a little further
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture III: God, Man, Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the air and make it fit to breathe. On the other side, man and the
    • body. The exercises of Yoga are a training which enables man to make
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IV: Involution and Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • rudimentary organisms of which the naturalist can make nothing. Such
    • element from the past makes its appearance. Ancient faculties,
    • which makes the dough rise. Man's present faculty of dreaming will
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • flowers to distil and make it into honey, so does the soul come forth
    • make use of it. The body is not merely the vesture, it is the
    • not to make wrong use of the truths revealed to him. But the
    • anything he pleases to his subject. He can make him think that a chair
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • (7) Meditation. We must be able to make ourselves blind and deaf to
    • power to make disciples of men and to be the protector of all; he is
    • “The Sun makes music as of old
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • of root and stem. What faculty was it that enabled Goethe to make these
    • marvelous discoveries which by themselves deserve to make his name
    • impression it makes is wholly unlike that made by outer light. The
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • outer personification of the self makes it possible for the astral
    • This will make us realise how essential it is to nourish ourselves
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • indeed make use of three auxiliary organs, namely the two wings
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • perceive by means of the senses but by the sympathy which makes us
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • beauty, goodness. It is for man to make the Earth into a temple of
    • instance when we make a watch, but give body to these images, they
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • the Earth, each of these lunar kingdoms makes a descent into
    • combined. It is this fusion of opposing principles which makes evil
    • of the Redeemer. It is not revelation but truth which makes men free:
    • “You shall know the Truth and the Truth shall make you
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVIII: The Apocalypse
    Matching lines:
    • surroundings. The future lies within man. He is free to make it good
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • a meditative experience one must make oneself blind and deaf
    • will use a crude comparison to make clear what I mean. You
    • only makes people into Christians but enables them to awaken
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • make it alive in us, we come to know the Christian
    • he ensouls the various parts, and makes them move. This
    • What does it do? It makes good the damage suffered by the
    • makes it possible for good beings to be active when the
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • and if one is able to abnegate one's lower self and make it a
    • necessary to make it possible for us to see and act in higher
    • taught reincarnation. For instance, one can only make sense
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • Jacob Boehme, a shoemaker's apprentice, was sitting alone one
    • the last word left, these fifth words would make a new sequence conveying
    • must go deeper. Even superficial observation will make it clear that
    • — positive and negative. The first makes a person see what is not
    • This attribute makes man
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • foundation we can never make morality our own. People often say: Why
    • When we make this truth known we are not preaching morality but laying
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • gets tired and used up, and the task of the astral body is to make good
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • make tools. How different it all is today! We can see how the face
    • quite new things and makes them his own.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • one sees the love as a real being whose body is love. If you can make
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • is good” or “this is bad”, for that would make a demand
    • makes the etheric body supple and plastic and provides it with lasting
    • which really makes life comprehensible for the first time. The law of
    • makes intelligible much that would otherwise be unintelligible.
    • Earth and I will make a start then.” Someone else says: “I
    • It is precisely the working of the law of karma which makes the help
    • But that does not make the law of karma ineffective; on the contrary,
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • If he makes the effort to do good, he will be born in his next life
    • always preoccupied only with himself and unable to Make much interest in
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • other hand, if in one life you have been ready to make sacrifices and
    • science will make this clear. A man was condemned to death by five judges.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • way in which the brain and heart have been designed. The heart makes
    • no mistakes, but the astral body makes many. The passions and desires
    • it makes its journey on the cross of the body of the world.
    • through these various stages: a remarkable chronicle which makes it
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture X: Progress of Mankind Up To Atlantean Times
    Matching lines:
    • to replace a lost limb; they could make plants grow, and so on. Thus
    • intellect; for instance they could not count. But to make up for that
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • failed to make headway and had then become retrograde — to relinquish
    • we make contact with some element in a man's soul when we shake hands
    • we need only make it clear to him that we value him at that stage of
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • with his work and his daily experiences; he makes use of his intellect
    • said that Edison once dreamt how to make an electric light bulb; he
    • we should attend to; then we shall make progress.
    • are restored by the astral body; by its inherent regularity it can make
    • course still need a Guru to advise him on how to make progress in
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • fact that he knew nothing about it makes no difference to his karma.
    • teacher makes his pupil adopt a special posture; the pupil has to keep
    • environment: we inhale the breath of life and exhale air which we can make
    • the pupil has done that for a while he must learn to make himself deaf
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • of our own soul-life. But we must make it quite clear to ourselves that
    • harmonise the two extremes. For example, make haste slowly; be quick
    • yourself and make up your mind that for six weeks you will keep silent,
    • “spiritual” healers make this mistake, which can be very
    • cold and make myself cold.” Again the lower self says: “I
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • stress repeatedly that the first task of the pastor is to make
    • wants to make one or the other a vocation. In our present
    • makes no sense. And why should a priest want to interfere in medical
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • the physical body — which makes the physical body
    • who finds such a person in an early stage of life makes the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • much more than I described if one makes a study of some of these
    • if they make distinctions, of the presence of the spiritual
    • anything else, will help physicians to make thoughtful, conscientious
    • intellect can't make a connection with it. I said just now in regard
    • true: A cherub can make friends with you, but the devil can too. And
    • difficult life situations whether you can make them responsible for
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • inner astrality and ego nature, which in turn makes the etheric body
    • Only invisible spiritual beings make an impression on the child,
    • oriented toward nothingness. It is this that makes us free beings;
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • characterization, we will make several detailed suggestions of what
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • earth-lives, namely, soul-spiritual ideas — which make his
    • in the work of physical healing, to add words that will make the
    • useful first of all to make the necessary connections with human
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • circumstances that can make the cosmic astrality abnormal. Similarly,
    • differences in warmth. To physicists this makes no sense, because
    • able to see facts and make the connection between them. It observes
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • moon is continually separating forces from us, which then it makes
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • These are sleepwalkers, whose peculiar state is not make-believe; it
    • scientists. And that makes no sense. A physician should always be
    • ourselves to all this. Then it will be possible to make our study of
    • tomorrow. I am announcing this now so that you can make your plans
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • goal that lies at the end of a long perspective, but that can make
    • medicinal substances out in the world. We want to make sure that the
    • begins. Beings come out of the pictures and make themselves known. We
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • stress repeatedly that the first task of the pastor is to make
    • wants to make one or the other a vocation. In our present
    • makes no sense. And why should a priest want to interfere in medical
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • the physical body — which makes the physical body
    • who finds such a person in an early stage of life makes the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • much more than I described if one makes a study of some of these
    • if they make distinctions, of the presence of the spiritual
    • anything else, will help physicians to make thoughtful, conscientious
    • intellect can't make a connection with it. I said just now in regard
    • true: A cherub can make friends with you, but the devil can too. And
    • difficult life situations whether you can make them responsible for
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • inner astrality and ego nature, which in turn makes the etheric body
    • Only invisible spiritual beings make an impression on the child,
    • oriented toward nothingness. It is this that makes us free beings;
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • characterization, we will make several detailed suggestions of what
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • earth-lives, namely, soul-spiritual ideas — which make his
    • in the work of physical healing, to add words that will make the
    • useful first of all to make the necessary connections with human
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • circumstances that can make the cosmic astrality abnormal. Similarly,
    • differences in warmth. To physicists this makes no sense, because
    • able to see facts and make the connection between them. It observes
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • moon is continually separating forces from us, which then it makes
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • These are sleepwalkers, whose peculiar state is not make-believe; it
    • scientists. And that makes no sense. A physician should always be
    • ourselves to all this. Then it will be possible to make our study of
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • goal that lies at the end of a long perspective, but that can make
    • medicinal substances out in the world. We want to make sure that the
    • begins. Beings come out of the pictures and make themselves known. We
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the pale and shadowy impressions which any modern language makes upon
    • course that contemporary clairvoyant investigation makes it possible
    • what was taking place at that moment we cannot make use of any of the
    • moment I have indicated make the decision: “We will combine our
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • To make the
    • light element makes it possible for the warmth and the air to
    • external embodiment of the Elohim. But we have to make a further
    • Now the Bible makes
    • not make the earth light; it left it in darkness.
    • not blind oneself it is very easy to say what makes him man; it is
    • is what makes him man. Think of the form of the animal and ask
    • that we have to make a breath enter into it — what would this
    • breath have to contain, in order to make this form begin to speak? It
    • uttered the sounds of speech. It is the sounds of speech which make
    • feel the form it makes, just as the tone of the violin bow, passed
    • over the edge of a plate, makes a form in the powder. Learn to feel
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • make the Sun cohere round its centre. Then you have the inweaving of
    • But this also makes it possible for what was already there to assume a
    • commentators are able to make of the words And the earth brought
    • intellectual criticisms of these things? What nonsense it makes of
    • common end. They all wish to make one and the same thing Each has to
    • earth existence is about to be achieved, we read: Let us make man.
    • make it as perfect as possible. Perfection became a possibility from
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • this condition of warmth, light and air. Now we must once more make
    • Light once more makes its appearance above. Then, above the light, we
    • trinity, we usually make use of Christian designations, and speak of
    • examination of the words. For the time being I will make use of a
    • — geological epochs and so on — so as to make a
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • explained. What we have so far learnt does, however, make clear that
    • make up his mind that he will not gain the ear of his contemporaries.
    • And further, we have seen that they make use of the Spirits of
    • something like indignation over the backward Beings; or he can make
    • make their contribution to the orderly development of our
    • really make any sense of these words. What really lies behind
    • still active as Aeons, for the deployment of their forces they make
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • this solid matter forces are at work which alone make its existence
    • You must make
    • that we can make a clear separation between these spheres, that we
    • too, and that for him nothing makes sense unless he applies the same
    • decision, saying Let us make man. In order to do this they wove
    • work to make preparation for man. But they must also have been aware
    • century make of this? It says: “We find in one passage the name
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • make a mental image of it. The mental image is within us, the rose is
    • outer and inner. If you can make that clear to yourselves, you will
    • make a great mistake if he were straightway to think that what he
    • not make the Elohim say anything like this: “We see the light
    • you make a study of our present sun, even from a purely physical
    • not known what to make. There have been commentators who said:
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • And God said, Let us makeCh. I, v.26,
    • the human sentient soul. Then the evolution of man makes a further
    • make connections with its cosmic surroundings. When in the morning
    • does not make contact with the earth, he still belongs to the more
    • God said, Let us make man, anyone sensitive to warmth would have
    • being when the Elohim spoke the creative word: Let us make
    • understand his own origin until he makes up his mind to think of his
    • impact it should make upon our souls when we learn to understand what
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • forces which go to make up the present moon. Man therefore was
    • Evolution now makes a
    • materialistic ideas of the Bible make it inevitable that one should
    • not only to act through the dark envelope of smoke, but truly to make
    • hardness which earth actually has. These moon forces would make the
    • formed man out of “a clod of earth” make any sense.
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • substance constituting the earth and sun, hitherto one body, makes
    • Elohim set about combining their activities in order to make man
    • expressed by the Elohim in the words Let us make man, was
    • intervenes and makes man into the man of today, it is said that
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • Paul regarded it of supreme importance to make clear to men how
    • emphasised that faith ought to make appeal to what is utterly
    • words, they go on uttering them more or less automatically, they make
    • obviously can never make appeal to such a Resurrection. Materialism and
    • strictly scientific, are such as to make a man turn pale when they
    • the possibility, not to make confession of his faith in the words:
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • make an attempt to better this miserable state of things. But as a
    • impossible to make any progress by perpetuating old conditions and
    • been found. The anti-Christian impulse makes its appearance first and
    • the souls of men. And this untruthfulness makes the other stones of
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture III: The Death of A God and Its Fruits In Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • investigators of religions, but they can make nothing of a Being such
    • never makes for discord and sectarianism, but for harmony and peace.
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • this Chrestos was meant to kindle in the soul the power that makes man
    • movements — in other words we make calculations about the corpse
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture V: The Teachings of The Risen Christ
    Matching lines:
    • and more to be aware that death makes a drastic incision not only into
    • But He was also able to make them aware that it is possible for
    • understanding. He was able to make clear to them what I will try
    •  “experiences death, a life into which death makes a marked
    • to have a false idea of Christianity. But as men themselves make
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, I
    Matching lines:
    • sense also understand the words which make known the identity of the
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, II
    Matching lines:
    • of meaning as the Easter festival is that they make our hearts and
    • life with spirit, which make life victorious over death. This is the
    • have been told was able to make Saul into Paul; yet it was from Paul
    • is light.” Now he can make his way up into the spiritual worlds
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • makes itself known to our consciousness as something higher than the
    • The best advice we can be given for the future is, therefore, to make
    • Christ-event of the 20th century, it will make no difference whether
    • super-sensible world, makes it possible for us to turn all our
    • embedded. This something, which immediately makes itself felt if we
    • certainly make strange excuses, sometimes, if they are unwilling to
    • am a shoemaker, someone will be able to put on to-morrow what I have
    • to be preceded by hope in this rhythmical way. Would anyone make a
    • appearance. Nothing makes for deep wrinkles, those deadening forces in
    • can judge how the new revelation makes its entry into the world,
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling for his ego, and the forces are unfolding which will make it
    • countless number of Anthroposophists will then be needed to make these
    • make no effort to learn about the great spiritual truths, for the
    • man's nature quite special forces of the etheric body will make
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • to throw light upon life's riddles — will make us realise that,
    • As I have said: it is a foolish hypothesis, but we may make use of it,
    • to make things clear: let us think for once what might have arisen if
    • processes, everything which makes it at all possible for us to be men
    • buy a ticket and make the journey. He travels all over the world with
    • its fruitfulness for the following life. What we can make of ourselves
    • really prepares himself for death: he really makes himself ready for
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • with such a thought we must make ourselves acquainted, for it is again
    • manner of psychic sensing and feeling which above all makes it
    • beginning. But this intimacy within the life of the groups must make
    • and we see the world around us which makes an impression on our
    • consciousness of the Ego. The opposition makes us aware of our Self.
    • is so and so, that soul is someone else, and so on. We make
    • form. It is not yet perceptible, but it is there.’ To make it
    • And as a rule it makes a difference whether somebody hits you, or
    • experienced through you, you only experience what they make you go
    • my own experience. And while I now experience it, it makes good in me
    • that man himself makes his own Karma, that is, that he has in himself
    • the way in which they act in life. And this really makes life
    • year, reincarnate again, everything makes a strong impression on them.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • human nature, makes a greater or less individual progress in the
    • physical body gives. He makes use of the organs of the physical body
    • So that if we could make use of everything the astral body knows, we
    • There, that which exists and makes an impression, such as a physical
    • the standpoint of the spiritual that which makes this world of ours, I
    • does not exist but that ought to exist, that alone makes life
    • make it possible to believe in the heights of earth-life. They make it
    • one dies young, that is Karma. But just as on earth a man cannot make
    • which makes existence of value. Into that world to which men pass
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • to make a contribution to this world, by ennobling and invigorating
    • think of the radical difference it makes when suddenly, or even not
    • itself to make its own world, the world in which it then is, always
    • appear. Now within this sea of spiritual perception which we make
    • with what he makes as history. But beyond all this man seeks something
    • understand why he has formed this friendship. I cannot make it out. No
    • consciousness makes a man seem to act without reflection, but which is
    • written in a simpler fashion?’ And someone or another makes
    • in the work accomplished spiritually by the efforts we have to make,
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • together all the materials possible to make the event comprehensible.
    • the eternal forces make in us is already completed. Hence when through
    • body.’ One then makes reply: ‘But all that leads to death
    • it so difficult to make progress? Why? They say that there are limits
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Åsteson
    Matching lines:
    • shall just make clear to you, by means of the same comparison of the
    • For they make it clear — that of this genius nothing exists but
    • we should again make our thinking alive. Let us briefly place before
    • Christ Jesus did not intend to make things so easy for men that
    • Frederick the Great may be verified. Christ did not wish to make
    • remark, but perhaps I may make it this once), he was told that I had
    • he wanted to make this matter clear in a lecture to his audience he
    • without the help of letters or learning. We must be able to make the
    • glacier in the night. You may imagine what an impression that makes on
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • To make this manner of observation clear we will take a particular
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • physical body is engaged. In a camera obscura the rose makes the same
    • slowly be put aside. If he still wishes to make use of his organs to
    • make it my aim to balance my still remaining karma. It can happen that
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • then can make use of them to find one's bearings in the world.
    • acquainted with it, you make use of it constantly, but do not know
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Warmth has its life on the Shushupti plane. To make conscious use of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • experiences, so that he knows how to make use of every single thing
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • had remained hidden, actually make their appearance. Frequently the
    • parts, but to make up for this they had cherished and fostered Atma,
    • birth and death is a continual attempt to make these two beings fit
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • every two thousand six hundred years, but the experiences he makes as
    • speakers, for of these the Church can make good use. When St.
    • make its appearance. Only in this way could the differences in
    • Christianity; namely, that man should make the whole of eternity
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Seven conditions of form together make up a Round. At the present time
    • a flint and hammers it into a wedge-shaped tool with which he makes
    • stones, when he makes tools out of metals, when he conducts electric
    • kingdom. He makes the Earth into something entirely of his own
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • Today we are going to explain how Karma works and make clear to
    • Plane, when he learns to make observations there in a similar way,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • the so-called Asuras (the Archai) were sufficiently advanced to make
    • of the pictures as we make use of photographic apparatus in order to
    • have built up the human being. Then the ego makes itself felt and this
    • cannot do this because life in modern civilisation makes too many
    • sojourn in Devachan is necessary in order to make possible a renewal
    • This makes comprehensible the varying length of the sojourn in
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • time, this living connection with the Gods has been lost. It makes
    • order to make such observations in the appropriate place. It is not by
    • not coal] in particular make such observations underground. Novalis's
    • the Seventh Round. They can make use of regions that lie below their
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • Again and again we must make clear to ourselves that this sojourn in
    • Now let us make clear to ourselves the significance of the Devachan
    • our experiences in order to preserve them in memory and later make use
    • cannot make any connection with this continuous evolution. This
    • what the intellect makes of things
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • make themselves understood in the world, the initiates only have at
    • intellect makes of a thing: Shadayadana.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • formed like strata around them. Relationships which make their
    • even in the case of actions and events where something new makes its
    • At the next stage man learned to make use of speech. To begin with he
    • purely as thinking, but makes its appearance in the results of this,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • power to make an imprint in something, (to imagine).’ In creative
    • Through abstract thinking one makes a copy of something that exists.
    • where another Spirit is working with him, is speech. Here we make
    • has its repercussions on everything which makes perception necessary.
    • make an impact on the Intuitive World: Rupa.
    • Through all words we make an impact on the World of Creative Feelings
    • With our thoughts about perceptions we make an impact on the whole
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • therefore he simply makes a leap from primitive human beings to
    • over the putting together of purely mechanical things. He can make
    • intellect. With many things he now had to make a new beginning. He had
    • make a kind of leaping movement.
    • state of balance; with this he makes his journey through Devachan and
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • make their appearance on the astral plane. They are not of the same
    • What makes its appearance on the astral plane is usually present as a
    • there in much the same way as, for instance, one makes a hole in
    • coloured phenomena make their appearance. A glimmer begins to light
    • make man independent, but then the Buddhi nature was necessary. The
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • consciously wish to make this their concern. But in the night thoughts
    • appropriated it, and this intensification of separateness makes him
    • black power, strives to make the earth ever denser and denser, like
    • mediumistic people in a way that makes a very unpleasant impression on
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • reincarnation, we must, to begin with, make ourselves acquainted with
    • perceptible, but it is for example clearly perceptible if you make a
    • friendship we can be separated physically, so that we cannot make our
    • cannot make that silent, modest purity such an object of our
    • would make it possible to influence the growth of plants. Theosophy
    • possible in all spheres to make decisions in a way as free from
    • make comprehensible what Goethe intends with his botany.
    • strengthened his astral body that he can continue to make use of it.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXII
    Matching lines:
    • surroundings. We must make possible this going out from ourselves in
    • in ourselves. It is our task to make the world around us a harmonious
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIII
    Matching lines:
    • however, wished to make of them beautiful statues. At that time these
    • Hero in the Sixth Race will make him able to develop further without
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • Races. Seven such Rounds together make up a Planetary condition or
    • Races, together make up three hundred and forty three conditions of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXV
    Matching lines:
    • make use of the physical body; the physical body becomes clairvoyant
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • something new we must say to ourselves: to make this possible a seed
    • order to make their nature comprehensible let us be clear about what
    • In the Middle Ages the alchemist tried to make use of these spirits.
    • is, not to make use of any kind of substances on the physical plane,
    • It is the same with the priest, when he makes definite movements with
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVIII
    Matching lines:
    • light to make the solid objects visible. Because the light passed
    • are concerned. This is very far-reaching and makes clear to us how man
    • also surrender himself He must surrender himself to what makes thought
    • The Seventh Sub-Race will be a premature birth. It will make outwardly
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • exist make their appearance in the course of evolution. So today, to
    • up the illness. The black magician can make use of this knowledge to
    • taught how to make people well, without at the same time learning how
    • to make people ill. Where occult teachings have penetrated more into
    • East where one can hear true reports that there are sects who make it
    • makes use of carbon for itself and breathes out oxygen, thereby
    • connected with fire. For this reason, when they make their appearance,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • nourished themselves from the lifeless it became possible to make the
    • was needed which makes sacred what had to come about on the physical
    • be possible for the third form of nourishment to begin to make its
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • of clairvoyant forces it was possible for the Atlantean to make the
    • makes it appearance; not characteristics of one God, but a plurality
    • wisdom brought down from the spiritual world makes its appearance in
    • allegorical now makes its appearance: the intellect, when it wishes to
    • that the actual stream of the Fourth Sub-Race makes its appearance.
    • greatness make their appearance in Tibet, there we have a modern,
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • An illustration will make this seem less paradoxical. Consider a
    • predominates seek to triumph over all obstacles, to make their
    • astral body's inner liveliness animates the other members, and makes
    • temperaments alone make all multiplicity, beauty, and fullness of life
    • situations where rage is of no use, but rather only makes them look
    • Spiritual science makes it possible that when two souls meet and one
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • make it clear that man is not a single-membered but a many-membered
    • which makes it obvious that they lie in the line of heredity, they
    • whole organization of animals and also of plants makes it obvious
    • life? What its organs make possible. And so an animal is nervous,
    • handiwork. For he can make great errors. Man's life of soul has
    • activity which it ought to carry out. This makes itself manifest in
    • though the skin cannot expand when outer heat makes it want to
    • experience a soul life in keeping with its organs and is able to make
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • products he makes. It might really be said: Into what the animal does
    • dealing with here, but not so easy to make it the subject of
    • advantage over the animal, that he has to make the effort to acquire
    • therefore only make the preliminary remark that in studying an animal
    • quite different from the ordinary one. And the following will make
    • expression. Animals have no organs to make it possible for them to
    • in his external form all that he actually is, what in his being makes
    • of the secrets of the blood circulation. And not dogmatically to make
    • must be handled with caution. This should, however, make you too
    • found entirely in the way the spirit makes use of things. For through
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • make use of his own powers of thought, he finds himself immersed in
    • for regulating their actions. I shall now try to make clear to you one
    • colour, and allows yellow to make an impression upon him, At the same
    • makes its appearance in the cosmos and to which we give the name of a
    • leave their physical bodies and make their way out into universal
    • contrary, we shall know that while the piercing rays of the sun make
    • they fall upon the plant, make way for the forces of will coming from
    • properties of plants make themselves known to us, and we learn to see
    • light, and if we preserve the ashes thus obtained and make a powder
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • they could also be presented in a different way. My aim is to make the
    • order to make the thought clear — that our earth, that is to say,
    • which makes thinking and reflection possible; but they are also the
    • makes an impression of sourness in the moral-physical sense, this has
    • some connection with his chemical make-up. And the Saturn-forces have
    • their share in this chemical make-up. The particular manner in which a
    • chemical make-up of the organism. And this characteristic again is due
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • in the sense indicated yesterday — which make it possible for man
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • compactness of the lime-formation. And indeed, if we make use of the
    • dissolve it, liquefy it and make it plant-like. Man is always in a
    • makes us always remain with ourselves. Carbon, in a sense, is our
    • to men with the aid of a quite different human make-up. It is, of
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • you to make no statements except those that can be made with the most
    • from an inwardly associated impulse, we were able gradually to make
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • makes everything connected with the feeling that flows from the
    • and all-embracing soul, cannot but make it come forth out of the
    • both initiates and initiation temples in order to make possible what
    • make upon itself when taking the first steps toward initiation. I
    • that something happened in the course of the world to make these souls
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • worth in human social life. It also makes one able to say that even a
    • A case in point may make all this clearer for you. Suppose a man
    • make a search for this, it is not so much a question of the
    • super-sensible world. We ourselves either make it possible for these
    • meet a man and make his acquaintance, and when he speaks and behaves
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • certain way, and to live it through. All this makes us the men we are.
    • allow one to enter to the degree that one makes oneself increasingly
    • able to make your way from one to the other; you must be able to find
    • make this clear by means of a comparison.
    • still belongs to it. But when one makes one's way into the astral
    • love it for some quality it possesses. It becomes your task to make
    • makes you feel that “it is trying to get out of you.”
    • make its way out into the universe. If you hate it, it also gains
    • force, but then it strains you apart, presses against you and makes
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the spiritual world, we can no longer make this distinction. In the
    • make myself clear. Some years ago it suddenly struck me that certain
    • the rest of the universe! I want to make this something independent
    • describe it in another way to make it precise, and then to combine it
    • being who works in you and causes you to express this wish to make
    • make sure of one point, the wish to be concentrated in temporal
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • necessary it is to make our conceptions capable of change and movement
    • This makes it, however, particularly necessary that we should not form
    • to make the eternal, which otherwise is in constant movement and
    • and to make it possible that all that flows away into limitless
    • worlds to bring to fulfilment this striving to make manifest the
    • sensory existence. For that, Lucifer will make us a good guide in the
    • Ahriman an accommodating companion; he is always seeking to make what
    • make it part of the eternal kingdom. This is the duty laid upon us
    • this, you make further progress in life. Then the fact becomes clear
    • can make in their view of the world is that of imagining that they can
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Sometimes we have to pause and make note of such things in our
    • to make investigations about the person toward whom he felt thus
    • wishing to make investigations into super-sensible worlds is little
    • karma of Western culture. In a certain sense these make it not too
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • outer world as part of our inner life, in so far as we make it into
    • distant, as that, by means of which we make the outer world into our
    • dealing with that which makes us of value to the world, which so
    • perception we are able to make into our own inner life! In perception
    • notion that no matter what efforts we make there are always further
    • there outside, and through perception and thought we can only make
    • for a person when he makes use of the senses and the brain which
    • plane and which we only now learn to recognise. If we but make a
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 2: The Vision of the Ideal Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • our physical life; we make use of our senses; we perceive the world;
    • make the soul forget the possibilities it yet has within it, and
    • have to make the decision. We can make no further progress through
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 3: The Senses and the Luciferic Temptation
    Matching lines:
    • interior process. When we think, we make no impression in our
    • really makes feeling into a living being, into a living being whose
    • must make good. The moment that were to appear, which dwells below
    • the perfect ideal of humanity, which would make of us perfect human
    • completely the inner physical part of man. They did not make such a
    • outwardly real, the conceptions which when accepted make us pious and
    • unborn which we can only first make use of after we are dead. But the
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 4: Wisdom in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • he must make certain conceptions and ideas his own, which cannot be
    • which is extremely valuable; but it torments us, it makes us suffer.
    • without it influencing the instinctive life of the soul. It makes the
    • Spiritual Science really enters into one's life; it makes the
    • questions to objects and processes, and we have to make efforts to
    • to make use of his wisdom; otherwise he is stifled by or drowned in
    • interesting to notice that Lotze, for example, cannot make anything
    • faith to its ultimate conclusions, or we make a beginning with the
    • make something out of this wisdom, to produce from it reality. To
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • have to try to make these conditions comprehensible by expressing
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • such a manner that it still awaits what we are going to make out of
    • the earth. We know that in order to make compensation we need forces
    • impulse karmically to make compensation for various things. These
    • and the impulse which makes us long for it — yet makes us cry
    • can perceive these things when we make ourselves acquainted with the
    • just to make the connection, it gives us sometimes so much, that if
    • bear us quickly over. We should not be able to make the connection
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • I have specially tried to show what an impression it must make on
    • it into connection with the human. Supersensible perception makes us
    • questions stir in you and make it a means of working for mankind
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • interference — all that makes up political life in the strict
    • super-sensible. But when the purely earthly State seeks to make itself
    • religion, people demand that it shall make them holy. Of education,
    • makes us all equal before the law. We are concerned with the relation
    • we receive according to our desires. In the sphere of rights we make
    • a claim to something we need in order to make sure of a satisfactory
    • Make new your ways of thinking” (as His forerunner, John
    • victory! Make no mistake: all that we have lived through in the last
    • nothing less will make it right!” You see, a definite untruth
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • driven to make use of the concept of a dream, and to ask himself the
    • of the present day to make this surprising comparison: he compares
    • at nature to-day. But anyone who makes them, and has got used to them
    • account, as well as the life of the senses. Both together make up
    • with it makes up true reality.
    • makes its appeal, not to theories or social dogmas, but to human
    • organised. This way of thinking makes its appeal to actual human
    • for social thinking. Just when he rightly wanted to make something
    • make out the particular spiritual orientation of the most radical men
    • spiritual path taken by Fichte, a man has to make his way
    • connection with the spiritual world. First make the realm of society
    • try above all to make such an encounter with the spirit that it gives
  • Title: First Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • time makes experiments; having thus studied the phenomena, it then
    • When we are counting it makes no difference what we count. Learning
    • ourselves. We may make outer drawings on them, but this is only to
    • Parallelogram of Forces, this you cannot make sure of in any
    • so many times greater than the force needed to make a gramme go a
    • we may truly say: All that Man makes by way of machines — all
    • one exception is what Man makes artificially; man-made machines and
    • not make do with such an outlook. What was called
    • witness how impossible it is to make do with these old conceptions,
  • Title: Second Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • also make it move quicker and quicker, but to a lesser extent; a
    • larger force, acting on the same mass, will make it move quicker more
    • you can indeed, but your first step must be to make yourself more
    • just now, you realize the mass by weighing it. Mass makes its
    • exert pressure. You make acquaintance with pressure by pressing upon
    • body of consciousness and makes it all the time asleep. This indeed
    • sphere of Intelligence? What happens is that inasmuch as we here make
    • outer world than where we impinge on matter and make acquaintance
    • light somehow has power to make its way through the water-prism to
    • hand and bluish colours on the other make their appearance. At the
    • make clear to you today. Now if you want to consider for yourselves,
  • Title: Third Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • make the light go through the prism, the prism really does no more
    • felt the theory did not make sense. He was no longer minded to send
    • to begin with, make their appearance purely and simply as phenomena
    • prisms together so as to make them into a single whole. The lower one
    • should make it possible for such a figure to arise, — and I
    • here. Here at the edge, the light has to make its way through more
    • the eye. I can now make the following experiment. Omitting the water
    • time enough to make itself felt as such in our eye. Scarcely have I
    • grey. However, to make it white after all, they advise you to put a
  • Title: Fourth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • because the upper light goes through the lower and in so doing makes
    • great significance. What I am trying to make clear is what here
    • notion we can of course make calculations about it, but that affords
    • experiment, which we shall actually be doing, I will now make a
    • make a solid body glow with heat, — incandescent (
    • to gas; it burns and volatilizes. We make a spectrum of the sodium as
    • can make spectra of this kind appearing not as a proper spectrum but
    • vice-versa, if we do not know what is in a flame and we make a
  • Title: Fifth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • red to violet, to say no more. Suppose for example we make a spectrum
    • interesting if you make a solution of plant green — chlorophyll
    • So you have two stages. The one is Fluorescence: we make a body
    • make use of space and time for our perception. In effect, space and
    • have to recognize something that can only make its appearance
    • what will help you make the spiritual link between them. We are not
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • — refracted just enough to make it go on parallel to its
    • does not make it real.
    • Newtonian Physics to make as neat as possible an extract of this
    • experiments we have been able to make will have revealed the extreme
    • however, other phenomena have been discovered. Thus we can make a
  • Title: Seventh Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • (the left-hand) light. I make the light go through a plate of
    • isn't there, but your own eye is active and makes an after-effect,
    • difference does it make, whether the necessary apparatus is out
    • that is swimming there. Your own warmth makes you feel the
    • the string of a musical instrument gives out a note. We make the
  • Title: Eighth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • it moves can make a mark in the layer of soot, deposited on this
    • makes the theory of metamorphosis more difficult. It is no use
    • make them, even as the conditions for the outer air to get into the
    • globe are not given until I make them. The outer air-waves can only
    • or oscillations. We must make greater demands on the qualitative
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • one another. You have to make connection so that the one
    • primitive mechanical ideas, but makes it necessary to give our
    • had been the first to make them, then came Geissler) was evidently
    • surely make a hole in going through other matter. So then they
    • shooting force, tending to remain behind, makes itself felt as
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • can always make visible by experiment. In Science today — and
    • Xa) together make a straight angle — an angle of
    • angles together make 180°, breaks down. For I should then
    • intelligent part of our Will. We make them with our Will-system
    • from us and only makes its presence known to us in the phenomena of
    • tubes makes itself known to us in phenomena of light, etc. Whatever
    • body out beyond your normal surface; you make them bigger, and in
    • that Science can contribute, to make the mobilization still more
    • beings make up their minds to learn anew in such a realm as
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • trivial illustration will make this clear. Suppose we are looking at a
    • sufferings, behind our joys, behind our passions? Are we able to make
    • matter what comparisons he makes. The essential point is that he
    • to the Ego, makes himself the culprit for whatever he has to
    • aware of their inner nature. These two sheaths make possible our life
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • The same influence which makes itself felt in certain abnormal
    • If we wished to make a diagrammatic sketch of what happens, it might
    • under special circumstances would make a man into a sleep-walker, was
    • combines external impressions in his mind and enable him to make
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • of physical science makes a purely external study of the marvelous
    • may become, but I shall try to develop the strength that will make me
    • into my bodily nature and to make myself spiritually worthy of
    • plant. A plant is rooted in the soil. The soil makes available to the
    • makes him capable of enduring whatever obstacles may lie in his path
    • of what those who voluntarily embark upon such experiences can make of
    • the soul, that is to say, they can make the soul capable of
    • itself is invisible. We must therefore say what by day makes the
    • Man's intellectual life today makes it impossible for him to undergo
    • because circumstances make it necessary. Such descriptions are of
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • Today we shall try to make clear what kind of experiences come to a
    • turn our minds to the condition of sleep which alone makes this
    • were obliged to make day after day when we were young, in order to
    • development of our own powers of thinking. If we are to make progress,
    • even feel grateful to this terrifying vista for it makes possible the
    • capacity in order to make up for past negligence. This vow gives life
    • development. This knowledge alone makes it possible for the future
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • egoism and self-love and cultivate selflessness. He must make himself
    • make the resolve to eliminate his own Ego completely, to submit to no
    • The teacher had now to make clear to the candidate what it was that he
    • last ancestor from whom he has inherited any quality. There he makes
    • made with forming the new one. This makes it evident that in fact a
    • impossible to make real progress as long as there remains any shred of
    • mineral kingdom into himself. Before then his bodily make-up was of a
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 6: Experiences of Initiation in the Northern Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • with, this Elementary World makes him conscious that everything in his
    • among the impulses and cravings in his soul and they make their way
    • make statements which are due to things having been viewed from one
    • World of Archetypal Images can be brought down in order to make
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • which, because of his natural make-up, he has the greatest kinship.
    • rose-bush, for example, because of its natural make-up; but in the
    • self-training that makes it possible for us to carry into the
    • spiritual investigator make it more intelligible. If they do, then
    • attention of a person who tells him of innumerable things that make
    • we try to enter into the Macrocosm, and what we must make of ourselves
    • to apprehend and grasp so I need do nothing in order to make progress
    • they actually like to make the veil constantly darker over the world
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 8: Mirror-images of the Macrocosm in Man. Rosicrucian Symbols.
    Matching lines:
    • nerves, i.e. thirty-one in all, which makes us independent beings;
    • satisfied if he makes only a slight advance every day, having his
    • round the globe in order to make progress through the acquisition of
    • We can make both complicated and simple symbols. The following would
    • you do this? — Most people will need to make many, many attempts
    • own activity. If he really makes the attempt the pupil will again
    • I have tried to make it clear that in the Microcosm, in the nervous
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • organs make real experience of the spiritual world possible, with some
    • it but I will speak of something that may make it intelligible. There
    • is understandable. If, however, it goes so far as to make people say
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 10: Transformation of Soul-forces and Stages in the Evolution of Physical Organs. Reading in the Akasha Chronicle.
    Matching lines:
    • around him, makes his observations, forms his ideas. He can
    • man did not need to make investigations into his origin, for he was
    • approach, a quickened pulse makes him conscious of the heart's assent.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • submitted to the test of reason. He is therefore obliged to make a
    • physical body already in existence before he could make the connection
    • high ideal can make a man glow with warmth unless he himself is able
    • wheels made them.” — “Why did wheels make them?”
    • whole. Out of the Macrocosm there still flows into us that which makes
    • Through our heart we make ourselves men; through the larynx the
    • Macrocosm makes us men. When in a new incarnation we grow into the
    • of breathing really make the impression of children playing with fire.
    • down from heights of spirit changes human beings, makes them into
    • and makes all men participants in the life of mankind as one whole. If
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture I: Man as a Being of Spirit and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • this science has to make a start, it is perhaps necessary to
    • Oskar Hertwig makes quite clear that he cannot approach
    • Therefore when he makes his chemical analysis, he finds
    • body and soul. In fact, we can make progress only by dividing
    • himself the capacity to make judgments about the
    • do not just wish to make a statement or bring something
    • renunciation makes us fit for undertaking in course of
    • life when we observe ourselves reciting and make ourselves
    • which make us suited in the first place to exercising
    • at all in our normal consciousness. In order to make this point
    • ourselves make.
    • set to work on the exercises with the mood which makes the
    • him, in fact, makes its own existence known itself. The red
    • life or make you unfit for life, but that they make the spirit
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture II: The Psychological Expression of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • subjective prejudice at the present time which makes it
    • If I may be allowed, by way of introduction, to make a
    • changing our minds. People who have no wish to make any
    • progress in this kind of self-education, to make quick
    • as we have to grasp some situations in life and make decisions,
    • would make one unfit for the latter, but for the sphere of
    • have this and that effect. He would like to make a law of it.
    • makes a claim upon the spirit which we can describe as the
    • waking, and then makes use of the physical body in order to
    • submerges into the body and makes use of the body, and having
    • relationship to the outer world, but it often has to make use
    • spirit, but to make the life of the soul richer, so that the
    • being needs what one calls an ability to make judgments
    • makes no particular impression upon
    • but one thing did make a deep impression on Sir Oliver Lodge.
    • deceased son; Myers soul is also present. Both make themselves
    • make a remarkable discovery. We would discover that if we speak
    • human being doing anything about it. I say this to make
    • makes the science of spirit into an absolute certainty? It is
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture III: The Science of the Spirit and Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • be found today makes them long for a renewal of these things,
    • to make use of a comparison in order to illustrate and explain
    • people who wish to make fun of such things, and I will leave it
    • to them to decide whether they wish to make fun of this
    • now about to make is justified. We have to say to ourselves:
    • these are described, people today often make fun of them and
    • saying, “love makes one
    • on the contrary, “love makes
    • find their way in the world through love, make themselves
    • really free, for they make themselves independent of the
    • is supposed to make all the sciences more fruitful through the
    • Let me sum up: Ordinary science of modern times makes a
    • will disappear when we make the social question a question of
    • beginning until now many people have been ready to make
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Science and Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • of the world. When we make a thought of occult science come alive in
    • being in the whole world other than man is able to make in the
    • forces of his soul he may make the following attempt: he may allow
    • soul, a man can make this power of thinking independent of external
    • When this point is reached meditative thinking will no longer make us
  • Title: Lecture: Christ at the Time of the Mystery of Golgotha and Christ in the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • likes, above all, to make distinctions and requires definitions in order
    • it is desired to make a comparison between Jehovah and Christ it is well
    • mankind in such a way as to make the Mystery of Golgotha
    • our world. It took place to make possible a revival of the Christ
    • number will be able to make known the knowledge of the Christ that is
    • brief indications I have been able to give you will gradually make their
    • have recognized through Anthroposophy is to make ourselves into willing
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • This is what makes it hard to understand a man like Nicholas Cusanus.
    • Only real insight that age can make him comprehensible but he must be
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • make the same mistake as all those historians of philosophy who
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • example, I do something with my right arm and make a corresponding
    • mathematical one. Anyone how makes such a distinction does not really
    • forms and makes of them intense inner experiences. Thereby man learns to
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • harboring any illusions, it makes one's brain reel. There is
    • makes innumerable objections against the assumption that nature can
    • make an exception for what he did toward the end of his life, when he
    • Therefore, I want to make it clear that I consider all these polemics
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • of man is form, position, and movement, whereas all that makes up the
    • his doing that he himself makes the world into something
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • of man. One did not know what to make of man, so he was simply
    • real nature, recognizing only what might make him into a
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • individual members out of the inward experience and makes them
    • did not make a radical turn toward the mathematical attitude that
    • it in the opposite direction. I can basically make all the
    • another person moving over a given area, it makes no difference for
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • in man himself. The explanations of the last few lectures should make
    • not as flimsy as we today make them out to be. He knew that through
    • future) one can only make fun of them. But if we enter into these
    • understandable from the historical standpoint. It makes good sense
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • chemistry. That would only carry death back into man and make his
    • one must also observe the element in him that makes it possible for
    • dead than dead.” But this very fact makes the nervous system
    • will have the supplement you need for chemistry and physics. Make the
    • differential coefficients and integrals, make a serious attempt to
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • demonstrated. Then you can make an experiment. You place the tortoise
    • verify them it would be necessary to make experiments with atoms and
    • application in limited fields makes no difference. The principle
    • what they call the “physical conditions” on the sun and make
    • made to make spectrum analysis showing the behavior of the light at
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • iron bar. We will heat the iron bar and make its expansion visible by
    • attention to the expansion in one direction only. To make the matter
    • into your understanding if I make a short historical sketch at this
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • this way. And now I would ask you to make the following consideration
    • of these things with me. We make this consideration in order to bring
    • Please note that in this linking together of phenomena we make
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • penetrating the space it occupies. We may make this clear to ourselves
    • I am obliged, when I wish to make
    • to add the axis of abscissae to the axis of ordinates. But this makes
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • gaseous condition. These facts make up a series that you can
    • make an examination you will find these higher concepts and will be
    • operations. This is what makes them seem so certain to us. What is not
    • an organ placed in a certain part of our make-up, that appears
    • abstractions which make up the sum of our pure arithmetical and
    • have the opportunity to make this cleavage and see precisely how one
    • You know, when we make the attempt to extend our thinking by
    • very definite reason. You must make the following clear to yourselves:
    • when we talk of time and space, or when we make a picture of will
    • but rather that you live in the general space mass and make it into
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • alcohol than in the case of water. Here again, I can make the same
    • experiment on this ice which will show you that we can make it a
    • it is being cut through the middle. It we could make it work faster
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • today almost impossible for us to make experiments that will reveal
    • the experimental method, the appropriate laboratory set-up to make
    • us now make this experiment in order to place before our minds today
    • this before our souls. This requires us to make the following
    • in a tetrahedral hole. There it is empty. You must then make the
    • night. In the future we must be able to make a given experiment during
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Note now, when we make an experiment with the object of transforming
    • Now we must make clear to ourselves the following point. Is there ever
    • the liquid forces are such as to make it imperative that I hold this
    • process when one makes it over into a concept? It follows that the
    • solid seeks to make itself an independent unit, that it tends to build
    • circle of color and can make it larger and larger, stretching out the
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • assumed by modern physics makes it necessary for us to turn our
    • liquid surface below we make the motion of the wheel slower than it
    • order to bring out the phenomenon. And the light does this and makes
    • only makes the phenomenon visible. Looking on these polarization
    • U realm and makes visible what is going on there, what is taking place
    • of color. If we are to comprehend the total phenomenon we must make it
    • together to make a closed system, what does that form for us? What
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • support to what we are going to say. First we will make a cylinder of
    • an expansion and this expansion makes itself evident by a depression
    • And this experiment we are unfortunately unable to make today. It has
    • we would make a lens of glass. Then from a source of heat, a flame,
    • You see, I must emphasize to you that we have to make for ourselves
    • one side green, when we make a bright spectrum. On the other side
    • peach blossom which is also a middle color when we make a dark
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • to deal with is first to make a spectrum and learn what we can from
    • the behavior of its various components. We will, therefore, make a
    • with absolute precision, but approximately we can make the middle
    • make the circle larger and larger and finally to break at this point
    • would make a straight line of the circle, a line extending apparently
    • more rarefied. When I make matter more and more dense, it comes about
    • non-solid realm. I must make it clear to myself, if I wish to keep my
    • other than the spatial is present. What makes it possible for me as a
    • form. I change her form continually. What makes it possible that I am
    • manifested in space? This is what makes it possible, my being exists
    • physics will have to be discarded to make room for these ideas. For
    • when physicists have been obliged to make such statements? For,
    • Now let us consider the following: How can one make the attempt
    • outlines of something), how can we make the attempt to symbolize what
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • Now to visualize the whole matter, let us make clear to ourselves how
    • Now if you carry your considerations further, you may make the
    • the organic. But these people do not make us an entirely satisfactory
    • an abstract unity of all energy which makes it into a mechanical
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • The second experiment we will make is to insert into the light
    • These things cannot be made as obvious as people like to make most
    • presentations of empirical facts. If you wish to make these facts
    • Everything that makes possible the presence of the corpse, that gives
    • If you make it clear to yourselves that the gaseous realm and light
    • When we make experiments to illustrate the second law of the
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • remarks to make on this phase of the matter, at the conclusion of the
    • make themselves felt in the fluid element. One who strives to
    • make clear to ourselves that we have differences in level involved in
    • that when we make electrical experiments in the school room, our
    • apparatus must be painstakingly dried, we must make it a good
    • find heat welling out wherever we make the transition from the
    • surrounds us (in the cosmos) then we will make progress.
    • The way is now clear before us. Human prejudice makes for us a very,
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • supernatural worlds. And what makes its appearance as Mysticism is
    • his ‘science’ has its being in these organs, he can make use
    • put together to make a picture of cosmic development, and from this
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • his turning towards earthly life makes it clear that then he is not
    • In order to represent these relationships clearly we have to make use
    • being through which it makes itself independent of the other
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Our ordinary consciousness makes us realize already how the experience
    • forms predestined from former earth life, make it impossible.
    • psychic-spiritual being to make it the foundation of his destined
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture I: Rosicrucian Esotericism
    Matching lines:
    • considerable amount, of knowledge of occult science to make its way into
    • to make actual preparation for the influx of this wisdom into humanity
    • make of what he excavates from such ancient sites, so penetrating, so
    • They were obliged to make their preparations with this in view and hence
    • make thinking more elastic, more flexible, enable a more rapid survey of
    • not have taken place. Each soul, in each incarnation, makes progress.
    • to see from this how even a Being of such sublime eminence makes progress.
    • could make many relevant discoveries here. When the brain is examined,
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture II: Soul in the World around Us
    Matching lines:
    • will make clear by an example. Suppose that in a certain year some properly
    • with those who have already achieved something if we wish to make our
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture III: The Nature and Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • makes him man. Not until the “I,” the ego, works on the
    • ego have no organs that would make this awareness possible. Man as he
    • make use of his physical senses, he becomes aware of the world around
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IV: Man Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • picture. Let us try to make this clear by means of an example. We see
    • be thankful to the wise guidance that makes compensation possible. Together
    • with the will to make compensation, the soul receives something like
    • a token, an impulse of will, to make reparation for what hinders its
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture V: The Physical World as an Expression of Spiritual Forces and Beings
    Matching lines:
    • brought to make brotherliness a reality on the earth. A law that is
    • gives it the impulse to descend again to the earth in order to make
    • man could not himself make the etheric body an integral member of his
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VI: The Configuration and Metamorphoses of Man's Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • began to make all kinds of drawings to which she added names. She had
    • their ego consciousness on Saturn. They were obliged to make up for
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VII: Evolutionary Stages of our Earth before the Lemurian Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • not only are there pupils in school who make no progress but in the whole
    • We cannot make use of these bodies, they are too decadent for us, they
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VIII: Stages in the Evolution of our Earth. Lemurian, Atlantean, Post-Atlantean Epochs.
    Matching lines:
    • is they who on the one side make man free and on the other entice him
    • makes recognition of the spiritual world impossible. These two spirits
    • different. Today man understands how to make the forces contained in
    • able to make preparation for intelligence, for the power of judgment.
    • to make them capable of founding post-Atlantean culture. During the
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IX: Man's Experience after Death
    Matching lines:
    • thereby make this temple an actual dwelling place of the god. Just as
    • attacks. Their aim was to make each single human being dependent upon
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • learn these truths should first make themselves worthy of them. This
    • makes fun of those who strive with such feverish efforts to discover
    • This force of Wisdom makes itself felt when a man is placed among the
    • forms part of a man's nature, it makes him self-seeking and
    • all whom he meets that he cannot secure the Lily. He must now make
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that a River cannot bear gold, it would make it surge up wildly. Gold
    • the Serpent ramps across the river. The Giant can make a bridge
    • Goethe makes use of the same image in his story, in the union of the
    • wavering, and makes it steady.
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 1: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • the sun makes the days grow shorter as autumn approaches, that
    • and gives us inner strength and certainty of hope. It makes possible
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • that has been offered in various lectures this autumn. Let us not make
    • provided throughout the course of nature, was to make men conscious of
    • with earth-man in the right way, one must make spiritually clear to
    • and humanity must make it its own if it wishes to reach its
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 3: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • had to make clear to themselves what this most important event
    • out of darkness. In order to make this clearer to the pupils, after
  • Title: Lecture 1: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • make us pause and reflect when it is said that all that we, as human
    • development. What we learn through spiritual science makes our soul
    • make ourselves different; we have other interests. When a man imbues
    • The moment we make any link with spiritual science with our whole
    • sort of pride. Rather should we make it clear to ourselves how we can
    • higher world is what makes the spiritual scientist. Above all we need
    • stretch of the blue heavens makes upon us. Suppose that we can yield
    • comparison, we make a connecting link with what is known. In the whole
    • that we can only follow them if we make our souls mobile and receptive
    • especially important to have this here — a man makes acquaintance
    • is in some way concerned with what makes the plants push up out of the
  • Title: Lecture 2: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • which are the protectors of the seeds or germs, make it possible that
    • cosmos itself, you may make that clear in the following way. We will
  • Title: Lecture 3: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • make clear certain attributes of human nature, and we can then proceed
    • he speaks, or makes a movement of the hand, or in any way externalizes
    • result is a lie. In order to make this clearer, we can express a
    • makes nine we can never experience from the external world, it must be
    • physical plane can make us see that what is revealed to us as right,
    • something into the other person, something which makes one fuller
  • Title: Lecture 4: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • stage, he can only make use of his astral body in order to look into
    • the spiritual world. Thus the body which a man makes use of at the
    • clairvoyance which has just been described, he learns to make use of
    • skin; it creates, as it were, an impression of itself, makes itself
  • Title: Lecture 5: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • impersonal.” They make upon us the impression that their wisdom
    • for the higher we ascend the more impossible does it become to make
    • Seraphim make upon occult vision, if we take the following comparison
    • decades; and this look can make such an impression on us that it
    • Hierarchy make objective, what they create from themselves, exists
    • must make use of those concepts to which we have risen in the course
  • Title: Lecture 6: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • this aright, we must make ourselves acquainted with yet other concepts
    • on foot — and he meets with a wet day; he must of necessity make
    • make it revolve, otherwise the whole system could not originate! The
  • Title: Lecture 7: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • obliged, first of all, to make the attempt in these studies to learn
    • planetary system he finds that the same experiences that we make when
    • make also with regard to other planets. In other words, everything
    • make this distinction: Every planet of our Planetary System has its
    • completely concentrates himself upon this system of planets, makes the
    • plant-bodies and make use of those means which the practical occultist
    • uses when he observes the etheric bodies of the plants. We thus make
    • the impression which the fixed star makes upon us when we observe the
    • naturally, the materialistic astronomy can make no use; it cannot
    • of life; whose wisdom, as an extract of all this experience, makes an
  • Title: Lecture 8: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness try to make clear to ourselves wherein the difference
    • does not tell us much. Rather for the sake of comparison we must make
    • a comparison which will make clear what I actually mean. Suppose you
    • impressions one with another.” Try to make clear to yourself what
    • If we do not care to make all kinds of diagrammatic divisions, and to
    • concrete does not know what to make of it. Whatever the
    • various beings. A more accurate occult discernment makes this quite
  • Title: Lecture 9: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • will make this evident.
    • movement which the corresponding planet makes; the absolute movement
    • it makes in the heavens. If you take an ordinary convolvulus, in which
    • exalted than the Spirits of Motion. Just those who wish to make their
  • Title: Lecture 10: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • AFTER the statements which we were able to make in the last lecture on
    • yesterday, he need make no other preparation with regard to his soul
    • active on the physical plane, then the mineral would only make itself
    • If we wish to make what I have just described, objective, perceptible
    • same cause which makes the sun visible, which sends light to us from
    • only make clear the principle as to how these spiritual, hierarchies
    • something which comes in from outside, but which makes certain
    • which makes men all over the world opponents or partisans, in the most
    • and, above all, will become moral energy, and really make us what we
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • By way of introduction, let us make at least an approximate attempt to
    • essential that he should make clear to his people how their egohood
    • prophesied, had to be told, “Make yourselves aware that all about you
    • If he makes images out of the mineral kingdom, they can only represent
    • for him the gods who worked on the physical body. If he makes images
    • order to make this quite clear to us it is especially indicated that
    • Jehovah wanted to make his people a nation of priests. The peoples of
    • such feeling a healthy force that will make your physical body, your
    • lives in you as ego, for a true impression makes you healthy and
    • possessions. The desire for someone else's goods makes his ego power
    • the greatest that it is capable of attaining — that that makes it
  • Title: Lecture: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • that truly makes him a human being. Before an individual has developed
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture I: The Path through the Gospels and The Path of Inner Experience
    Matching lines:
    • more, what will make a valid basis for the valuation of the Gospel
    • childhood and makes its own way through life. But what is the
    • all that makes possible illness, age, and death, comes from our being
    • such culture as does not make use of the Gospels or the name of
    • to make the Ego stronger again in its organization, from which it has
    • can die; but from my own Ego I can make myself stronger, I can send
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture II: The Path of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • make his way to anthroposophical knowledge. Either out of a real
    • true understanding of this death can be won only if we make quite
    • have an opportunity to make amends; in order that we may have an
    • compensation take place here? Naturally, the human being has to make a
    • compensation for the animals. Let us make one thought clear: If we
    • thwarted the plan of the gods. The gods had to make a sacrifice —
    • My Karma is dear to me because it makes me better and better.”
    • meet a Buddhist, seek to make him a Christian through persuasion or
    • Christianity will say: “I understand that the Christian makes his
  • Title: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • make themselves familiar with the being of Savonarola because
    • which makes it possible for the deep springs of esoteric
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • transformed by us. We see thus that what makes us human beings, that
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • also make the following statement: when in the pre-Christian time
    • could no longer make anything out of this; the time had passed, the
    • Then the Christ came to them, in order to make manifest to them
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Europe.” It did not make its way into Middle Europe until the
    • as to make man, who is a thought-being, capable of shaping the world
    • it makes no difference to us, for we decree how we propose to
    • naturally, lapse into error, but the point I want to make is that
    • are of quite a different inner make-up from those who were born even
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • in its makeup. It has also lost, as a token, the real Sophia. But I
    • — they had lost all concrete reality. Boethius makes them
    • something that makes them feel cut off from the stream of world
    • What should we make out of the child? How should we inculcate this or
    • Awakener. We can only make progress by realizing the tragic state of
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • force to nourish our being. To make this clear, let me say the
    • which the one makes out a case for materialism and another for
    • whether people want to make out a case for theosophy with the kind of
    • did this in one of my last Oxford lectures, and to make myself quite
    • this in a polemic sense but to make it clear to you.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • nineteenth century makes it eminently necessary that men, as time
    • putting up a screen to make the human individual invisible.
    • nebulous ideals they make nothing clear. In fact everything is
    • unconsciously they are seeking what makes them most comfortable. They
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • to continue in the evolution of mankind, to make an appeal to what
    • without saying that at first one could only make a beginning. For a
    • in the modern age, man began more and more to make what is dead into
    • of what is dead within him. And this makes the development of natural
    • Science cannot make what is living flow from the mouth. And without
    • the true Science of the Spirit, which makes all Anthropology into
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • instincts, depending on particular conditions of life. One could make
    • of man, but not a knowledge that makes us cold towards our fellow-men
    • look at the demands the young make on the old, but also be able to
    • power — demands which the coming youth will make upon us.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • said that there must be an education which makes learning a game for
    • like this should just try how they can make school all joy for the
    • did not make people tired. There was no feeling of being overcome by
    • no longer make them tired. Whereas the young, as the result of this
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • approximate. It is not a date from which to make calculations, but as
    • anthropology, even history, in a way to make it appear to you as if
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • had failed to make the young believe in him out of the freshness and
    • the laboratory which modern science makes it out to be. It still goes
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • that he makes Faust open the book of Nostradamus. There we have the
    • can at most reach a greater degree of proficiency but make no
    • only to be tried and people will soon learn to be able to make it a
    • being. For you will make the following remarkable observation. It is
    • imperfections — for I make no claims for my Philosophy of
    • education. The intention was not only to give it content but to make
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • this end we must make our individuality stronger and stronger, and
    • bring him simply to the possession of a few concepts which make up a
    • instinctively make of their experiences? Suppose they go about among
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • make calculations about Nature. Calculations in those days meant
    • There is something to grasp only when one describes what makes a
    • Greeks or the Romans, make their appearance in the middle of the
    • studiously to learn to do it, to make it a special study. It was no
    • use this religious phrase. True knowledge of man makes the human
    • today we have to do many things that ought to make us ashamed. The
    • example, about the State and about organizations to make the State
    • seriously. Today it would make a similar impression as the following
    • State will have found its best constitution when it makes itself
    • Pedagogics is not enough if it makes the teacher or educator merely
    • clever. I do not say that it should make him empty of thought. But in
    • this way one does not become empty of thought. Pedagogics that makes
    • pedagogics makes the teacher inwardly alive and fills him with
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • would wish to make stream through the words and ideas. Let me sum up
    • pictorially — to make ourselves allies of the approaching
    • we shall make the chariot for Michael, then we shall be able to
    • man is to make the Spirit, which without Him would not be on earth,
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture I: The Power and Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • makes us sober philistines, makes us bourgeois, which leads us to
    • chief interest is to make the world, and above all the human world,
    • The Luciferic beings wish nothing more than to make the world desert
    • that this is not their chief intention; their chief aim is to make the
    • intention to make the kingdom of man and the rest of the earth,
    • subject to their sphere of power, to make mankind dependent upon them,
    • now—the endeavor of the Luciferic beings to make human beings
    • of the triad and if one makes him believe that the world structure is
    • must make its way in the world through its own force, and not through
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • but for the moment let us consider it as a unity. If we make inquiry
    • We consider the human being in the right way only if we make the
    • This knowledge which should make its way among human beings much
    • the earth. We must make sure that man takes the spiritual not only
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner makes a drawing on the blackboard) in which we live as in our
    • of coercive nature. You cannot make the intelligence of mankind your
    • from one another, make the Christ impulse their personal affair: the
    • something which every one of them makes his own affair, not coercively
    • Lucifer. It is Lucifer's constant endeavor to make our head as living
    • makes itself felt from the eighth sphere out of which the rest of our
    • human spirit shape stores up in itself; this makes the invisible being
    • not refer here to intelligence — that which makes us capable of
    • need to be conscious that our thoughts make us weak, then we shall
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • If we try to make clear to ourselves the way in which Earth
    • make clear to ourselves what it is that has remained, in the
    • Let us now try to make clear to ourselves the difference that exists
    • must think in a direction which makes it appear to them as if outer
    • we do not try to penetrate them with our consciousness, they make us
    • make research in this field knows through direct perception that
    • conception through which feelings are represented makes it appear
    • otherwise dreams in the feelings and makes it a matter of complete,
    • significant that we should make this fact clear to ourselves. For, you
    • (Essence of Christianity.) Please, make the
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • soul. He must learn to know the events of human evolution and make
    • itself. When, from this point of view, we make tests, we can easily
    • validity to the soul at all. And only timidly does the truth make its
    • evolution has entered its descending phases, other beings make
    • evolution when certain beings make themselves felt who upon
    • beings make themselves felt which exist in the environment of mankind.
    • They make themselves felt more and more since the middle of the
    • today; but they already make themselves very strongly felt in the
    • opposing poles. This pushing back of instincts makes man's conceptions
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • your eyes — and you can make similar experiments with every one
    • makes it possible for us to sense the unfolding of our will in the
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- I
    Matching lines:
    • It will not be easy to make human beings conscious of these things to
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- II
    Matching lines:
    • important, my dear friends, and I ask you now to make a simple
    • New York.} I dared to make the emphatic statement that the social life
    • with whom he has remained can rid him of this nightmare and make life
    • proceed from the assumption that ghosts instead of men should make
    • he makes no compromises whatsoever but states: I am a scientist:
    • but who prefer to make compromises instead.
    • judgments in our time because they make dishonest compromises. It is
    • compromises. Human beings should not make compromises, at least not
    • our concepts but makes them highly acute. Everything that has to be
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • trying past experience. Now I will make clear to you from the
    • make for himself within his own immediate environment, for the
    • to make it into a cultural fact.
    • patients, in a good or evil sense, make the doctor into a god
    • be persuaded to make use of her accumulated affections in
    • can make.” The man in question grasped this, but found
    • self-laceration. The mistake that he makes each time is in
    • unconscious. So he makes himself into a god or a devil. Here
    • saying that when they lack other gods they make gods of
    • now comes a sentence which makes you wonder what to do with
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • scientific discussion, and that we might wait until people make
    • the man. I must make use of the next opportunity that presents
    • This man makes all sorts of objections to this and that,
    • in a position to make good because they lack the smallest
    • make no progress if he describes only what happened in
    • mankind has been through, even all sorts of demons. He makes
    • stupid to discuss their possible existence. He makes them into
    • abstract demons, mere thought demons that could never make a
    • the entire human being in order to make it account for every
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture III: Reflections in the Mirror of Consciousness, Superconsciousness and Subconsciousness
    Matching lines:
    • instruments. He must be able to make use of them if the
    • being, as a soul and spiritual entity, make use of his physical
    • soul this sunken something works, and makes us what we become
    • confused and all make the same claim to authenticity, as though
    • “As a man I did little to make myself
    • of no modifying influence. And now we make the following soul
    • object of which we perhaps do not understand; but we shall make
    • fact — then it is true. But you cannot make this
    • relation to what we have not wished, then we shall make
    • as our spiritual-soul kernel must make use of our physical body
    • consciousness, so must the human being make use of his etheric
    • This does not make us hardhearted and unwilling to help them
    • realize that it makes an impression upon the devachanic world.
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture IV: Hidden Soul Powers
    Matching lines:
    • able to make the distinction. There are no such rules. One
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • surface of all our inner organs; and this reflection makes
    • the various organs take part in this reflection which makes its
    • such a way as to make memory a source of depression. The entire
    • within a single incarnation and, in this way, make their
    • breathings in 24 hours. You make in the course of your life as
    • make daily in your in and out breathing of air. These rhythms
    • rather thoroughly, and to make it a subject of
    • most false imaginable. In reality its result is simply to make
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • essentially changed. Today, we will make clear to ourselves how
    • consider how many people there are in our time who make any idea at
    • do not make this consequence clear. But it is something which is not
    • unsuited to make a decision. One first begins to be objective when one
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • was now the contribution which the ancient Hebrew people had to make
    • as a perfect instrument, that just that faculty which makes use of the
    • thinking. But it is nevertheless a truth, and one may make the demand,
    • old Hebrew has this as its own peculiar tendency, to make that which
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • in the wilderness; prepare the way of the Lord; make straight his
    • way of the lord; make straight his paths.” For either a
    • understand. One must first bring together those ideas which make it
    • I think, I feel, I will: The Lord makes itself
    • soul — Lord, of the I. Make open his forces!” Thus one must
    • translate it, approximately. “Make its forces open, so that it
    • astral soul: prepare the directions of the I, make the forces open for
    • Today a whole number of learned ignoramuses make the attempt to
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • appear to our eyes, or are audible to our ears, or which make
    • shall now have to make a great jump. Just as we have
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • more make quite clear how it is that we feel ourselves as
    • not. We are that Spiritual, psychic being which makes use of
    • Thus it was endeavoured to make the social structure of the
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture I - The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • caused Hephaestus, the god of the smiths, to make a statue of a woman.
    • still able to make motor-power from the force in seeds. Just as to-day
    • study of the matter must make clear to us. Then we shall understand
    • — the centaur Chiron — must make a sacrifice. The man of
    • the whole gamut of suffering, and is released by the man who makes
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture II - The Argonaut Saga and the Odyssey
    Matching lines:
    • makes up our present-day culture, began in the fifth Atlantean period
    • visible on the physical plane, will disappear. To make clear their
    • book Christianity as Mystical Fact I tried to make use of its
    • to make use of the forces of life, to apply these forces for his own
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture III - The Sigfried Saga
    Matching lines:
    • The initiate can make himself unrecognisable to his own people. He can
    • this that makes the possessor of these higher occult faculties
    • fragments, as philology supposes. ‘The folk’ does not make literature
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture IV - The Trojan War
    Matching lines:
    • called upon to make the decision from the stand-point of the physical
    • fourth sub-race is that the man who has to make the decision unites
    • longer make a distinction between his own well-being and the
    • brotherliness it will become the divine love. But so long as it makes
    • Mysteries, and it is this which makes it necessary to keep them
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • meant we can make clear with an example.
    • do arithmetic or make judgments. This property man has acquired
    • the following. If one were to make a chest the height, width, and
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of various things. We must at first make clear to ourselves
    • himself. Let us make it clear to ourselves how man arrived at his
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • duality is all is always in the wrong. Let us make this clear to
    • laid all its forces into the seed. Here we may therefore make a
    • about a rose, this thought first arises in the moment you make a
    • medicine will make use of this, it will be able to influence
    • perfection. Observation of man himself will make this clear. Today he
    • his reinterpretation of Steiner. Nevertheless, it makes sense,
    • through all the trouble just to make fun of someone), I
    • strongly believe that this is the right thing. It makes sense,
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • reproduction. You will get an idea of this mystery if you make clear
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • the problem of humanity. In order to make the human being
    • bring those facts which lie so far afield near to you and make them
    • than he. He only follows so to say, in their track. To make use of a
    • trivial example: the watchmaker has first the idea, then he makes the
    • watch according to the idea. A watch is made after the maker's
    • up the thoughts of the watchmaker. At the present point of evolution
    • Mythology. But this consideration will make clear to us how through
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • makes it warm, the same with water and earth. The other three
    • science says therefore: light makes everything visible, but is itself
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • task. What is the task of our earth? It is to make human existence
    • the spiritual world. I shall now make use of a trivial expression
    • which will make this more comprehensible. It pleased certain of those
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Saturn? Let us make a precise image of it. Of course ancient Saturn
    • schools to make the thing clearer. It is shown how a solar system is
    • naive proceeding. For the man who tries to make the Kant-Laplace
    • thing, who makes it rotate. It is necessary if one can think at all,
    • that they may transform it and make it harmonise with what is in the
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • incarnation to the other. This makes it possible that in certain
    • We must now make a certain disclosure about the Cosmic position of
    • [In order to make this paragraph of use to the ordinary student it
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • should like to make an observation to-day at the beginning of this
    • but make it clear to ourselves that the Beings of the universe differ
    • condition, we might make a schematic drawing of him in the following
    • Beings who live in the Sun make use of the spirits of Venus
    • makes flames of fire into his servants and winds into his
    • him from other Beings, it makes him into a self-contained being
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • make a diagram on it of these various conditions, one would have
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • make yet a few observations before I touch on our question,
    • The first observation I have to make is difficult, perhaps even
    • tried to make it comprehensible in the following way: At a certain
    • had had to do with a trial. To make him strong, to arm him against
    • this deed is such that it does not act upon man except when man makes
    • know the Truth and the Truth will make you free.’
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • our disposal to its understanding, in such a way that we make it the
    • anthroposophical work is work on the human Ego, which will make it
    • light of the Light-bearer, and on the other hand to make us lean
    • shines in order to make that which originates in the East more
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • N this and the succeeding chapters we shall make it a special point to
    • have become, because we know for certain that we can make it all
    • thought, which make the soul like tempered steel. If the soul has
    • make it possible for us to perceive on earth with our physical senses
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • he would make a great mistake. For transitions such as this take
    • spiritual evolution. The phrase ‘nature makes no jumps’
    • is untrue; Nature continually makes jumps at decisive moments. And
    • the fifth century BC where an earlier tragic poet makes no mention of
    • the good and make it, possibly, a little better.
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • students of spiritual science should make such statements. And why?
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • united, a man makes the very significant discovery that what is to be
    • outer sense world. In Europe, if we make use of spiritual sight, we
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • in order to make him aware of the spiritual world behind the world of
    • man makes himself ready to be led as a Rosicrucian initiate
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • became one with it; and man learned to make increasing use of the
    • body was taken up into the physical body, man could only make use of
    • the physical body. Furthermore the etheric body must make itself fit
    • forces as make Lucifer a fructifying and a beneficent element,
    • example, man, in his whole make up, stood in a very different
    • adapted to this sort of clairvoyance, and cannot make use of it.
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • could make use of this etheric body and of its organs if he gave
    • understanding; I make use of the organ of the etheric body.’
    • otherwise make mistakes in linking up chains of thought. If we were
    • knowledge as had Bharavadscha about the Vedas; but everyone can make
    • Persian was no longer able to do this; but he could make use of his
    • were still able to make use of the astral body. Now you know from the
    • also was present; but he could not make use of it because it was
    • the old Persian period when it was possible still to make use of the
    • make one another fruitful. Such an event was essential. How could it
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • incarnations, plus the three following make seven again. Seven is a
    • of course are only instances which illustrate and make clear,
    • they must learn from these Bodhisattvas what can eventually make
    • the mysteries always make appropriate preparation for the
    • those who will best make Christ comprehensible to man, a central
    • cultivate this right feeling we gradually make our spiritual forces
    • within us. We make a beginning by teaching the elementary truths of
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • First, I should like to make clear through a comparison
    • smell, the human body takes matter as it is and makes no effort to
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: II. Supersensible Processes in the Activities of the Human Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • as well undergoes tension, whereby the astral body makes room for
    • makes more room for the astral body. In the way of a comparison it
    • the astral body to expand more and more. It makes contact with the
    • organism makes a different impression, according to the way in which
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • nevertheless; they are active. Here consciousness makes no decisions
    • (thinking, feeling and willing) now makes its appearance in the outer
    • the sentient soul that makes itself felt. From above there streams
    • must the brain be built in order to make conscious thought activity
    • pushed back to make room for a subconscious thought activity
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: IV. Supersensible Currents in the Human and Animal Organizations.
    Matching lines:
    • soul and the objects in space, and that makes it possible for our
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • object makes an impression upon the sense organs and induces an
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • surge stimulated by the messages of our senses, one perception makes
    • us a store of conceptions that will make it possible to understand.
    • makes itself felt as uneasiness, and an examination of this condition
    • our own soul life to bear, we make mistakes. I will show you that we
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • And never, never to make truce
    • To make so little, that the very speech seems sin.
    • Laid upon meaner spirits: never to make known
    • phenomenon that offers direct proof that desire always makes contacts
    • reasoning has come into play. One must always remember to make that
    • concerning which it can make no decisions of its own initiative, and
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • soul makes upon itself, readily attested by the soul; every soul
    • from the other side is thereby held back in such a manner as to make
    • the current flowing out of the future and to make a mirror-foil of
    • of the etheric and of the astral bodies. When the ego makes contact
    • body to make them appeal directly to feeling; that is, a man like
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: I. Franz Brentano and Aristotles Doctrine of the Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • or whether I connect the concepts, makes no material difference but
    • the spirit. Aristotle makes it clear that his life on earth is not a
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • one, and that we can only make headway by admitting the Luciferic
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • nothing of the sort. When you want to make the transition from the
    • soul but with which the soul makes contact. That means that there is
    • Can we lend it the power to exercise any force that will make of the
    • visualization something different in our soul from what it makes of
    • intensify any emotion, we cannot thereby make something happen that
    • We must ask what would have to take place to make us
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • we must make? Does it depend upon the house at all? Possibly its very
    • have to make an effort to prevent a certain condition from growing
    • would be if we could make proper use of our entire organism. We
    • to make use of it all. For this reason the imaginative world is
    • Just think how all that, concentrated, makes you feel in the evening
    • we realize still more clearly how little we are able to make of this
    • glorious divine nature, whereas we could make so much of it if we
    • had never descended to earth in order to make use of a body, he would
    • single incarnation man is able only to a slight extent to make use of
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • time and then think how difficult it is to make the violet or some
    • Redeemer makes us aware of the ‘Glory’ streaming through the wide
    • unshakable conviction which makes our own evolving soul akin to the
  • Title: Lecture: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • the third degree, the degree of the Warrior who went out to make known
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of the Sun-Spirit as the Spirit of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • Imagination and which makes us aware that by gaining the victory over
    • inherited powers of clairvoyance — makes it evident to us that at the
  • Title: Lecture: Christmas at a Time of Grievous Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • comprehensive and powerful enough to make some understanding of the
    • striving to make its home but is not fully able to do so, that one
    • intervenes in human affairs, makes journeys to the peoples." (Germania 40).
  • Title: Lecture: The Proclamations to the Magi and the Shepherds
    Matching lines:
    • The Easter Festival makes great demands upon man's powers of
    • world that the Whitsuntide Festival makes men conscious when its
  • Title: Lecture: On The Three Magi
    Matching lines:
    • ‘ I ’ to make way for the Second Logos. There is a definite reason
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • await. If we understand these things, then we can make alive within us
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • soul-life, are each time renewed and altered. This makes it possible
    • descend to our earth must make use of the bodies which this
    • time an instrument of which he could make no use.
    • him, but which he was obliged to enter to make himself understood by
    • now became necessary for him to make himself acquainted with all the
    • A Teacher had to be found, able to carry down what makes it possible
    • faculties, he could not himself make any use of them. That would have
    • descend to the human stage and make use of all the faculties that are
    • make use of this knowledge. He had a soul which extended beyond his
    • not make any use of this superior and unusual faculty of soul. This
    • A number of Bodhisattvas had thus to prepare mankind, to make men ripe
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • never learn to know that law if we do not make an exception of the
    • make use of our knowledge when such a case occurs. If we find that we
    • often makes acquaintance with a man in his youth and loses sight of
    • glass of wine and others who did not, and was able to make my own
    • which all such reforms and programmes must make on one who is able
    • bodies are interrupted, they make an extra effort, — just as you,
    • wishing to water your garden, would make extra efforts to find the
    • avail, for in so doing we have had to make stronger efforts. Although
    • if it be given in the right way, it is able to make our life-kernel
    • and of which we know that it will make them grow stronger and
    • must at least make himself acquainted with what the learned. medical
    • When a person does not know what to make of himself, most people say
    • world he will be able to make his own vital centre stronger and
    • brings us comfort and force whereby to make ourselves stronger. The
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 3: The Entrance of the Christ-Being into the Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • must be taken very accurately. For instance, we must make a clear
    • degree of maturity able to make distinctions. But now there came the
    • decisions to make.’
    • impulse to make good something connected with man's knowledge and
    • corresponding to the smaller ages, and we make Kali-Yuga begin, as
    • consciousness. They were then able, not merely to make use of the
    • he becomes happy or blessed. ‘Blessed will he be who makes his
    • it and would like to make it further known; it has come because it is
    • which will only be understood if Anthroposophy makes its way into the
    • humanity. The alternative is that men will neglect to accept and make
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 4: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • who ‘balance’ their passions desires and emotions (not make
    • mind will make use of men.
    • incarnation to experience on earth what makes them capable of
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 5: Correspondences Between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm
    Matching lines:
    • greater importance. If we wish to feel the force of this, we must make
    • we must in the first place make ourselves acquainted with them and
    • look for it we must make ourselves to some slight extent acquainted,
    • makes a man or woman a human being, it can only speak of them as it
    • say: this makes everything confused again! But these things are so. In
    • Thus humanity is now called upon to make a decision, whether it shall
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 6: The Birth of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • will help him to make certain things clear, and he must leave off
    • years and make it fruitful for our understanding of what the human
    • grasped by us when we make the most intense efforts to plunge into
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 7: The Further Development of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • particular try to form a clear idea of what we ourselves must make of
    • information — had not been able to make a Saul into St. Paul.
    • told that he must believe the three sides of a triangle make a hundred
    • The purpose of what we call the Theosophical movement is to make such
    • a method of observation possible, to make it possible for spiritual
    • developing; but the old are the germs for the new. What will make it
    • but with what makes for the progress of all mankind.
    • In this spirit let us endeavour to make ourselves capable of preparing
  • Title: Life Between ... I: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • to make the mistakes consistent with our own disposition of
    • more and make amends for what we failed to do on earth. We experience
    • The more progress we make in our present epoch, the more will the
    • will make a brief review of what has been said here, and then pass on
  • Title: Life Between ... II: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • absolutely without danger. We make the remarkable discovery that
    • embryonic life begins with a small spherical germ. Occultly, we make
    • that of old age. We would make a mistake. During spirit-existence
    • does Goethe make use of the expression, “to become young”
  • Title: Life Between ... III: Mans Journey Through the Planetary Spheres
    Matching lines:
    • that makes him aware of himself. You will have to conclude that a
    • world outside did not make him aware of himself. The fact that there
    • is a world external to himself makes possible the unfolding of
    • lives are necessary in order to make it possible for human bodies to
    • To answer this question we must realize what it is that makes this
    • and death a certain means is at our disposal. We can always make
    • life to make the necessary adjustment. If, for example, we ought to
    • our ego has lost worth, but if we make efforts we can recall it to
    • through death a less moral tenor of soul. This makes a great
    • not enclosed in the shell of his own being, but can make contact with
    • of the world. He makes holes, as it were, in the texture of the
    • off, incarcerate us in the realm of the spirit, make us prisoners of
    • again, to make it fit to perform its work for the whole man during
    • whatever response we make to a religion on the earth, limited as it
    • find out the truth! Those who make no real distinction between the
    • them to find the path through the Sun sphere after death and makes it
    • the earth with forces that in the next incarnation will make our
  • Title: Life Between ... IV: Recent Results of Occult Investigation Into Life
    Matching lines:
    • mentioned we make no effort to bring them about. They come about of
    • loved him as much as we should, we can make up for these feelings. We
    • enables him to make the acquaintance of the beings of this sphere and
    • condition that makes it possible for him to undergo still other
    • man. This is to be taken literally, otherwise it would not make any
  • Title: Life Between ... V: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • necessary to make repeatedly fresh investigations into important
    • among many other things, to make new investigations into a subject of
    • The second point I wish to make is this. The way in which the
    • or in deed, we are able to make the necessary adjustment, we are not
    • makes us into social beings in the spiritual world, into beings who
    • can have contact with others. Lack of morality makes us into hermits
    • borne out by external happenings. It makes for the universality of
    • this makes us into social beings in the Sun sphere. If we feel
    • we make the further journey through the spheres of Mars, Jupiter and
    • After all, we have to make use of words, and words sometimes appear
  • Title: Life Between ... VI: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • him and was able to make of him. This period is especially close to
    • plane we are conscious of our sympathies and make mental
    • everything connected with it will, under all circumstances, make an
    • therefore good to make oneself familiar with the truths of spiritual
    • would actually make a deep impression on you and a profound influence
    • expressed fails to be so. One perhaps would not make such a seemingly
    • late. This will make no impression whatsoever on the materialist. But
    • like. Thus it is morality that makes us capable of drawing the forces
    • into our next incarnation. As a result, we do not only make ourselves
    • So the efforts we make to transform our heart forces are intimately
    • death and a new birth. I wished to make a beginning with a content
  • Title: Life Between ... VII: The Working of Karma in Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • happened had we not missed the train. Such a knowledge makes an inner
    • certain position and makes its influence felt.
    • divine-spiritual permeating the world. We must make it our own as we
  • Title: Life Between ... VIII: Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • protected. Or perhaps we have to make a trip and miss the train. Then
  • Title: Life Between ... IX: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • long as he makes use of the physical senses and the intellect, the
    • spiritual world. After death we cannot make up for what we should
    • characteristics, and it makes it possible to be enlisted after death
    • You may well make use of the following picture. Let it impress itself
  • Title: Life Between ... X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    Matching lines:
    • of this world? He makes use of his senses, brings his imagination to
    • of such an occurrence, it makes a certain impression on you. Similar
    • makes a lasting impression on the person concerned!
    • make an impression on the heart and mind.
    • make himself perceptible to your soul. You may have the feeling,
    • This makes a profound impression on the seer also when he reaches the
    • what is fruitful for the dead. One cannot really make life fruitful
    • orient oneself down here. Here we have yet another fact that makes it
    • onwards. This makes a solemn impression as one becomes aware of the
    • to shape the general form archetypally. This makes the opposite
    • its descent into the physical realm makes a blossoming, flourishing
    • to the physical world. One has to make a considerable effort, by way
    • but rather what anthroposophy can make of us as human beings.
  • Title: Life Between ... XI: The Mission of Earthly Life as a Transitional Stage for the Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • directed to the physical world, then we make it impossible for
    • situation it all makes. If nothing were to intervene, the person
    • predestined to be in incarnation, we cannot make up for it during the
    • make a connection with him on earth.
    • could make a contact with the being of Gautama who, like Francis of
  • Title: Life Between ... XII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • make this course possible. This is not due to an imperfection in the
    • precisely such souls who after death make it difficult for the beings
    • hierarchies are only able to make something of this situation by
    • Such considerations make it clear that when we are tempted to
    • criticize the imperfections of existence, we make a step forward if
  • Title: Life Between ... XIII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • the forces that make him in his next life a spiritual man, who shows
    • return to the picture, sit in front of it or many hours, make a few
    • The purpose is to make man's connection with the macrocosm more
    • not make him arrogant, but fills him with a sense of responsibility,
  • Title: Life Between ... XIV: Further Facts About Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • prepared is unable to make any connections and because he did not
  • Title: Life Between ... XV: Intercourse With the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • If it were not for the fact that a man makes connections with other
    • after death. Everything that makes us into sociable beings after
    • however, the mission of the earth that we make contacts from man to
  • Title: Life Between ... XVI: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • world, what we have experienced by means of our organs that make us
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • only sharpens and makes more flexible our own powers of thinking,
    • But when someone has a thought, then it is he himself who makes the
    • In order to make this clear, let us take a general concept that is
    • further in some way I can't make out whether there really is or
    • Let us keep to the triangle, for it makes no difference to the
    • make a proper acknowledgment that, as conventional philosophy, it
    • and with this possibility we will now make ourselves acquainted.
    • only draw a triangle and let it stay as it is, but I will make
    • first make it all quite easy; we draw a triangle and have done with
    • movement, if we make it versatile.
    • as a hundred actual thalers, i.e. it makes no difference whether I
    • introduced it only because I wanted to make it clear that when the
    • we shall need it. And I think I have tried to make it so easy that
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • only sharpens and makes more flexible our own powers of thinking,
    • nowadays must make any concession to authority! That would deny the
    • the tailor's or his shoes at the shoemaker's. He does not say: “It
    • “What! — learn to make boots? For a long time that has
    • been unworthy of man; we can all make boots.” I don't know if
    • shoemaker named Jacob Boehme. He had learnt his craft well —
    • the ground. Now supposing that this shoemaker, by name Jacob Boehme,
    • shoemaker would have done if he had constructed the world-boot, only
    • whole make-up of the world. This sentence, “general concepts
    • makes the crudest kind of impression on them — Materialism.
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • only sharpens and makes more flexible our own powers of thinking,
    • make an abundance of significant comments on it, because with their
    • thought, and to make an organism of it — Logicism! One can
    • being of the thing. My perception never makes contact with this
    • Spiritual Science: the task of acting as peacemaker among the various
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • only sharpens and makes more flexible our own powers of thinking,
    • makes this world-outlook into a dominating factor in his inner life,
    • his early works, you will find that the placing of Mysticism makes it
    • these lectures, we must know the following things. We must make it
    • experience. And now, in order to make this clear, I want to take up
    • And the agent who thus makes the brain into a mirror is you yourself.
    • A person who makes a little progress in occult perception can
    • on the brain, and so, throughout the waking state, it makes the brain
    • must first be there; then, the soul-spiritual activity can make
    • work daily at the “engraving” of the brain, which makes
    • given to us from the cosmos. As our little thoughts work and make
    • engraves our form in us, just as our little thought-work makes its
    • just as we, in our little daily thought-work, make little engravings
    • lion is a mammal”, we bring two concepts together to make a
    • do good work in certain fields. I will remain in these, and will make
    • mind, and makes it dependent on this falsity. Therewith the door is
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • only sharpens and makes more flexible our own powers of thinking,
    • But when someone has a thought, then it is he himself who makes the
    • In order to make this clear, let us take a general concept that is
    • further in some way I can't make out whether there really is or
    • Let us keep to the triangle, for it makes no difference to the
    • make a proper acknowledgment that, as conventional philosophy, it
    • and with this possibility we will now make ourselves acquainted.
    • only draw a triangle and let it stay as it is, but I will make
    • first make it all quite easy; we draw a triangle and have done with
    • movement, if we make it versatile.
    • as a hundred actual thalers, i.e. it makes no difference whether I
    • introduced it only because I wanted to make it clear that when the
    • we shall need it. And I think I have tried to make it so easy that
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • only sharpens and makes more flexible our own powers of thinking,
    • nowadays must make any concession to authority! That would deny the
    • the tailor's or his shoes at the shoemaker's. He does not say: “It
    • “What! — learn to make boots? For a long time that has
    • been unworthy of man; we can all make boots.” I don't know if
    • shoemaker named Jacob Boehme. He had learnt his craft well —
    • the ground. Now supposing that this shoemaker, by name Jacob Boehme,
    • shoemaker would have done if he had constructed the world-boot, only
    • whole make-up of the world. This sentence, “general concepts
    • makes the crudest kind of impression on them — Materialism.
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • only sharpens and makes more flexible our own powers of thinking,
    • make an abundance of significant comments on it, because with their
    • thought, and to make an organism of it — Logicism! One can
    • being of the thing. My perception never makes contact with this
    • Spiritual Science: the task of acting as peacemaker among the various
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • only sharpens and makes more flexible our own powers of thinking,
    • makes this world-outlook into a dominating factor in his inner life,
    • his early works, you will find that the placing of Mysticism makes it
    • these lectures, we must know the following things. We must make it
    • experience. And now, in order to make this clear, I want to take up
    • And the agent who thus makes the brain into a mirror is you yourself.
    • A person who makes a little progress in occult perception can
    • on the brain, and so, throughout the waking state, it makes the brain
    • must first be there; then, the soul-spiritual activity can make
    • work daily at the “engraving” of the brain, which makes
    • given to us from the cosmos. As our little thoughts work and make
    • engraves our form in us, just as our little thought-work makes its
    • just as we, in our little daily thought-work, make little engravings
    • lion is a mammal”, we bring two concepts together to make a
    • do good work in certain fields. I will remain in these, and will make
    • mind, and makes it dependent on this falsity. Therewith the door is
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • imagination that makes many scientists have such a false idea of
    • poisonous to life and makes life continually perish.
    • created in the midst of life, eternally makes life arise again. Life
    • said is a truth. An example will make it still clearer. When do you
    • over other beings? When we deprive ourselves, give away, make
    • continually beside them like a guardian of life? Pain makes us aware
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • which makes continual attacks on the wisdom-filled heart. It will
    • source. Lucifer makes man humanly enthusiastic for the divine.
    • he makes Mephistopheles say he is “... part of that Power that
  • Title: Lecture: What Do We Understand by Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • terms will not be able to make anything of such an answer; they would
    • egoism and selfishness. This must be recognised when we make a deep
    • makes for egoistic, selfish action. But a thinker like St. Paul would
    • once again able to grasp. This is mentioned in order to make our
    • what he makes the Earth-spirit say: “You wish that new life
    • for the old to die to make room for the new. Further than this
    • and pain. It is only man who has the ego and this makes him the crown
    • and we make ourselves defenseless against outer nature by rejecting
    • to make it strong. Only when it produces strong human beings does
    • therefore she has had to make of wisdom an apparently harmful remedy,
    • confirmed by logical argument; it is something to make human beings
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Nature and Significance of Karma in the Personal and Individual, and in Humanity, the Earth and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • is able to give, it pours into our souls something which makes life
    • to make these powers increasingly stronger, then indeed will it be
    • are not yet able to make use of the powers we have acquired by our
    • strengthened those powers for karma to make it possible for us to
    • brings to us, make life more satisfactory, and at the same time raise
    • in order to make ourselves comprehensible, we must give, if not
    • reacting effect is of such a kind that it makes the thing or the being
    • life, to make sure whether this relationship exists. We will take the
    • understand the elasticity which makes them rebound. Observation of
    • if we want to study the law of karma, we must make these methodical
    • through recollection he strove to make the connection, in a karmic
    • that is to say, to make compensation for every wrong committed. Thus
    • make good what has been done wrong, in order to regain the standard of
    • rebirth, or the resolutions to make compensation. But the intention
    • impelled by the power within him to make the compensation. Now we can
    • make some compensation so that the causes of his twelfth year may not
    • make things clearer, and we shall at once see that we cannot
    • necessary for the discoveries which he was to make in the fifth age.
    • of the Egyptians to make an offering to my God far removed from
    • someone hit upon the idea of employing this arrangement to make
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma and the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • one who makes use of the facts which are revealed to him both by his
    • those of the present day can make nothing, namely, the phenomenon that
    • make efforts to produce even the simplest things, or to manufacture
    • makes human existence possible, namely, the possibility of freedom, of
    • more took possession of bodies, they began to make alterations in the
    • sacrificed for me, but I must make this good, so far as is possible,
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma in Relation to Disease and Health
    Matching lines:
    • THE observations we shall have to make in this and succeeding lectures
    • people make it out to be, because they can form no idea of what was
    • can make this very clear by means of an illustration.
    • show us that the etheric body must make greater efforts to call forth
    • etheric body have to make greater efforts to manifest themselves? This
    • makes the etheric body subservient to itself. A being such as a plant,
    • the etheric body has to use much stronger forces to make injuries
    • world in various ways. These contacts react and make an impression
    • Thus if a person leads a dissolute life in any respect it will make an
    • even when unconsciously received. It not only makes an impression, but
    • how such a comparatively insignificant experience could make such a
    • makes a particularly strong impression. If we perceive this clearly we
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Curability and Incurability of Diseases in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • body and astral body. You must make a body which will show you the
    • insinuate himself and make the external world into illusion because we
    • birth directs us to make ourselves so strong that we shall no longer
    • ahrimanic make use of the forces of electricity. On the other hand,
    • to do with making the human body warmer or colder, or that which makes
    • Thus we have seen today how the understanding of karma alone makes it
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Natural and Accidental Illness in Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • will enable him through the rest of his life to make true progress by
    • develop and make use of in the healing process strengthen us, they do
    • not do so sufficiently to make us equal to our work upon the physical
    • case it is of special importance that we should make use of all that
    • order to make it clearer I should like to explain one of the facts
    • personality enters existence he will be anxious to make the
    • is thus easy to make use of the word ‘chance.’ Today people
    • any world-conception, and as long as we make no attempt to become
    • Is not chance itself inclined to make us suspicious of the way it is
    • history, we shall make strange discoveries concerning what is
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Relationships Between Karma and Accidents
    Matching lines:
    • We must make ourselves quite clear about this process of the partial
    • which makes you notice that which you then reject. But now something
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Forces of Nature, Volcanic Eruptions, Earthquakes and Epidemics in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • therefore say that in every case where pain makes itself felt, we are
    • convenient to classify —to make formulae —and people delude
    • make all efforts to induce the person to acquire a wholesome and
    • to do this, for the other powers make things very easy for the deluded
    • make things so comfortable, and in consequence finds his task a
    • we really make an effort to think wholesomely, as life between birth
    • over-estimation of ourselves, and will make us less subservient to our
    • the force which leads him into earthly life and which makes him very
    • we make known in Spiritual Science.
    • which affect our Ego. For this we must make use of our Ego. Therefore
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma of the Higher Beings
    Matching lines:
    • make us less perfect than we should otherwise be. Whilst acting upon
    • such a person by logical reasoning. On the contrary, if we make use of
    • work independently in that incarnation, and it makes a difference
    • be obviously absurd. If we make him face facts called forth by
    • eyes, so that we should resolve to make a tremendous effort in order
    • subconscious mind has urged us to make good what we have done in an
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karmic Effects Of Our Experiences As Men and Women. Death and Birth In Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • before, these inventions or discoveries will make their appearance. A
    • thing or another, the adoption of measures which make it possible to
    • possibility of man's succumbing to their external effects. We make his
    • We must make reflections of this kind if we are to comprehend
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Free Will and Karma in the Future of Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • another. I ask you for the present just to accept it only, and make no
    • other use of it. I must also make a point, regarding these things,
    • given are only those which the earth-man can make, and are of
    • and things, and everything which makes an impression upon him in any
    • consist?’ If we were to make research in the same way, by means
    • will make it whole again. It is also a beautiful relationship that we
    • the outer world so as to make the pendulum swing to the opposite side.
    • from the spiritual world. In order to make this clearer, one must not
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Individual and Human Karma. Karma of the Higher Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • could not of itself make a direct beginning. It had to obtain certain
    • conclusion that we make good again everything that we did and thought
    • only by means of knowledge. Firstly, through self-knowledge, we make
    • able to recognise it within ourselves, and therefore more able to make
    • they spread invisibly into the world if we make ourselves truly into a
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • To make this possible, however, there must again have
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world makes it necessary for the soul to develop quite
    • order to make it independent. He tries to detach the physical
    • However, when the human being makes a correct estimate
    • thinking to the physical sense world and make shadows and phantoms of
    • roots are in the spiritual world. It is our duty to make ourselves as
    • because Lucifer wants to make physical love similar to spiritual
    • come from him in their rightful place. Wherever Lucifer makes his
    • away from the sense organism and make it independent, permeated with
    • super-sensible world. In this lecture today I wanted to make a
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • the conditions of the physical world in which I find myself make me a
    • it that makes the human being capable of transformation? It is his
    • living in imagination, in mental images, the ability to make his
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • script which makes its appearance as a mighty tableau, expressing the
    • great mistake springs from the fact that those who make such claims
    • physical world, he can make no use at all of such knowledge. It can
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • divisive principle. They found their way into the current that makes
    • to make the principle fully clear. “The same predominance of
    • perceive. We can do something more. We can make whatever we think so
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • People will eventually see that they can no longer make do with the
    • spirit. Again and again we must recollect and make clear to ourselves
    • first to make its appearance is what lives in our memory. This is
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Ahriman has the chance to make these parts of the soul independent
    • tries to squeeze everything to make it conform to physical laws. The
    • that his subconscious may be seized by these impulses to make
    • but in order to make use of what they
    • will have to be resolved later, or else one has to make an effort to
    • makes Johannes Thomasius aware in
    • different make-up to experience this triad differently — making
    • of shadows. Here great secrets of soul life make themselves felt.
    • existence when one makes the decision in true freedom and energy of
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • could make themselves more useful to humanity in other ways, for
    • things that bring us to admit: Our fear of separating from him makes
    • us shudder, or it makes us blush, overcome with shame, to have to
    • spiritual worlds, should karma make it possible in this present
    • make speeches, lay down the law, publish things and in a few short
    • of love or tolerance in their make-up. There is nothing we can be so
    • make others and not ourselves responsible for what we don't like, we
    • lectures that makes us aware perhaps of the need to turn to spiritual
    • efforts to understand how this movement of ours can make itself felt,
    • movement, for it will then make its way into our culture, into the
  • Title: Lecture 1: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • Therefore, to make a real comparison, we must compare our falling
    • plants in the physical and etheric bodies of man. In order to make
    • have permeated our Western civilisation. Once we make this clear to
    • though he did not make clear that the ego dwells in the single human
    • individual as Divinity, for he could not make clear to the people of
  • Title: Lecture 2: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • make worse discoveries. We find that such men who wish to remain at
    • so I shall make clear to you by a very important example. I shall
    • soul, makes man restless, throws him into doubt, draws him hither and
    • thither, and makes him unbalanced in his desires and instincts. That
    • disposition makes him sensitive to these influences is so connected
    • (pardon the comparison, but it will make it clear to you what is
    • South Poles of the world (if I may make the comparison) exchange
    • To unite Divinity with what is external, to make inward what is external
    • — these are the two directions in which man makes progress in
    • If we understand it fully and make it entirely our own, the souls
    • which have become Divine will make it effective in your souls.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • his thought after him are still unable to make full and right use of
    • to hear it spoken, is often enough to make one shudder.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • flung state machinery that would include and make subject to it all
    • the Greek and Roman civilizations had assumed, has led them to make
    • different way from that of the materialistic physicists, really make
    • even by Plato. Let us make a diagram and imagine Atlantis here, then
    • West that would make its culture visionary. Then it would have become
    • epoch in order to distort them and make them serve their ends. Look at
    • not feel as though a giant artist, who makes him unhappy, were
    • it in words. If you will try to make a survey of what we have been
    • which will make many things in life comprehensible. Since it is not
    • gradually take form among the various impulses that make themselves
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • The goal they aimed to achieve was to make the whole earth a realm of
    • her. When one makes researches with the occult powers at one's
    • without trying to make any immediate connections in thought between
    • what can be directly felt in the soul. If one makes this impulse a
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • — can make of it. By these means, we unite ourselves with the
    • life makes leaps everywhere. It really only progresses through leaps.
    • efforts to make men understand that there is a spiritual world around
    • — of these methods. Today I want to make clear what meaning it
    • receives them in their deep moral significance and lets them make a
    • time, he makes us aware of what is linked with this extreme
    • that no one should be allowed to make use of knowledge in what they
    • reveals a man who avoids the mistakes that many make; a man who stands
    • spiritual world that leads back into it, and that also can make men
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • make men into ego-less beings was frustrated. It was precisely the
    • earth evolution and repeatedly make the greatest efforts to hold back
    • make its outer form so entirely mechanistic, that it would be
    • mysteries that inevitably make a most repulsive impression upon those
    • fact. Vitzliputzli was able to make short shrift of the most important
    • order to make their attacks upon the fifth post-Atlantean epoch. Now,
    • To make the problem of natural urges into the problem of the good and
    • Whereas in the West, Ahriman makes every effort to enchain man in
    • of the evil and the good, make the elements fruitful in the state of
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • led Philip to make a law forbidding anyone to take gold and silver out
    • power. As Pope Boniface had once opposed his will to make the clergy
    • passionate desire to make himself master of all the then available
    • to make investigations against the Knights. Although they were
    • wished to make just a few references to the path by which one could
    • This Goethe of Grimm's, as he makes his way through historical
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • they are impractical men; one cannot make use of their ideals!”
    • well as to those who make such objections — perhaps better. But
    • specially developed, abstract rationalistic thinking that makes an
    • in itself does not tell us much; it is only to make things clear.
    • Copernican world conception makes its appearance; Galileo creates
    • But the earth, too, makes certain movements in the course of a year.
    • when people merely make researches in documents and records.
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture I: The Three Streams in the Life of Civilization. The Mysteries of Light, of Man, and of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • him of the super-sensible world makes this physical world a mere
    • wanted to make themselves intimately acquainted with this attempt in
    • But we must be quite conscious of all that is against us when we make
    • culture. You will correct me if I make a mistake, for I was not there
    • of William II.” His next sentence runs: “We will not make
    • makes himself the bearer of this rumour, and then his fine logic when
    • make myself a spreader of this rumour.” Countless people think in
    • than that dirty rumour which is used to make Anthroposophy a heresy in
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture II: The Michael Path to Christ: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • of the Old Testament, into something Luciferic, and to make of this
    • anti-Christian. When men, who are held to be representative, make
    • must value rightly and make a right use of that which, through
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture III: The Mystery of the Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • Imagination and inspiration to make those forces active which enable
    • make when we give ourselves up to the great illusion of modern
    • In what way could one serve Ahriman better than by resolving to make
    • No greater service could be done to Ahriman than to make sure that a
    • such people for they do not desire it. The point is to make clear to
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture IV: The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations Since the Last Third of the Nineteenth Century. Thoughts on New Years Eve.
    Matching lines:
    • viz., to make use of their healthy human reason in order to
    • will to make of man. But here we are faced with the fact that when we
    • of mankind that human sympathy which impels us to make a spiritual
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture V: The Dogma of Revelation and the Dogma of Experience. The Spiritual Mark of the Present Time. A New Year Contemplation.
    Matching lines:
    • and needs on the other side. The materialistic spirit in man makes him
    • the resolution to make this our starting point.
    • actually going on, impulses that make us accept sternly the stern
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, which does not make use of the physical organism, we cannot
  • Title: Lecture: Cognition of the Christ Through Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • but Christ in me Who makes me live again in the spiritual life of the
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • profound content is either dim or misunderstood. At best it makes no
    • enters into man, and it is this that makes him a twofold being.
    • isolates man, makes of him a hermit on the earth. Even in respect of
    • affect us as cold and matter-of-fact, whose intellectuality makes us
    • make it into an instinctive social impulse of the present, then this
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • factor that makes present-day man a world-hermit: he is not conscious
    • year and said, Let us make the necessary arrangements? Naturally that
    • he utters his thoughts. And we can really make close contact with a
    • such a way that it makes you regard every plant, every stone, in a new
    • knowing what use to make of his cleverness. I have listened to many
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of mind to have been such as to make him label himself a muttonhead.
    • Only one who had passed through a certain training could make sense of
    • ability to make his entire being into an organ of perception, to
    • will make anything of it. It can only be understood if one knows
    • The more a renascent spiritual science makes it possible for us to
    • physical organization, make him one with his breathing and
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • that this makes a covering for the earth's body so that within it the
    • sufficient number of men being able to make such spiritual impulses
    • This makes of the Michael Festival a reversed Easter
    • Gemüt. That would make me very happy; and I should be able
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • abstract thinking. He may create world-systems, or he may make
    • make acquaintance with the root-nerve of this
    • When a man enters into this experience he really makes a noteworthy
    • really makes his memories an inner experience, then again a quite
    • You can make memory a real experience if you recall with
    • experiment yourself in these matters. If you do make the experiment
    • which goes out beyond memory. Let us make clear to ourselves what
    • when a child or if he tries to make a face such as he made when an
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • for one might really suppose that a writer who makes a remark of this
    • perception it makes a powerful and intense impression. In this form
    • away from his physical body. The Luciferic beings endeavour to make
    • The point is that every time the Luciferic forms make
    • earth. On the other hand, when the Ahrimanic forms make efforts to
    • dominate him they seek to make him more and more earthly, although
    • but we must make use of human language. Therefore permit me to use
    • discussing the Michael-problem, but now I will try and make it more
    • in the rising mist which can make a person morose and melancholy. He
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • best way to approach a child is to make poetry in its presence, to
    • side by the second Hierarchy. Thus this second Hierarchy also makes
    • can vivify his own inner nature and make it intensely perceptible to
    • learnt, or did not learn. It makes no difference whether one learned
    • soul-experience, when you make your memories active in this way.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • mention this by the way to make clear to you that this reflection of
    • That is the first acquaintance which man makes by means
    • We can make further progress in this knowledge if we go
    • for these things can see in the way a child makes its first steps, in
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Thereby man was able to make the third separation from
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • make a positive and a negative assertion, “I am-I am not.”
    • Ephesus that man makes use of the air in order to let the word sound
    • and makes it gristly and bony — that which is thus formed is
    • If at this point I may make a personal observation it is
    • small word, in the micrologos; thereby thou shalt make thyself ripe
    • make on us the demand to establish in the microcosm the micrologos,
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • one to which I am wholly unaccustomed. I can actually at first make
    • no use of it. I can make nothing of it.” The pupil really only
    • multiplied in thy senses. Thou must make inwardly clear to thyself
    • physical body. Then he had to make quite clear to himself the inner
    • further behind in his pre-earthly life. Then he had to make quite
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • But you must make clear to yourselves the difference
    • disappeared; one could make oneself quite thin and many other things.
    • this study one makes anatomical maps. That does not require much
    • than the streams of the peoples' migrations. We do not make this
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • lead existed in the Cosmos. It is this activity of lead which makes
    • bears which makes thee man. Thou standest on the earth, but that
    • same time make it impossible for them to accept natural science in
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XI: The Secret of Plants, of Metals, and of Men
    Matching lines:
    • the wide spaces of the cosmos; realize the impression that this makes
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • can you make of the copper which is found in the earth unless you
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • I should like to try and make clear to you the way in
    • can easily make such an experiment.
    • laboratory and make investigations whether he be a good man or an
    • make analyses and syntheses. Anyone can do it. But in those days when
    • make themselves felt, and all this then passes over into forms of
    • formic acid. I do not require formic acid for I have to make that
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • explained to you if I try to make you understand the tragic
    • the right mood of soul. He had to make, his feeling so receptive, so
    • which the sun makes as a special impression. But the pupil in these
    • make various experiments. When I direct my questionings to Nature
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • traditionally in the course of human history. In order to make
    • perhaps I can make the point more concrete by telling you an
    • physiologist or the doctor makes diagrams and figures of the
    • structure of the brain. If I, as a Herbartian, make drawings of
    • as a structure, make symbolic diagrams of what I conceive to be
    • symbols. In short, if anything could make a person a
    • research, is well calculated to make us materialists. The
    • other,” you may well be able to make diagrams (especially
    • human brain. It is also possible, in fact, to make symbolic
    • If I make drawings of these organs as if they were solid
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • organization itself makes it possible to engage in the purely
    • makes the human being a sentient being incorporates itself into
    • through the organization of heart and lungs; the astral makes
    • begin with, the gaseous organization radiates out, makes man
    • scientific way, will provide results. If you make absolutely
    • the structure of oxygen. If you now make exact investigations
    • super-sensible and make this super-sensible a concrete experience
    • force from the soil. (I have to make rather large leaps, of
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • considerations that follow will make this clear to you. The
    • metabolic system pulses upward and makes the voice deeper.
    • me to make a detailed study of this matter, for it is
    • wrongly with the causes of disease that make their appearance
    • transgressions it makes the mistake of speaking like this: such
    • important to make a methodical and detailed study of the
    • ovary and stigma. When you therefore make a tea from these
    • here may make a great deal appear fantastic. Everything can
    • nevertheless be verified in detail. The obstacles that make
    • thus tried to make transparent for you in these ways, threefold
    • really looks into these things today can make remarkable
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • The short time at our disposal makes it impossible to enter
    • in the domain of medicine, the most important thing is to make
    • makes it possible for the iron to unfold its proper activity in
    • plant, so that the long process it has to undergo will make the
    • of course, but this fragment should make clear to you that
    • crudely — to kill the plant and then make it alive again.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • wouldn't like you to have to sit and simply wait, so I will make a few
    • I will make the effort to say something to you about physiology and its
    • unwarranted hypothesis if by some process I make warmth perceptible
    • I beg you on this occasion to make a clear distinction between justifiable
    • If we now make our thoughts just a bit more concrete, we necessarily
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • Today I wish to make a link with what I said yesterday at the
    • the brain makes it quite clear that with soul-spiritual processes
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • humanity. I needed to make these introductory remarks today so that
    • striving away from the center of the earth. You may make a stimulating
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • by metabolic processes that make the head system resemble the
    • I have also shown you this morning how it is possible to make the
    • outer science it is possible to make very few connections with what is
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • arisen traditionally in the course of human history. In order to make
    • have really been at a loss to know what to make of philosophy,
    • and perhaps I can make the point more concrete by telling you a
    • makes diagrams and figures of the structure of the brain. If I, as a
    • Herbartian, make drawings of the complicated associations of
    • brain as a structure, make symbolic diagrams of what I conceive to be
    • figures and diagrams. In short, if anything could make a man a
    • brain, especially when we begin to make detailed research, is well
    • calculated to make us materialists. The mystery that really underlies
    • make diagrams, especially if we take a series of ideas. Such diagrams
    • structure of the human brain. It is, indeed, also possible to make
    • then drawn. If I make drawings of these organs as if they were solid
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • makes man a sentient being inserts itself into his solid and
    • through the system of heart and lungs; the astral nature makes its
    • out, makes man into an organism permeated with soul, permeates all
    • you to make investigations with a man of the more sensitive type and
    • scientific way, will show you what happens. If you make absolutely
    • warm room. You can also make the experiment by asking someone to
    • oxygen. If, next, we make exact investigations into the
    • system, to make your investigations as accurately as you
    • it is quite possible to make absolutely exact investigations
    • from the material to the super-sensible and make the super-sensible a
    • much longer life. Make a series of experiments into the way in which
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • will make this clear to you. The second dentition at about the age of
    • and makes the voice deeper.
    • our task to build up compelled me to make a detailed study of this
    • may have dealt wrongly with the tendencies to disease which make
    • but among other errors it makes the mistake of speaking like this:
    • forces from the head do not make a right contact with them. The
    • is all-important to make a methodical and detailed study of the
    • make a decoction from these particular organs of the plant (thereby
    • make a great deal appear fantastic. Everything can, nevertheless, be
    • verified in detail. The obstacles that make it so difficult to
    • ear, and by the blood circulation. All that I have thus tried to make
    • wanted to tell you this as a principle in order to make you
    • it is really true that anyone who enters into them can make
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Science. The short time at our disposal makes it impossible
    • the plant, so that the long process it has to undergo will make the
    • copper. If the form of disease makes us sure of our ground, highly
    • pair of scales. We try in every possible way to make the scales
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture I: The Social Question as a Cultural Question, a Question of Equity, and a Question of Economics
    Matching lines:
    • tendencies of modern life and make the economy the servant of society
    • should like to make a few introductory remarks.
    • make the economic system dependent on the political system. Men like
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture II: The Organization of a Practical Economic Life on the Associative Basis
    Matching lines:
    • tendencies of modern life and make the economy the servant of society
    • democratic State, can make decisions from his own judgment.
    • consciousness, to make himself heard. But if democracy is a reality,
    • of my lecture yesterday, makes its way into the economy of finance.
    • make business possible by lending capital. This, however, can only be
    • from morning till evening; that he makes it his occupation. He
    • this; the most that can be said of him is that he makes himself
    • a rule, it is of no importance to the community that a man make a
    • right to make himself heard, on equal terms with every other human
    • places his commodities on the market to make a profit from them. For
    • means available to make the demand possible. We may want things; if
    • we make ourselves co-responsible with others for the whole system of
    • to their leaders. This makes it comparatively easy for those leaders
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture III: The Task and Limitations of of Democracy, Public and Criminal Law
    Matching lines:
    • tendencies of modern life and make the economy the servant of society
    • institutions so as to make them work socially. And it is true to a
    • institutions. They speak of institutions, but they would like to make
    • affecting those interests and to make laws which have nothing
    • it is not their work to initiate this spirit and to make laws. They
    • socialist views advanced at the present time make the continuation of
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture IV: Cultural Questions, Spiritual Science, Art, Science, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • tendencies of modern life and make the economy the servant of society
    • educated, I knew quite well that what I said did not at all make the
    • nature, but which he can make of himself by awakening the real
    • makes no bungling attempts at that which nature can do better than
    • spiritual science makes absolutely no pretension of founding a new
    • shattered lives at the present day, many who do not know what to make
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture V: The Cooperation of the Spiritual, Political and Economic Departments of Life
    Matching lines:
    • tendencies of modern life and make the economy the servant of society
    • whatever is absolutely determined by the whole make-up of the human
    • are the things that make up the inner life of the business man or
    • make the legal code its own creation. The spirit will enter into the
    • say that capital makes business, the impulse for the threefold order
    • three-membered social organism makes no social demands on the basis
    • forming the community could not make their individual will felt. Nor
    • soul-building, they cannot make up their minds to ask: What is the
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture VI: National and International Life in the Threefold Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • tendencies of modern life and make the economy the servant of society
    • will be there who will make it their task to regulate production in
    • People must make up
    • have been able to make the experiment in this sphere. We have been
    • others, disharmony must of necessity again make its appearance. How,
    • make it their task to create the inner impelling forces for the
    • in the Balkan States the blood tie is often not the thing that makes
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • were unable to make certain goods at prices as cheap as were possible
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • science of Economics we can make no progress by this means: quite
    • makes Labour possible and the wages of Labour are paid out of the
    • “Labour.” We shall make no progress in economic ideas if
    • apple for the penny. But you will make no progress in economic
    • quite right! (Though, it is true, one must make an exceedingly bad
    • a howler, and he who makes it has failed to see the simplest things).
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • undoubtedly necessary to make observations. We have to make
    • life of the soul, while Law makes itself felt with respect to the
    • now begins to make itself felt and must in some way be allowed for in
    • may say to himself: I will make clothes for others and I will also
    • make my own clothes for myself. He will then devote a certain portion
    • tailor to make his own clothes and then go on working as a tailor for
    • does not make all his own things for himself — through the very
    • value; will those he makes for himself have the same economic value?
    • important question. If he makes his own clothes for himself one thing
    • circulation of products. Thus what he makes for himself will not share
    • value. If he makes his own coat for himself, he will “buy”
    • that reason, cost him less at the tradesman's. He cannot make it as
    • — though he by no means makes his products for himself — a
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • example of the tailor, who, I said, works less cheaply if he makes his
    • out in this way: “The tradesman, since he must make some profit,
    • he makes up his accounts after a certain lapse of time? Will he be in
    • In effect when the division of labour works, it makes products
    • right to make his own clothes for himself, or that he might not quite
    • considerable lapse of time. The tailor will have to make a large
    • apparent in a day, may make itself felt very strongly, say, in the
    • happen in this way, that everyone who makes use of the cart will have
    • only of how to make fruitful what we gain by application of the Spirit
    • good account — he will make them valuable — in quite a
    • with it, and the position of the debtor who can make good use of it.
    • live a separate life. If I make a whole stove, I shall be performing
    • when the division of Labour makes its appearance? Clearly, by a
    • things in any different manner. I am well aware that it makes it
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • To make it clear, let us consider the question of credit. To place
    • makes things more expensive while “personal credit” makes
    • things cheaper. That is to say, real credit makes land more
    • expensive while personal credit makes commodities cheaper. Now
    • make Nature in its original unelaborated condition more and more
    • countries where the law of mortgage makes it possible for Capital to
    • At this point you may, of course, make a serious objection. In the
    • makes no essential difference whether, for example, I issue money
    • It would make a very interesting study to compare, for example, the
    • other. The thing would make an interesting subject for a dissertation.
    • It would make a very good subject, to compare statistically the
    • — more of it than we are able to make use of? The only thing to
    • This again I can make clear to you by a picture. Consider a farmer
    • If you make the economic life independent; if you bring together, in
    • assuming always that those who make the observations are in a position
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • this formula it is essential to say: “If someone makes a pair of
    • boots, the time he took to make them is not the determining
    • will take to make the next pair of boots.” That is the
    • will be able to make it dearer simply by a reduction in the rate of
    • make them cheaper because of a low rate of interest. Commodities,
    • that the life of Associations is the only thing that can make it
    • now suppose he gets a very skilful doctor who makes him well in a
    • producers, for they transform the whole process of production and make
    • process cannot go on at all. Imagine for a moment what we should make
    • others. They make their thinking more mobile, and these others are
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • of them in such a way as to make them look like the price of Labour.
    • Now that we have tried to make it clear that the wage-nexus does
    • that the man who is to make the gift does so not of his own free will,
    • are enough of them to make any appreciable difference). Handicraftsmen
    • economic process. The only question will now be: How to make these
    • tendency of the industrialists to devalue Capital, to make Capital
    • lower industrial Capital, to make it lower and lower in value. Just as
    • movement, to make the nomenclature quite exact, I ought really to
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • enough into the working of the economic processes? Can you make any
    • process, it makes no difference at all whether I have a supply of
    • him. Thus the moment Money makes its appearance in economic
    • But it undoubtedly does make a certain difference, ladies and
    • price. We cannot say that it makes no difference whether we call
    • I do not wish to make a pun at the end of a very solemn line of
    • to barter). Then money came in. (As I said, I do not wish to make
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • say: “We make nothing on the price of rye; on the contrary, we
    • doctor who makes him well within a week, so that he gets an extra
    • make the following calculation. Reckon it up, according to the market:
    • balance emerged, we should not make a true calculation in the wider
    • are the very things we must get at. What makes it so difficult to
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • the seller only. The man who sells is supposed to make a profit. It
    • you can by no means admit that the seller alone makes a profit in the
    • the buyer too can buy in such a way as to make a profit. We have
    • therefore this peculiar phenomenon: Two people make an exchange, and
    • each one of them must make a profit. For practical Economics it is far
    • both parties make a profit in the transaction, we shall see
    • What can each party make of that which he receives? What can he
    • money, in the moment at which he makes the exchange. Here, then, we
    • every man not only grows his own cabbages but also makes his own hats
    • division of Labour makes mutuality a necessity. In other words, it
    • this which makes the learned world so uneasy today — this demand,
    • a certain sum of money for a horse or plough. Of course he may make a
    • words, that to act rightly in the economic sense, we must make up our
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • of world-economy borders on nothing else, and this makes it
    • makes an essential difference whether we envisage the class of
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • possible for it to have a high value. For this property makes money
    • Something must first be done to make it so. It is therefore once more
    • buying and selling? It comes about by this means: He who makes use of
    • consumption into money. Spengler makes a very shrewd observation on
    • thought which is unfruitful, but he often makes very sound
    • it? And as to that, time makes no essential difference. For whether
    • And now let us suppose that we really make up our minds to allow
    • economic process of its own accord makes the money grow old. The fact
    • has just enough time to make his purchases with it.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • “they will make more and more of him. I know for certain —
    • future, say within 20 years, they will make still more fuss about him
    • themselves. So he was able to make an enormous profit.
    • stupid and makes extra work for himself by picking where they are
    • human factor makes itself felt as an objective necessity.
    • comprehensive way of thinking. There is no doubt that Spengler makes
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • non-dogmatic concept. To make such concepts your own, especially in
    • on this foundation will you be able to make proper use of what is
    • parts of our exposition, the endeavour has been throughout to make
    • its own accord. It cannot possibly be otherwise, nor does it make any
    • the money. It is just this which makes our present-day relations so
    • We must endeavour to make Economic Science not a mere theory; it must
  • Title: Lecture I: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • into the source of all the forces that make the stones on the Earth
    • to be hard and solid, that make the plants to come forth from their
    • seeds and grow, that make the animals; to spread abroad over the face
    • of the Earth in their different kinds, and that make man to flourish
    • secret channels. Yes, make no doubt of it, there was verily such an
    • of ours; we want to make men attentive to the revelations of the
  • Title: Lecture II: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • world we call our “outer world.” And as you know, we make
    • thoughts in his head, he can make for himself pictures of the outer
    • picture can of itself make no resolve.
    • readily understand verbs, especially if you make them pictorial and
    • of, language which you can only make your own by cultivating a true
    • before it and say mach [Mach: German for ‘make’ or
    • to make for himself even the forms of his organs. I will give an
    • make herself understood because language has been taught her. We
  • Title: Lecture III: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • to make clear to you at the same time the importance and significance
    • place during sleep. We must not of course make the mistake of
    • have first to pass through the Earth. For it makes a great difference
    • makes the plant shoot upwards from its root, — for there must
    • his make-up something that he shares with the animal kingdom, and
    • Indian had no desire to make connection with the constellations that
    • feel impelled to make connection also with the forces working from
    • have given expression. Should I however make bold to clothe in
    • express itself in drastic attempts to make initiation knowledge
    • all it can to prevent and make impossible the permeation of Earth
  • Title: Lecture IV: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • makes good appear bad to the sleeping human being and bad good.
    • whisperings of Ahriman who makes evil appear good. Hence the quiet
    • which make evil appear good. In earlier times of the evolution of
    • the stars; I must put that right next time I make the journey from
  • Title: Lecture V: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • want to make man a moral automaton, want to make of him indeed a kind
    • angry with the Luciferic beings, for instance? They want to make man
    • struggle to harden man; they want to make him like themselves. Were
    • and make of it an earth-and-water being. These earth-water beings
    • hope to make the Earth itself immortal, so that the hour may never
    • one in the air, that wants to make man moral but to lift him away
    • nerve to establish themselves also in man, to make their
    • utterly to repudiate man’s moral nature and make him into a
    • have it as their special concern to make man a real Earth man; that
    • flashes of the lightning. They would like to make the whole of man
    • to pour the surface of man's organism right through him, to make him
    • less than it was in olden times. That man is unaware of it makes no
    • make audible for us what Christ is saying to us. And this experience
    • — the powers that are above the black Sun disk and that make
  • Title: Lecture VI: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • able — as it were, artificially — to make use of the
    • responsible for any deed which makes me appear a morally
    • impulsion to make it good. I should not want to free myself from this
    • this opportunity to make good again, for this alone will give him
    • task and the more manifold. Nor do you merely make your own body for
    • yourself. As we shall see in a moment, you really make it so that it
    • that you and they together can make good. You are working for mankind
    • longer must he work to make it light again. For we must enter right
    • men will be able ever increasingly to make another important decision
    • make a very significant decision at the moment when he has already
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • into the source of all the forces that make the stones on the Earth
    • to be hard and solid, that make the plants to come forth from their
    • seeds and grow, that make the animals; to spread abroad over the face
    • of the Earth in their different kinds, and that make man to flourish
    • secret channels. Yes, make no doubt of it, there was verily such an
    • of ours; we want to make men attentive to the revelations of the
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • world we call our “outer world.” And as you know, we make
    • thoughts in his head, he can make for himself pictures of the outer
    • picture can of itself make no resolve.
    • readily understand verbs, especially if you make them pictorial and
    • of, language which you can only make your own by cultivating a true
    • before it and say mach [Mach: German for ‘make’ or
    • to make for himself even the forms of his organs. I will give an
    • make herself understood because language has been taught her. We
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • to make clear to you at the same time the importance and significance
    • place during sleep. We must not of course make the mistake of
    • have first to pass through the Earth. For it makes a great difference
    • makes the plant shoot upwards from its root, — for there must
    • his make-up something that he shares with the animal kingdom, and
    • Indian had no desire to make connection with the constellations that
    • feel impelled to make connection also with the forces working from
    • have given expression. Should I however make bold to clothe in
    • express itself in drastic attempts to make initiation knowledge
    • all it can to prevent and make impossible the permeation of Earth
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • makes good appear bad to the sleeping human being and bad good.
    • whisperings of Ahriman who makes evil appear good. Hence the quiet
    • which make evil appear good. In earlier times of the evolution of
    • the stars; I must put that right next time I make the journey from
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • want to make man a moral automaton, want to make of him indeed a kind
    • angry with the Luciferic beings, for instance? They want to make man
    • struggle to harden man; they want to make him like themselves. Were
    • and make of it an earth-and-water being. These earth-water beings
    • hope to make the Earth itself immortal, so that the hour may never
    • one in the air, that wants to make man moral but to lift him away
    • nerve to establish themselves also in man, to make their
    • utterly to repudiate man’s moral nature and make him into a
    • have it as their special concern to make man a real Earth man; that
    • flashes of the lightning. They would like to make the whole of man
    • to pour the surface of man's organism right through him, to make him
    • less than it was in olden times. That man is unaware of it makes no
    • make audible for us what Christ is saying to us. And this experience
    • — the powers that are above the black Sun disk and that make
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • able — as it were, artificially — to make use of the
    • responsible for any deed which makes me appear a morally
    • impulsion to make it good. I should not want to free myself from this
    • this opportunity to make good again, for this alone will give him
    • task and the more manifold. Nor do you merely make your own body for
    • yourself. As we shall see in a moment, you really make it so that it
    • that you and they together can make good. You are working for mankind
    • longer must he work to make it light again. For we must enter right
    • men will be able ever increasingly to make another important decision
    • make a very significant decision at the moment when he has already
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture I: The Event of the Appearance of Christ in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • therefore imagine that it makes a difference whether you dwell on the
    • that particular epoch has to offer, it is very difficult to make up
    • before it becomes possible to make good the loss in a certain way,
    • beings. The I had to make itself capable of inwardly feeling, of
    • to make up the loss, in order ultimately to develop this faculty.
    • thus make totally different human beings of us. It should guide us in
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture II: Spiritual Science as Preparation for a New Etheric Vision
    Matching lines:
    • something that depends upon whether or not we make the most of any
    • make use of each incarnation, each earthly embodiment, in the right
    • way. We shall come to see more exactly how we can make use of these
    • without meaning: “Nature makes no leaps.” This sounds
    • objective, yet it is senseless, because nature continually makes
    • time, it makes further leaps; indeed, all existence makes leaps.
    • “nature makes no leaps”; in reality it makes many leaps.
    • going on nevertheless. It is this fact that we should make clear to
    • of the second question we posed. We have seen that it makes good
    • best use to make of our present incarnation is to prepare ourselves
    • will make no difference whether they are then living their lives
    • evolution may be able, again and again, to make new leaps.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture III: Buddhism and Pauline Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • the sun. These are the forces that make the earth what it is; gravity
    • right-mindedness.” He is the one who will make clear for human
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IV: Mysteries of the Universe: Comets and the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • something beyond the earth — that above all makes man a citizen
    • that of the woman, male, and this at once makes the matter extremely
    • average scholar of today would make if the same thing happened to him
    • people prefer not to notice! It is possible, however, to make people
    • influence, working alone, might make people superficial and lead the
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture V: The Reappearance of Christ in the Etheric
    Matching lines:
    • We must make clear to ourselves that two things might
    • Let us make it clear to ourselves what this event had to
    • understanding of the matter. They should then make it clear to
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VI: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • I in the sentient soul, we cannot find in another person what makes
    • preacher and could make powerful revelations. To him came the layman
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VIII: The Etheric Vision of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the teachings of spiritual science and do not make use of what is
    • makes it possible for humanity to escape the destructive influence of
    • he makes himself ripe for what should be brought forward as a third
    • inhabit a physical body or not makes no difference; He has descended
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IX: The Etherization of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • further meditation. You will see that the more progress you make in
    • aware that suddenly someone has come near to help him, to make him
    • with broken fragments. We make all culture of the outer world with
    • something would come to make it possible for the Sons of Fire and of
    • Enlightenment, so it was said, the teacher will also be there to make
    • now in the physical body, it will make no difference, when the moment
    • the spiritual world. Realization of this should make him conscious of
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture X: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • This attitude is about as clever as the pledge that someone makes,
    • dissemination of materialism and who make all sorts of arrangements
    • to remain with matter even after death, however, in order to make use
    • make use of the dead in their lodges but something other than what
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • post-Atlantean epoch, however, can make this mystery its own through
    • free resolve, follow as things follow that one makes as resolves from
    • of egoism, little in the direction of the capacity to make resolves.
    • striving for a certain esoteric invention to make the fit always more
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • harmful, because those who make these remarks are often the same ones
    • one makes the abstract ideas of God, virtue, and immortality into
    • penetrated. It will be an American mystery to make use of the
    • magnetism of the earth in its “doubleness,” to make use
    • I make all these suggestions, which naturally cannot
    • sixteenth centuries, which makes itself noticeable by clothing itself
    • I can only make single suggestions. I leave it to your
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XIII: The Three Realms of the Dead: Life Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • make impressions on the mineral realm and also on the plant realm; we
    • cannot barely touch something, cannot make even the slightest
    • religious faiths make an effort to reckon with this theory of
    • person, because from the physical life one can easily make a wrong
    • Obviously, this also makes it difficult to come to an understanding
    • that this is so, but they constantly make all kinds of compromises.
    • makes him hesitate, and he steps off the path to think for a moment.
    • expresses a natural law today, one can also make the following
    • a program to make Christ available to humanity. Then peace would
    • This matter is known to most of our friends; even so, I must make
    • of obligation. Anyone anywhere may make known what he wishes; no one
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • often used a comparison to make clear how these things are. Take
    • in which spirit works. The nation-spirit has to make this detour,
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • I was obliged to make the account of the
    • make the man of today understand what is meant by “glowing
    • A picture will perhaps make
    • Red is something that makes an attack upon you. — I have often
    • over the clothes, you can make most beautiful speculations! You can
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture II: Hidden Centres of the Mysteries in the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • historical documents make him out to be. For he shows himself to be
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture III: The Time of Transition
    Matching lines:
    • a trivial manner, on purpose to make you think it is not worth while
    • to speak, carefully and guardedly. And you will make the discovery
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture V: Occult Schools in the 18th and First Half of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • time to make observations in the physical world, since I was not then
    • The true attitude to symbols is to make them and actually experience
    • enter into all the figures of the fairy tale, whereby he can make
    • makes use of the organ that is really an organ of smell raised up
    • Aristotle, how he makes this distinction in respect of everything
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture VI: The Tasks of the Michael Age
    Matching lines:
    • me. So it is when we make external diagrams. And it is the same when
    • we must prepare to do today. We must make ourselves ripe for this
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas III: The Michael Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • world of spirit. In that world he feels led to make use of the
    • to make an effort to get behind the riddle. In order that one of these
    • he can develop the forces that first make him fully human. And man
    • handle and make use of what goes on as living processes within our
    • most makes himself one with outer Nature, most nearly comes to a
    • and death which she makes her own. Man dare not go with her in that
    • spirit which makes him able to take hold of the purpose of the
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas IV: A Michael Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • myself what is really there within me. So it is when we make external
    • least have ideas. You would first have to make sure of it in the
    • prepare to do to-day. We must make ourselves ripe for this — no
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Va: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part I)
    Matching lines:
    • make him comparable with the Beings of the Hierarchy of the Angels.
    • be possible to receive Inspiration, to make it the determining element
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Vb: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part II)
    Matching lines:
    • happened on Golgotha could be struck out. Let us make that hypothesis.
    • begin to make their life more inward.
    • has only to make a serious study of spirits like Plato and Aristotle,
    • however which will make itself manifest from this century onwards. He
    • Let us take this picture and make of it an Imagination. Let us try to
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VIII: The Michael Path to the Christ (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • of the Old Testament, into something Luciferic, and to make of this
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 1: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • personal. It makes it somewhat easier to explain if I add this small
    • make their appearance without fail as an image out of the soul's mood
    • make use of!” The king hurried out and took the man into his
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 2: The Interpretation of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • said the king to himself, “That is someone I can make use of!”
    • and he sent down and had him brought in. “I can make use of
    • giants were overcome by cunning. Now make a plunge back through the
    • human astral body make their own connection, in this intermediate
    • to rule, when we make such a search as the king is doing. Even today
    • state of consciousness, in order to make a connection with the powers
    • hermit did for the king. He is led thereby to the forces that make
    • come into play when the human being makes a connection with the
    • shall go to the hen-yard and make a great commotion there. The
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • power to make manifest through the inner power of the human soul the
  • Title: Lecture: Moon-birth and Sun-birth. Necessity and Freedom. Stages of the Ancient
    Matching lines:
    • The original idea of any sacred festival is to make the human being
    • only make a corpse of man; they cannot form and mould him. But there
    • forces make him a connected organism, a connected form and figure
    • which make it seem still more radical — it might well happen that
    • forgive me saying so — that the Sun forces make him perspire,
    • that they make him warm. He knows, maybe, one or two other things. We
    • concerning these forces of the Sun. He wished once more to make this
    • Sun is working; and this is the power that makes man free. Think for a
    • the Sun that we, as human beings upon Earth, are able to make anything
    • by my own inner freedom, can make of myself something which I was not
    • could make something of himself — this was attributed to the Sun
    • him the opportunity to make something of himself — the same Sun
    • Thereupon everything was done to make him remember what he had known
    • that are living in the body and that we make use of for ordinary
    • Three-chambered inner Man! And when he makes himself free — the
    • this lesson which we have held today, and let us make them active in
  • Title: Lecture: The Moon-secret Spring and Autumn mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • an Ego makes its appearance. But in the organism of the universe,
    • observations that they make when they gaze on Mars, we hear from them
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries of Ephesus The Aristotelian Categories
    Matching lines:
    • And we, my dear friends, are here to make manifest once more the
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture I: A Convulsive Element in Humanity in the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • who makes models of gods. What is such a man in Tibet? He is one who
    • work with clay or plasticine); he makes models of gods according to
    • terrible thing that befell this maker of gods. In the figure of one
    • the maker of gods was obliged to appear before the supreme tribunal
    • So the maker of gods was obliged to set out for Lhassa
    • Inquisition, there is no need to fetch them. So the maker of gods set
    • of the maker of gods, and he knew the members of the caravan party,
    • been violated as seriously as the maker of gods had violated it by
    • I have had to interpolate this in order to make what comes later more
    • sinner makes a remarkable speech in self-defence. As we know, he had
    • offspring of his forbears, has become a maker of gods — as is
    • gods, makes a long speech in his own defence, a speech in which, in
    • spheres in order to make my child a poet. — One passage in
    • old Polish Count and of the Tibetan maker of gods in the novel “The
    • novel, makes us aware of the cry which goes forth from humanity: What
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture II: Ancient Occult Magic. The Ahasver Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • nothing from spiritual science, they will not know what to make of
    • These thoughts should make the whole history of the Ego and the fact
    • make room for something different.
    • evolution of humanity. Reading “The Mahaguru” makes one
    • someone who makes only one tiny change in the figure of a god? Is
    • make known from spiritual worlds. For spiritual science is, as it
    • discoveries make it essential that the ideas shall again find the
    • is to make progress. In other words: we must understand the nature of
    • Ahriman and Lucifer and be on the alert when they try to make us
    • Such thoughts make us realise that it can never be our
    • is the legendary figure of a Jerusalem shoemaker who, taunting Christ
    • with what I am supposed to make of it.’ Where does this thought
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • what is universally accepted so that they need not themselves make
    • souls will make it evident to us how they feel themselves involved in
    • make clear to us the whole seriousness and significance of a matter
    • make the horizon of our view of man's being wider than is possible by
    • upon the physical, will make the physical body into a faithful image
    • These etheric realities will then have the strength still to make
    • come of itself. But if we do not make a beginning with understanding
    • perhaps a poet or an artist today still has inklings which make him
    • altogether! For men will have an experience which makes them say: An
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • is little inclination to look beyond man's present day makeup. Although
    • speak so. Only its starlike nature makes it possible for the ego
    • then confronted by the present-day soul condition, the one which makes
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • which may make you smile, a little, inwardly; or, perhaps, you won't
    • often explained that we must not make the silly objection: The physical
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • painting. It makes no sense in painting to speak of anything as inside
    • being who would make use of his body in artistic creation. Epic poetry
    • can make himself into an instrument for the action of this netherworld.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Weimar for Italy. The impression he makes in describing his experience
    • that romanticism can make only a facile, all-too-easy introduction of
    • me, now, to make a personal remark. There was a certain moment when
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • harmony, melody, imagination, this fact, even today, makes poetry poetry.
    • in the present case, poetry — makes use of is only a means to
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • is, we make a significant difference. In German the word beautiful
    • make a world out of it. But out of the interplaying medium of color
    • the intellectualistic, the inartistic. We must not make one stroke beyond
    • of the inner daimons which make us tragic personalities, the less do
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • deadening thoughts. Explanations being unavoidable, I tried to make
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • do this by presenting the colors which make up its various elements:
    • in the sense of saturated surfaces; which makes them, also, shadowlike.
    • the center. If we let yellow speak its own language, we make it strong
    • in color-perspective; red brings subjects near, blue makes them retreat.
    • make its appearance in the soul. In quality and essential nature it
    • imperative to turn to the spiritual in all spheres. We must make good
    • content. But that is only a makeshift. The prose content of a poem,
    • I make
    • wish to make an artistic study of all this; they have become lazy.
    • art, but they should make clear an immense desire to unfold the right
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • proverb which says: Please wash me but don't make me wet! Many
    • good teacher you must say to him: Make Anthroposophy your foundation.
    • pre-earthly world which is endeavouring to make the child's body
    • quiet; they do not scream and rush about, they sit still and make no
    • children who make a great deal of healthy noise, who shout properly,
    • parents by inheritance, but this is not true. They make their own
    • make the same impression on the child as his own arm makes on
    • only make an impression upon him by being something oneself. He
    • just as a sack of flour will retain any impressions you make upon it
    • you yourself are really one with him and make impressions on
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • a picture within him of this outburst of rage. The etheric body makes
    • what you teach him, does not yet make any impression, except in so
    • make a surly face so that the child gets the impression you are a
    • being and human life. What kind of school plan you make is neither
    • you must make a point of doing a great many things yourself that they
    • you make a doll out of a serviette or a handkerchief with two ink
    • that can make him a really good teacher.
    • very essence of imagination. For the quality that makes a child under
    • Now you only need to make it smaller and gradually turn it into the
    • writing. The teacher lets the children make all kinds of forms, let
    • vital that we should make these fundamental thoughts our own. We will
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • The flowers belong to the soil. Soil and plant make up a unity, just
    • as your head and your hair also make a unity.
    • this so? It is because people do not understand how to make the soil
    • animals, taken all together, make up man. Man exists on earth,
    • does not make a mental picture of it, but everything comes to him
    • not find the world less interesting than a man does. A man can make
    • but we can make mental pictures. We bear within us the dog with his
    • make long faces themselves and to imagine that that is what one has
    • brought in and you can make the children laugh this is the very best
    • world as object. He makes a distinction between himself and the world
    • events that make History come alive for him, not a historical review
    • according to the idea of cause and effect. I should like to make this
    • it would not always be a true picture if you make the wave (C) come
    • again this makes demands on the teacher's fantasy. But he must be
    • makes blots on his book or on his desk because he has got impatient
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • be able to make the most wonderful discoveries, but if this is to be
    • lesson which we see impresses the children, then we shall make a
    • can come back to in later years and make use of to arouse certain
    • wonderful stories, but he did not make such an impression upon the
    • who has to bring fear to people, who is accustomed to make people
    • not make yourself ridiculous. Thus you will gradually be able to
    • mostly be foolish). In this way the child makes the thing his own,
    • you can make it clear to him that we are often afraid of things
    • indolent that they will not make the initial effort to bring forth
    • unfinished I shall induce him to put in what will make it complete
    • pass over to the next figure (see drawing d.). I make the curved
    • lines straight, with angles, and the child then has to make the inner
    • on. You can thus make the child do all kinds of curious exercises,
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • every subject that you teach, so that you do not make use of things
    • “one.” You make a stroke: I, so that you show him it is a
    • unit and you make this stroke for it.
    • make five — V.
    • make five strokes next to one another but to make this sign V for the
    • for sport does not really make people skilled. What does make a man
    • doing wrong to a child if you always make him put together a whole
    • methods as these will make it possible for you to bring life and a
    • five can I make? Then I find out that there are eight more groups of
    • about, that you must make use of to bring life into the more inward,
    • make your pupils do it again and again, they have to ferret it out by
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • impulse to make forms that are related to the inner human organism.
    • inwards from the periphery of the body it makes its way along the
    • little crude, but which will make clear to you what I mean. I do not
    • digestive process. This is simply to make clear what I want to say. I
    • only make all your teaching artistic, but that you also begin
    • civilised languages make speech an abstract thing. Look at your own
    • who lives in this part of the world makes a jump he says he jumps
    • that. We do not make judgments about the world and about space in
    • make perhaps a similar movement, but in this case, the inner soul
    • into which he springs and which he follows, and he makes his
    • revelation of man, but rather a demand the world makes upon him that
    • the Gymnastics teacher makes the children do movements whereby they
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • environment and makes a distinction between “subject”
    • make it clear to ourselves that this is really how things are: in the
    • curious happens to the child; the lesson itself soon makes him tired.
    • experimental psychologists come and make observations to see how much
    • still make the lifeless things live through fantasy and always
    • can make up a certain sum together with their ages? How do you set
    • that is the important thing, to make straight for the reality in
    • reality we should make the children do nothing, even in play, that is
    • We must make it a rule only to let the children do what is an
    • you to make it a rule not to let anything come into your teaching and
    • participate in the upper classes. We must make it our aim that by
    • course achieve everything in this direction, but we try to make it
    • have dearly liked to have a shoemaker as a teacher in the Waldorf
    • make shoes, and to know, not theoretically but through their own
    • beginning to have a shoemaker on the staff of the school. But it
    • make the children into practical workers.
    • we never let our children make a cushion with an enclosed pattern,
    • that the children make, and they learn a great deal from it. This
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Questions and Answers
    Matching lines:
    • you can make a difference between multiplication and division; but
    • what age and in what manner should we make the transition from the
    • something concrete, and then make it abstract again. We should make
    • shoes.” Using this method we can make the transition from
    • you have in reality is pictures. You make a hole in a wall; the sun
    • or a dog with lines. He should take a paint brush and make a painting
    • side. The sun falls upon something and makes all kinds of light, (see
    • meaning in it than this, namely, that we ought not to make the child
    • and we must not make the child a stranger to the world by excluding
    • jumping but you hang from the bar, fly through the air, make the
    • Protestant pastor or the Catholic priest, but we make no propaganda
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • diseases. In order to make things clear it seems advisable to refer to
    • simplicity. It makes everything so easy, so evident. In spite of all
    • the progress of modern science, the aim is to make everything quickly
    • processes, for you cannot make an abstract distinction between any
    • can all make: the difference between a human skeleton and that of a
    • emerge that we have to combine with the others to make the
    • before us to make medical diagnosis more and more a practice of
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • supported by all the resources of practical experience, we might make
    • there are spiritual efforts to be made; the patient makes efforts
    • bound up with thoughts, which make him sweat until a normal
    • rid of” some existent condition, it may well be that we make their
    • does make them worse than before, but they must then wait till the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • possible. For it makes a difference whether we discuss what has been
    • subject makes a major reform of the medical curriculum imperative.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • I want to make an introductory remark today and at once; and to ask
    • infrequent, and of course, I only make this suggestion so that you do
    • to make the Ritter therapy universally accepted. In face of successes
    • that the moment you make Ritter's treatment into an accepted
    • at work to concentrate carbon; to make this substance the base of all
    • processes. In fact we do not live in what physics would make of us,
    • make use of this subject matter, and especially of comparative
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • grips its imponderables to make the astral body and ego occupy
    • All plants tend to make some one organ particularly predominant. Take
    • the pineapple, which tends to make its stem predominant, or indeed any
    • cannot make a simple and external threefold division of man's body. On
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • cursory introduction, within the limits of an hour, in order to make
    • extra-terrestrial and the force that makes earth's substances tend
    • yesterday, you will be able to make use of indications in the ancient
    • is easier to make gold than to destroy it). For they held that in this
    • nature and to make available through “potentising” the forces hidden
    • air directly, because it has lost the secret of how to make right use
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • they are always “invalids,” It would be a good thing to make people
    • somewhat, but consciously, and in order to make our point clear — an
    • important to be able to follow up cases in which nature itself makes
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • from the whole wide universe. (Of course you must make use of a
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • make these investigations because it is important for spiritual
    • I would urgently suggest that you make a thorough effort to trace back
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • being makes Cichorium intybus such an interesting subject for inquiry.
    • drawing on inherent sources of energy which he fails to do but makes
    • may make this more comprehensible if I add the following: I have
    • is hardly possible to make any assertion, in this field, which is not
    • pathologically apprehended makes us think in therapeutical terms. That
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • from these spas, and the addition of arsenic, as though to make their
    • This will also naturally make us attentive as to how we have to act in
    • the way in which he presents his subject; moreover, I believe he makes
    • when exposed to fire. This latter feature in turn, makes animal carbon
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • workings, so as to make it a healing source. Our aim is to direct the
    • I shall make further suggestions in that matter. Another important
    • to make similar experiences when testing such plants. This is bound to be so.
    • history one can make the most interesting observations. In giving the
    • habitually relied on they merely make the soul inert; but they
    • make people extremely witty — not, indeed, internally witty but quite
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • near at hand, the blackbird makes a straight line for the henbane, and
    • which makes it pick and devour the remedy. This is the everyday
    • make those who enjoy it exempt.
    • human ego is active in the eye, and makes direct contact with the
    • makes, as it were, a double stand against the normal formative process
    • wish to make the tree with all its valuable properties into part of
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • the same. This way of putting things makes them very easy to survey.
    • makes a deep impression on the human mind in childhood, is not worked
    • that the fluorine action should not go beyond a certain point and make
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • we considered and indeed to make it fruitful. Although all this can
    • as the first tooth makes its appearance of course it is possible to
    • but happens deliberately in order to make the fingers skillful and
    • an indolent child sit about all day long, or make it move and run
    • and which would certainly make a great impression on the general
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • complete his growth make him clumsy and rough in his behaviour. From
    • influences. Of course we must make allowances for additional
    • and bare outline may make the principle understood.
    • make this rhythm regular in people who have been born from sound
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • might express this difference as follows. Earth makes continual
    • were, make continual demands; they cause her shape, and prevail in all
    • because it is hard to make the forces preserved by atavistic medicine
    • earth is such as to make it erroneous to refer piecemeal, so to speak, to
    • to dilute it so far as to make it absorbed by the upper bodily sphere
    • a fact; I make no recommendation here, for it may be very harmful in
    • awakening to that of full waking consciousness, and makes permanent
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • the organism. The man thus makes himself inwardly into an external
    • however, in such conditions, makes a little earth in his own interior;
    • of copper, we should make it a golden rule to administer copper here
    • not only makes its appearance in the accepted bacteriology of
    • himself, makes it necessary to point out the true origin of these
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • you know, be able to make one's own careful study of symptoms, in the
    • nature, another life of soul, a spirit soul, which makes its descent,
    • illness, then disease will make its appearance. Similarly, any other
    • permanent soul-life is behind; it makes its descent and passes
    • the outer world which begin to make their appearance at puberty are
    • make their appearance. These then arise quite unconsciously in the
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • kinds connected with that), but we do want, in this course, to make a
    • journalist can only make fun of it, which he is free to do, since he
    • seems, on account of his innate cruelty which makes wallowing in the
    • thinking, science makes this very hypothesis; science is just as
    • must make every endeavour to enable the pupil with whom we are
    • occurred to an eccentric person to make a milk jug like an hour glass
    • possible. One could, for example, make a jug that very easily tips
    • fact, make a diagram to demonstrate how this principle works in
    • the time; and so, being unable to make use of the physical body, he
    • proper and orderly manner. They have to make a special effort. Every
    • astral body and ego have to make an effort. And now this effort works
    • two. And the consequence is, he has not, as it were, time to make use
    • of his body in the so-called normal way. For he could make use of the
    • but a man who is definitely not a watchmaker. It happens one day that
    • we have to look right and left, and make a new decision — and
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • altogether. When once we understand how to make the transition from
    • slips in so far that it makes the physical body light. Through the
    • This is what makes all the alchemical books written after the 12th
    • eye, the physicist makes drawings of it, in which he demonstrates the
    • would make for a mechanical instrument. What the physicist is unable
    • make contact with the external world. Imagine he is asleep. While he
    • terribly squeezed and crushed. They cannot get out, they try to make
    • namely, that the ego organisation and astral body do not make right
    • or spiritual, let him feel movements that he makes with his arms; let
    • the earthly forces, you get him to make movements in which he is
    • phenomena of epilepsy, then you will have to make your diagnosis from
    • obliteration of consciousness, etc. — that is, you will make
    • and a reflection of the pressure and congestion makes its appearance
    • phrenologist. The latter was expecting to make all kinds of
    • — if this astral infiltration makes its way down into the
    • heavy manner! Working thus with inner vitality, you will make up
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • organ does not allow the astral body and ego organisation to make
    • to make of the matter; for in conformity with the modern way of
    • for us is to make sure whether all the cases that are today reckoned
    • hold back the pain. This happens with great intensity. He makes
    • in consequence of this or that symptom. Such phenomena can make their
    • he makes with his. The child will have the idea that you are gently
    • makes its appearance, something is there which, seen spiritually,
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • make clear to you something that you will need to know before seeing
    • To make the matter
    • that the impressions are preserved; and they have to make their way
    • to educate, in whom I observe that impressions make difficulties for
    • to make oneself thoroughly acquainted with him; that is the first
    • good to make a regular practice of this with all children. It works
    • thunder, who shouts loud enough to make the walls fall down. Later
    • sulphur in the albumen. We can make good headway in this direction by
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • movement, but yet on the other hand makes him pay attention, for in
    • whole soul-and spirit constitution of the child. We must not make the
    • makes a movement with his arm as if to take hold of something; the
    • boy does not make the movement.) Never mind! We mustn't force him. Do
    • not into the muscles. And a person who sets out to make use of his
    • denominations do not really make for deep and sincere religion. But
    • for the soul-and-spirit to make proper connection with the world
    • we take the trouble to make it so. Whenever we want to get children
    • all anxious or worried if the children make a dreadful mess of their
    • You see, if you make conversation with him in this way, he joins in
    • that I have described to you will have helped to make it clear that
    • together, we shall make progress with a boy of this kind.
    • Anthroposophical Movement will make us more ready to be wide-awake
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • learning to speak, he began to be restless, to make restless
    • weak astral body and a weak ego organization, which cannot make
    • thought-and-feeling activity of the soul, in so far as it makes use
    • himself in himself. In his case, everything that makes for the
    • good deal. The whole manner and condition of the child now, makes it
    • astral body wants to penetrate the whole organisation and make its
    • it cannot make its way in; it keeps diving down, and then being
    • whether he makes rapid progress or not. We shall give him Eurythmy
    • true fantasy and imagination will help you to make your approach to
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • whom we shall be speaking later on. He makes very good pictures. He
    • internal tendencies that make for enlargement are working. I am
    • and the astral body are finding it impossible to make their way into
    • mother was accordingly able to make the main contribution.
    • lecture is to make adequate preparation for passing on tomorrow to
    • question, for when you make his acquaintance in an ordinary
    • different people will begin to make the discovery that things of
    • grand opportunity to make a full and thorough explanation of how
    • the child's organisation makes itself evident only when the astral
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the age of life when it would be important to make a strong stand
    • authority shall make itself felt in this age of life. Quite as a
    • children, to make careful observation of the whole way in which their
    • method of dealing with them. We must resolve to make ourselves
    • same kind of thing, and then you make it clear that all the time they
    • that belong to the vowels, the boy must be got to make with his legs.
    • of a parasite — in the region of the blossom, we make appeal to
    • Feelings of pity and the like, which tend to make one agitated and
    • purpose. I should add that in the latter case, you must make sure
    • generally makes her excited and restless — even if, in order to
    • immediately to make our appeal to spirits who have evolved the
    • dealings with abnormal children, make it a rule to be watchful of how
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • the head organisation; they cannot make their way down into the rest
    • interest. Afterwards I tried to suggest to him that he should make
    • help he stands in need of, we shall discover when we begin to make
    • calculation that took the boy an hour and a half to make, the
    • just this kind of thing that we must learn to make the object of
    • quite a number of children and knows how to make the right use at
    • and he did not get on at all, he seemed unable to make any progress.
    • them; for you should, you know, be ready to make use of them on your
    • it makes one seriously apprehensive for the whole future of the
    • had opportunity in my life to make careful and intimate observation
    • this account. Make it a matter of esoteric striving to master this
    • becomes the spinal cord. It makes its way in here
    • aid. It must receive help to make up for what has been lost; and this
    • to begin — slowly — to make some progress. The nicotiana
    • potency into the circulation, so that it may make direct contact
    • have also a further suggestion to make. The nicotiana juice is
    • also with many counter-influences. And so in fact it makes its
    • strange and disconnected remarks that he makes after waking up.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • you know very well, dreams make their appearance only when astral
    • plastic terms. The boy cannot make his way out into the external
    • he has learned to place in you, contrive some means to make his
    • what strikes us as still more remarkable is that when we come to make
    • who is the bearer of iron, makes himself independent of the principle
    • you with enthusiasm and so make for a continuity. Ask yourselves the
    • should learn how boots are made. “He could make boots for your
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • it would of course be necessary to make the observations over a wide
    • upon us when the time comes to let the little child make the
    • illnesses in such a way as to make a kind of map of them. In one
    • here, I must warn you that if you desire really to make your way
    • indication as to whether or not he is in a fair way to make progress
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • scientific methods, we make use of such knowledge which
    • which together make us into ripe human beings in the sense in
    • organs. Thus, we can discover — when we make use of these
    • make a preparation from equisetum and administer it through the
    • anabolic and catabolic forces, and thus we make the Art of
    • one makes a diagnosis in the knowledge one has of what is
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • body makes the being of man bud and sprout, as it were, so all
    • the labyrinth. And if I may be allowed to make a personal
    • And we make thoughts for ourselves about
    • misunderstood, I would like to make a short digression. A very
    • criticise them, but merely to make certain statements.) For
    • to make the correct preparation from chicorium
    • belongs, for instance, to the system of nerves and senses makes
    • and diseased states, and so to make the bridge from pathology
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • being of man. Spiritual Science therefore makes researches into
    • this remedy that I can make clear to you the
    • the basis of anthroposophical research, we make a special
    • fantastic optimism but a feeling of certainty which makes us
    • exaggerated form. The fact that man can be ill makes it also
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • make use of such knowledge which we attain when in the course
    • grades of schooling, and which together make us into ripe human
    • organs. Thus, we can discover — when we make use of these
    • make a preparation from equisetum and administer it through the
    • and thus we make the Art of Healing into something wherein we
    • The aim of Anthroposophy herein is that while one makes a
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • destruction. Just as the ether body makes the being of man bud
    • labyrinth. And if I may be allowed to make a personal
    • I may not be misunderstood, I would like to make a short
    • criticise them, but merely to make certain statements.) For
    • to make the correct preparation from Cichorium intybus,
    • instance, to the system of nerves-and-senses makes its
    • organism in its healthy and diseased states, and so to make the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Science therefore makes researches into the whole of
    • speaking of this remedy that I can make clear to you the
    • the basis of anthroposophical research, we make a special
    • feeling of certainty which makes us feel in any case of
    • ill makes it also possible for him to be a being who can think,
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 1
    Matching lines:
    • that we must make yet deeper researches. Hence we realise that we must
    • make use of chemical agents, but which is quite consciously
    • So it is perfectly possible to make a bridge from a knowledge of
    • add its own knowledge to it, because ordinary medicine makes demands
    • upon the human organism itself, and makes for either health or
    • make the astral body stronger, in which case one administers something
    • that case one makes use of the animal kingdom.
    • We have been accused of dilettantism and so forth, because we make use
    • earth, makes use of the forces which it absorbs from the earth. The
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 2
    Matching lines:
    • that we must make yet deeper researches. Hence we realise that we must
    • make use of chemical agents, but which is quite consciously
    • So it is perfectly possible to make a bridge from a knowledge of
    • add its own knowledge to it, because ordinary medicine makes demands
    • upon the human organism itself, and makes for either health or
    • make the astral body stronger, in which case one administers something
    • that case one makes use of the animal kingdom.
    • We have been accused of dilettantism and so forth, because we make use
    • earth, makes use of the forces which it absorbs from the earth. The
  • Title: Threefold Order: Part II: Lecture: The Impulse Towards the Threefold Order
    Matching lines:
    • out, and make this life-practicality known. — And yet,
    • will therefore pardon me, if I make a few remarks of a personal
    • engaged in economic life, so that it may make its own
    • order of economy. A free communal association, which makes the
    • to the objective study of souls can make men today blind to the
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture I: The Principle of Spiritual Economy in Connection with Questions of Reincarnation: An Aspect of the Spiritual Guidance of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • SUN. The latter consists of spiritual beings who make use of
    • the physical sun much in the same way as human beings make
    • developed the qualities necessary to make them great
    • the Great Leader, to make the necessary preparations for
    • beings to the physical plane, to make inventions, manufacture
    • will reveal Itself; later It will make Its appearance on
    • occultists make mistakes in this regard and imagine that they
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture II: Christianity in Human Evolution: Leading Individualities and Avatar Beings
    Matching lines:
    • individuality had to make a strong personal effort to become
    • had come into existence could the ego make its appearance;
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture III: More Intimate Aspects of Reincarnation
    Matching lines:
    • to take place to make this possible. The forces of the new
    • and experience it within themselves will strive to make a
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture IV: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: I
    Matching lines:
    • Instead, man fell into sin, illusion, and error, and to make
    • Christ will make human beings more perfect, spiritualize
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture V: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: II
    Matching lines:
    • highest knowledge was taught. Not to do this would make it
    • makes the Mysteries historical reality.
    • After Aristotle, things went so far as to make people forget
    • little developed. Human beings could not make any progress
    • make good use of Aristotle because he was one of the first
    • are eager to comprehend quickly, to adopt an idea and make it
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VI: On the Occasion of the Dedication of the Francis of Assisi Branch
    Matching lines:
    • are made may make this expedient.
    • weaves through it and makes it productive.
    • corporeal realities, such a life would also make possible a
    • taken from vast periods of time and may seem to make the
    • loftiest heights. This will make you stand fast when those
    • this will make people understand what anthroposophical life
    • how to look at him as a person prone to make mistakes —
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VII: The Macrocosmic and the Microcosmic Fire: The Spiritualization of Breath and Blood
    Matching lines:
    • however, also makes clear to us how the sounds of Easter
    • Christ is living. His divine essence makes itself known in
    • of antiquity now makes His visible appearance through the
    • life on earth so that everything that makes human beings out
    • make us lose any doubt we may have about the spiritual world,
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VIII: The Event of Golgotha. The Brotherhood of the Holy Grail. The Spiritualized Fire.
    Matching lines:
    • this festival makes our hearts and souls more amenable to the
    • These benefactors and saviors of mankind had to make their
    • make the comprehension of primordial wisdom possible again in
    • that gradually makes him lose control over his limbs?”
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture IX: Ancient Revelation and Learning How to Ask Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophist makes himself or herself a living recipient
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture X: The God of the Alpha and the God of the Omega
    Matching lines:
    • world today would dare to make very concise statements about
    • can make our hearts happy and warm our capacity to love. Yet
    • lost this visionary power, but it can make up for the loss if
    • have found the ancient gods because the power to make that
    • world so that it was disinclined to make much contact with
    • had pointed to the One who was to make it possible, through
    • on earth by striving human beings themselves. It makes a
    • had to make it possible for the Christ-Impulse to descend to
    • feel the truths of Spiritual Science and will make them the
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture XI: From Buddha to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • our ability to make judgments and to orient ourselves freely
    • The Israelites were to make no graven image of their God.
    • did he want to make to him? His body, senses, life, and
  • Title: Lecture I: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • within Western evolution makes it quite impossible for us to be
    • consider man's consciousness as it is today we can make certain
    • The second point I want to make is this. Besides his thinking, of
    • these things is well aware that it makes a difference whether a seed
    • aspects of Nature. Now as a human being I can make use of the
    • and rain. I can make use of the giant forces for my own purposes by
    • by applying these forces of the opposing powers I can make healing
  • Title: Lecture II: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • make clear to you in the following way how this grave not only was,
    • was to make it clear that when Nature appeared to have lost the
    • Moon-forces and makes possible a knowledge of the secrets of the
    • Cosmos, this Sun-Initiation makes possible a sort of conversation with
    • spiritual wisdom which makes it solid and permanent; if then I look
    • makes no difference which one says, since everything is relative. And
    • make us pause to realize that there are so many surviving works of his
  • Title: Lecture III: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • dreams he makes. In a dream like this there may be a number of
    • this type of dream, but the external events make their appearance in a
    • real sleep are in their make-up a protest against the laws of Nature,
    • he did not know what to make of it all. A friend advised him to give
    • approach the spiritual; and ordinary dreams make this clear.
    • we have gone through this preparatory stage, we can make contact with
    • to be the house-numbers of Europe. We must make it clear to ourselves
    • striving to make its way into man, but that he is unwilling to accept
    • will cease only when he makes the new consciousness his own.
    • worlds. It is struggling to make its way especially into the human
    • original power of creation. But that is what is seeking to make its
  • Title: Lecture IV: The Sun-Initiation of the Druid Priest and His Moon-Science
    Matching lines:
    • forth from the signs which man makes out of his intellect.
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • truly make a visit to such a country one of the most beautiful of all
    • sympathy, which we feel for the dead man really makes his journey
    • connected in life, and they try to bring souls together so as to make
    • way to do this is to direct your thoughts to them and, to make this
    • to make investigations in the spiritual world concerning the great
    • soul points out this or that. For instance, it may make one realise
    • generally described; but this is not the case. I shall make use of an
    • acquiring knowledge of the higher worlds. A man makes mistakes here
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Science cannot but do good, for it tends to make people more worthy of
    • flight to other parents, who cannot make his life happy. If he were to
    • destiny, make what surrounds the child as its aura something
    • how much he needs it, just because this outer life makes him so
    • materialistic. Just because the great facts of external life must make
    • must become greater and greater and make more progress; but although
    • the deepest longing to make Spiritual Science more widely known: it is
    • For us, who wish to make our souls ripe for Spiritual Science, there
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • make clear that we cannot conceive the Earth as a mere conglomeration
    • the stage that makes its entry at the end of September. The
    • If we as Earth men would understand how to make the Christ thought
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • healing forces, how at this time she makes the plant world, and to a
    • see what makes it possible to endure his earth existence over the long
    • against what can be sensibly investigated; that it makes
    • makes thee strong to gain here on Earth knowledge of the spirit, so
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feeling told them that in order to make their lives complete, they had
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • other hand, what makes man really man, his upright form, the space
    • can still learn today how to make use of instruments, how to form
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • want to make themselves known to men, want to endow them with moral
    • universe, there is revealed to him what spirit is not. When he makes
  • Title: Lecture I: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • the breathing process becomes too forceful, when it makes greater
    • the disturbed breathing process makes a man conscious in dream, so
    • question inwardly oppresses or makes us uneasy, the breathing process
    • The Luciferic forces, then, can make their way into the human being
    • but to the Luciferic nature — makes itself felt and takes shape before
    • everywhere make their way into the blood of the human being and when
    • to man as a living being, when he wants to make a connection with man,
  • Title: Lecture II: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • solution of the contradiction is in every case to make a still deeper
    • eyes or two ears. Every time we make a sense perception, we perceive
    • make the right and the left meet. Throughout the whole realm of human
    • Let us try to make a picture of it in our minds. From the left the
    • going on under the earth; but it is not these that make the tracks in
    • think the objects that are in the world outside. When we make our own
    • downwards. Here again we have to make the discovery that the true
    • take an immense mound of wax and make a model of the inside of the
  • Title: Lecture III: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • body that we have to make our observations — then we are obliged to
    • influence predominates, when Lucifer makes his forces felt in the
    • man and makes there centers of will. Then there are regions in
    • and make themselves felt. When a man has met with these Nature spirits
    • makes an extraordinary impression upon our consciousness. For it
    • too evident how Lucifer makes his voice heard in the demand of some
    • his heart the urge to make new conditions possible, continually to let
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture I: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture II: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • withdraws, so that other powers make use of my speech-organism;
    • divine-spiritual powers make use of this speech-organism in order
    • when she makes use of the human organism, begins to speak through
    • then we make a pause, a kind of caesura, we hold back; then,
    • make a pause, a pause for breath – we have the
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture III: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • this “midway” character which makes the essential
    • still makes itself felt. We have not yet proceeded as far as the
    • Today we hope to make clear to you how this
    • makes my request,
    • Ewe doth make
    • Ashe makes speares which shieldes do resist, her
    • not important. It is better, for our purposes, to make use of a
    • Hütet das makellos ewiglich-eine
    • wonder of it: sheer plod makes plough down sillion
    • interwoven into a living spiritual perception, which makes itself
    • arts which make use of man as an instrument, we can see man himself
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IV: Poetry and the Art of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • and whoever wishes to re-create his composition must make himself
    • would actually make it prosaic. This is the opposite approach to
    • Make me
    • beard, who makes a wondrous impression and tells marvellous
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VI: Speech-Formation and Poetic Form
    Matching lines:
    • struggle with the language to give it an artistic form, to make it
    • make the earth devoure her owne sweet brood,
    • Make
    • Maketh my thoght in joye and blis
    • may make world-ether
    • make firm life-ether.
    • broadens, in another makes ‘pointed’, forming it
    • ritornello or a rondeau, for instance. This does not in truth make
    • immediate responses which make themselves
    • to make the tone too full, too bright, or too dull, in order to
    • speech-formation, is to make the will predominant. It is mainly
    • And make ous myrye
    • that maken thys worlde dere;
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture V: Poetry and Recitation
    Matching lines:
    • such a path alone makes it possible for
    • today to give theoretical explanations, but to make known what
    • Make us glad according to the dayes wherein thou hast afflicted
    • daies of life make seaventy yeares,
    • Make us
    • Make thou us wise, we wise shall be.
    • Into a shapelier life, and the two joys make one
    • nobility and what makes his verve and colour genuinely artistic as
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VII: The Uttering of Syllables and the Speaking of Words
    Matching lines:
    • make some observations of an interpolated nature.
    • in our day an attempt is quite justifiably made to make art the
    • say that the poet is in a curious position. The poet has to make
    • – there the poet holds sway. And when the poet has to make
    • entire configuration of the verse, he must again make good what is
    • the half-talented. (Although, as I have mentioned, these make up
    • licence in the treatment of syllable quantities makes itself felt
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VIII: The Interaction of Breathing and Blood-Circulation
    Matching lines:
    • with our breathing into ourselves and make the pulsation of the
    • That makes the heavens be mute.
    • In a further attempt to make clear the distinction between
    • Make a joyfull noise unto the LORD, all the
    • make a lowd noise, and rejoyce, and sing
    • make a joyfull noise before the
    • Make
    • make.
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IX: The Alliteration and Terminal Rhyme
    Matching lines:
    • though then I should need more time. I should like to make a point
    • To see how the monster would make his
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture I: Jesuit and Rosicrucian Training
    Matching lines:
    • the choice of it will enable us to make a wide survey of the realm of
    • conscious from the subconscious. And indeed our moral life also makes
    • of Lucifer and makes Himself King of the whole earth — the
    • Will; makes him such that in his Will, because it is trained
    • make Him Ruler of the earth. To this we pledge ourselves, we who
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture II: Rosicrucian Training and Anthroposophical Training
    Matching lines:
    • makes good sense. So the idea of repeated earth-lives springs up in
    • this makes finally for the one goal of loosening the spiritual
    • able to make good progress. A certain equanimity and understanding
    • should make ourselves familiar with the idea that when something does
    • significant advance when we can make up our minds always to seek the
    • have found something that makes precisely their external life easy
    • and yet the results may not be satisfactory, if we fail to make the
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture III: Sources of Knowledge of Christ, Lord of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • Himself, will make it possible for men to learn to see the Christ, to
    • Movement could be made known. Everything which can make our minds
    • could look upon it, because the Gods had to make use of the world of
    • healing for despair. For this is not a humility that makes a man
    • feeling that every Christian can make his own, is one already
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IV: Experiencing the Christ Impulse, Jerome and the Gospel of St. Matthew
    Matching lines:
    • sense has been initiated — could make known from the spiritual
    • makes a quite remarkable statement in his writings. Justin, who is
    • not speak much about the concept of Grace, we must make great use of
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture V: Redemption of the Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • sentences, makes a most significant impression. But this is so only
    • the separate parts. So far as they are parts they make the carriage,
    • assembled parts can make the carriage, something else is necessary
    • How can we make a
    • If we want to make clear how the ancient Hebrew regarded the matter,
    • nonsense to say: ‘Thou shalt not make to thyself any image of
    • him: ‘Thou shalt not make to thyself any image of thy Zeus, or
    • commandment: ‘Thou shalt make to thyself no image of God.’
    • Hebrew had the commandment, ‘Thou shalt make to thyself no
    • ancient Hebraism we must make it clear that what the Hebrew valued as
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VI: St. John and St. Paul, First Adam and Second Adam
    Matching lines:
    • What are we to make of the physical body in relation to the four-fold
    • inviolable order of Nature would make an irreparable rent in my
    • make it very plain that what is described is actual fact. Must we not
    • something else to arise within us; something that could make us
    • understand that Paul makes this demand, however displeasing it may be
    • these interpretations make no sense. If we wish to connect a meaning
    • physical body, etheric body, astral body, and Ego. It would make as
    • Earth the requisite substances and forces which make his Form
    • body which makes this physical body together with the etheric body
    • such would not have been perceptible; the astral body which makes the
    • other two bodies visible and so makes the body of Jesus of Nazareth
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VII: The Mystery of Golgotha, Greek, Hebrew and Buddhist Thought
    Matching lines:
    • The elements that go to make up our soul life, our thoughts, feelings and
    • conscious of the Ego. In order to make Ego-consciousness our own
    • itself to those who make themselves fitted for it. This, then, is a
    • envelops a man as his physical body and makes him a being incarnated
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IX: The Exoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • accept and make their own. A special occult or esoteric development
    • about compensation for your deeds. He will help you to make good the
    • setting, as conceived by materialistic scientists, it makes no sense.
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture X: The Esoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • the Ascension. Today we will make clear to ourselves what the pupil
    • in question makes this a matter of his perception, and lives within
    • make us into quite another nature, so that in the world we feel
    • we work into our physical body in order to make it so living that it
    • make an incidental remark. In Spiritual Science one must accustom
    • will not make good progress. Of course people would like to have
    • exercises of feeling in the course of Christian Initiation, makes
    • something like a dream-picture, arising in his mind, will make a
    • concerning only his personal inner life. The Oriental makes what is
    • Christ-Impulse makes everything a man does or can do into an action
    • speech will make into a reality what has just been characterised:
    • This we can make clear as follows.
    • If we wish to make a
    • Himself in a man and to make the upward path possible for humanity —
    • of realising the intensity of love that was needed for a God to make
    • a decision — a decision He had no need to make — to work
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 2: The Deed of Christ and the Opposing Spiritual Powers. Lucifer, Ahriman, Asuras.
    Matching lines:
    • brought man freedom, also make it possible for him, if he so wills, to
    • world itself, men will make progress in their moral life, in their
    • of the Spirit. Then spiritual science will make men healthier even in
    • in such a way will enter a world of darkness and gloom, unable to make
    • Spiritual science is therefore the power which alone makes it possible
    • Rightly conceived, these things will make us say to ourselves: With
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 1: Mephistopheles and Earthquakes
    Matching lines:
    • perdition. This spirit has to make two attempts to approach Job and he
    • mist and darkness around his faculties of perception that he makes no
    • circumstances did not make this possible. In such cases the only thing
    • influences make their way to the souls of men and lead them to error,
    • able to make use of his knowledge to help himself or those near him.
    • their effects in the higher worlds make investigation into these
    • restricted circles. Nevertheless it will make its way through mankind,
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - I
    Matching lines:
    • Theosophical Society to make preparations for life in the Sixth Race.
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - II
    Matching lines:
    • Apocalypse makes a clear distinction between the two kinds of vision,
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - III
    Matching lines:
    • years after cannot annul, that it should make the promise of none
    • is not dogmatic knowledge, not doctrinal knowledge, that makes a man a
  • Title: Education: Lecture I: Science, Art, Religion and Morality
    Matching lines:
    • be held that this approach to man is unscientific because it makes
    • To make
  • Title: Education: Lecture II: Principles of Greek Education
    Matching lines:
    • into a cellar and then make them grow under electric light, possibly
    • must be trained in order to make the spirit manifest, so would a
    • to make the appropriate movements with skill, controlling his limbs
    • freedom. He did not cram their brains or try to make them into
  • Title: Education: Lecture III: Greek Education and the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • makes it possible for the subtler forces of soul life to
    • spiritual functions make their appearance. So that if we take the
    • factor lies deeper down, and its nature makes it difficult for modern
    • to achieve through my body. The real aim of Greek life was to make
    • existence, when he, as a free being, has to make his decision out of
    • to lead an education into the future. This makes it necessary that in
  • Title: Education: Lecture IV: The Connection of the Spirit with Bodily Organs
    Matching lines:
    • there arises precisely in respect of education the longing to make
    • able to make something of it, above all, he would like to make use of
    • impulse to make this thing living and so to re-vitalize the whole of
    • innermost being of man, in order to make dead thinking, colourless
    • make the spirit human in the true sense, so that this nebulous spirit
    • make their appearance. Just as the appearance of the second teeth
  • Title: Education: Lecture V: The Emancipation of the Will in the Human Organism
    Matching lines:
    • connection, external science will make many discoveries that are
    • makes man as an individual being into a social being, is in its inner
    • he tingled to make those corresponding movements (shrugging the
    • and must still be regarded as such to-day, to make the word once
    • in my breath so that I make a corresponding movement, so did the
    • makes use of what is truly human but of what is outside the
  • Title: Education: Lecture VI: Walking, Speaking, Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • however, will never make the teacher fully aware of the greatness of
    • comparison may help to make this clearer.
    • and makes an inner picture. This process is localized, separated off
    • hold of what the eye forms in so wonderful a way and makes of it a
    • physically in later life. Years later it makes itself evident in the
    • moves and makes gestures, forces pour into it; all this motive force
    • make a doll out of a handkerchief, for instance, showing a head at
    • kind of reflex movement makes him strike the table. He does not think
    • everything about a chauffeur makes an immediate sense-impression. It
    • is different with a philologist, for what he does makes no impression
    • plough, or make hats, or sew clothes, and so on, all these things are done
    • that enables us to do this) then we can begin to make toys that
  • Title: Education: Lecture VII: The Rhythmic System, Sleeping and Waking, Imitation
    Matching lines:
    • system in the child. Such lessons actually make the child's breathing
    • happen if we make too great a demand on the intellect, urging the child
    • but if we make undue claims upon the intellect, if we force the child
    • activity. One feels that intellectuality impoverishes the soul, makes
    • a man inwardly barren, whereas artistic activity makes him inwardly
    • alienate him from the world, but makes him a being whose soul and spirit
    • it is dealing with facts) that the child ought to make this or that
    • customary to make these movements. But this sets up processes of
    • His words can make us so warmly responsive to the good and so coldly
    • should have been so, but the point I want now to make is that in true
    • our dealings with the child — make a special point of speaking
  • Title: Education: Lecture VIII: Reading, Writing and Nature Study
    Matching lines:
    • first comes to school, we must make all outer things appear living.
    • teaching shall make a direct appeal to the element of feeling. The child
    • When we make
    • then make him learn its name, the number of its stamens, the petals
    • I can only make
    • then, we make this threefold division of man. If our teaching is pervaded
    • kind of elementary head. Thus we try to make the lower animal world
    • indeed is our task in education, for this alone will make him fully man
  • Title: Education: Lecture IX: Arithmetic, Geometry, History
    Matching lines:
    • these members of our being, we make it less perfect. During sleep,
    • the child. We must, however, make it possible for the body of formative
    • Then we try to make the child realize that the figure is not
    • he must make in
    • continually active. Let us make it possible for the physical and
    • form from what it does when it has not been well taught. To make the
    • dream of giving the stomach a stone instead of bread, so we must make
    • make himself completely master of the lessons he has to give.
  • Title: Education: Lecture X: Physics, Chemistry, Handwork, Language, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • fantasy. We must make him feel as if his own being were speaking to
    • a way that as yet he makes no distinction or separation between
    • belonging to the far past. On the other hand, we make a special point
    • This will show you why at the Waldorf School we make use of the two
    • religious instruction.” We make no attempt to introduce
    • Christian atmosphere. Our religious instruction makes the children
  • Title: Education: Lecture XI: Memory, Temperaments, Bodily Culture and Art
    Matching lines:
    • life the memory makes claims on his physical body. Unless there is an
    • make sure that he has retained them in his mind. The memory of a
    • expressed and adjusted among themselves. The very best way is to make
    • stays behind in his class. We make every effort to handle each child
    • that the body, precisely through its abnormality, makes this approach
    • the third finger of the right hand and make him quickly repeat the
    • flow swiftly into the movements he makes. Thus by stimulating the
    • nervous system we make it into a good foundation for the faculty
    • one can make individual distinctions, is so necessary.) Such a child
    • human being. If only a quarter or a half of what would make the child
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • to build a bridge it is essential to make use of a knowledge of
    • and teach on the basis of anthroposophy. He does not make an
    • impression all this makes when one surveys, quite without
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • a meal; but has to make it a condition — as for instance
    • certain time must pass when, as it were, his karma makes a
    • his karma in this way pains of a cramping nature always make
    • operate, so that he has to make continual efforts to achieve
    • makes the effort to develop the Malteser but he cannot
    • this deeply. He dared not venture to make known the thoughts he
    • of human life is deepened if we make use of what anthroposophy
    • the rest of the organism. Walking and using the hands make it
    • now something in the nature of a higher man, so to say, makes
    • knowledge of man must make itself felt in the sphere of
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • externalisation. If I may make a comparison, things are
    • can make use of the following comparisons: If I have a knife
    • indicate that they have certain soul qualities. They make a
    • presto! snap goes the mousetrap. If one were to make use of the
    • consideration everything which, taken together, makes up the
    • which makes its appearance in sound, in speech, is the result
    • in movement. He could make no movements at all without
    • absorbs its moral significance. If I make an angry gesture,
    • according to the kind of gestures I make. Moreover if I fail in
    • reached, this is because Herr von Osten makes a very slight
    • which Herr von Osten makes so skilfully that the horse sees it
    • reasons to a child of this age, in trying to make him see why
    • make this clear I have chosen the following example as an
    • us, and the child makes real progress in his education. Then
    • to make fun of this, for as a matter of fact, both are correct:
    • figure with arms and legs; then make eyes with blobs of ink and
    • own little way, but without suggesting that he should make
    • Before this he has already got so far as to be able to make
    • make bowls and similar things quite by themselves, but what
    • they make out of the spontaneity of childhood before they have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • is mainly concerned with thinking. What thus makes its
    • use of at a later age. For this reason we can make a transition
    • must, from the very beginning of school life, make use both of
    • Spiritual Science. This will enable us to make use of manure in
    • follow the laws of acoustics and say: When I make a sound, the
    • expresses his own being, he has the impulses to make his own
    • world. Then we can make a more realistic approach in our
    • This makes it essential to wait until about the 12th year
    • differentiation first makes its appearance at about the
    • take pains to make everything perfectly clear to a child.
    • pushed here and there in order to make the operations of
    • that those of the same frame of mind will make moral concepts
    • to make them so. Hence it is quite wrong to do as is often
    • attempted in educational books and make externally apparent
    • constituted as to make this possible. Why then do I take in the
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • should like to make clear first of all that the soul of all the
    • destructively on the physical, and destroy it in order to make
    • spirit to make themselves felt too soon, and then we have a
    • here, Dr. Schubert, whose very special qualities make him a
    • very seldom necessary — to make some alteration in the
    • easily happen that deviations from moral conduct make their
    • teachers as their life. Certainly the children sometimes make a
    • interest. We must of course make use of the good qualities of
    • a rascal we must even make use of his rascally qualities, so
    • that he too makes progress. We do not get anywhere if we are
    • as pleased with the sick child who sits still and does not make
    • must never come about that a choleric boy who makes a mess of
    • the basis of what makes the children feel that they really
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • continually to make better and better arrangements, in meeting
    • and then proceed to give them information which they can make
    • must make the child aware of this. But how? Least of all by
    • something can be achieved. We must make the child aware of this
    • standing within the universe, but we must make him aware of it
    • the level of the child. We certainly have no reason to make fun
    • gradual stages dries up the human being, makes out of him, as
    • achieve this however we must make use of what I said yesterday.
    • is bad awaken his displeasure. In this respect he makes no
    • right way between the 7th and the 14th year, we try to make use
    • expression at puberty. For what then makes itself felt
    • the deeper tone which will first make itself heard outwardly at
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • makes them appear almost as if they were earthly beings. In
    • stomach, when the stomach makes fewer demands on it and only
    • for concern. If this occurs, if a hectic red flush makes its
    • try to make greater demands on the child's power of memory. If
    • however such a procedure will make things still worse; the
    • before he has got hold of what precedes it; who makes a strong
    • I shall change the impressions I make on him extremely quickly,
    • make enough inner effort, so that what he learns may really
    • from the next, it makes thinking fluid and fleeting, it
    • produced by the potato. The potato makes great demands on the
    • regards its effects on logic makes a cleavage between thoughts,
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • the human being. The following explanation will make my meaning
    • body can build up the second body. Today people make the things
    • bad sculptor makes everything according to the model, so in the
    • and makes corresponding demands. But it can also induce
    • the teacher wishes to be a good music teacher he will make a
    • which forms man and makes him an independent being. No wonder
    • and make one's own the inner nature and structure of some
    • head. So, if we wish to express this form, we make use of
    • of something which we wish to make known — a will or
    • connections, the inner make-up of language, we learn to know
    • the effect the things make upon them, as
    • then able to make use of such observation in life is something
    • racks his brains over how he should make use of it. This is why
    • Spiritual Science should make very strong efforts to avoid
    • certain fineness of feeling must be developed in order to make
    • one wants to give these children something which they can make
    • pervades and activates the class and one can make use of this.
    • makes him bright and lively, whereas for the most part the
    • is to make the teaching of arithmetic perceptually evident. We
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • human being, to make something of the human being. This still
    • This trend in the development of man first makes its
    • tailor able to make the whole coat. Impossible situations often
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • content of anthroposophy. And whoever makes them his own knows
    • about things so freely. As it was, we could make a
    • nothing whatever in this school is planned in order to make it
    • the utmost anxiety as to how we are to make the existence of
    • was only able to give a stimulus, to make certain suggestions.
    • in what must necessarily be led over into life, one has to make
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture I: Introduction - Aphoristic remarks on Artistic Activity, Arithmetic, Reading, and Writing
    Matching lines:
    • assumptions than those which we must make. Our methods are not
    • what it looked like — this fish that you saw. If I make
    • the child the convention: “You are to make an
    • mouth, for that makes people what they have become to-day. In
    • make it something quite different from what it would be if we
    • must go on to make the child understand that grown-up people,
    • put them on a little pile; I make another little heap here, and
    • again, and make two little heaps, and I call the little heap
    • how to make one angle like this, another like that; we try to
    • die away after; later, one can get at the most a makeshift,
    • makes something in drawing, we can help him to follow the forms
    • tell him that he himself makes a circle with his eye. This is
    • understanding for the story come. Make it, therefore, your
    • head. Take this example: I want to make clear to the child the
    • continued life of the soul after death. I shall never make it
    • myself. No kind of concept can make immortality mean anything
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture II: On Language - the Oneness of man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • everything in the world makes a feeling-impression on the
    • account you will readily make the above observation.
    • “A” — reverence. When a person makes a
    • because in our step we make a void, a furrow (Furche). Fuss is
    • to make drawings of consonants. Then you will not only need to
    • be able to make pictures yourself, and so establish by yourself
    • takes four minutes, expresses the force which makes us earthly
    • the antipathies, but you make them good by educating the pupil.
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture III: On the Plastically Formative Arts, Music, and Poetry
    Matching lines:
    • become walking corpses. We should, in actual fact, make the
    • can at the moment understand — this principle makes
    • all a bad idea in olden times to make the children simply learn
    • see that you could make a symphony out of it. That is possible
    • because an anthroposophical lecture should not make a
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture IV: The First School-lesson - Manual Skill, Drawing and Painting - the Beginnings of Language-teaching
    Matching lines:
    • But the other lessons, too, will have to be employed to make
    • or when you want to buy clothes or make clothes.” We must
    • repetition. It is important, then, to make the child fully
    • should be encouraged to make shapes. He is to be encouraged,
    • hands and about working with hands, go on to let him make
    • to whether the children can make a straight and a curved line
    • make it after you, and the curved line in the same way. But
    • it himself. It is very important to make this fine distinction.
    • yellow patch, again let every child make his own yellow patch
    • in the blue paint and make, next to the little surface which
    • let the children make each a blue patch just the same. When
    • making the children jealous of each other — make a green
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture V: Writing and Reading - Spelling
    Matching lines:
    • so that you are able to make something of it in practice.
    • able to make use of any situation in a rational way, that is,
    • discovery you make?” You will always feel joy, even if it
    • this joy which you yourself feel will live in what you make of
    • a moment when it begins to dawn on you. What sound do you make,
    • (roof). But then you ought to make a D like this,
    • instead, they wanted to make writing simpler. So from the sign
    • that. Not everyone can make use of a dancing bear; perhaps
    • someone else will make use of something much better for
    • to make spelling, orthography, uniform. Now people have a quite
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VI: On the Rhythm of Life and Rhythmical Repetition in Teaching
    Matching lines:
    • it does not make educators. For this reason there can proceed
    • I make a statement which will naturally cause annoyance to a
    • passage if you want to learn it easily. And here I must make
    • Human life makes it indispensable that we should not only be
    • should make observations. But they do not observe rightly. I
    • little industry, make for yourselves.
    • conquests remaining for the individual to make, and those
    • realizes, but what he had assimilated earlier. This makes a
    • Therefore select subjects for the children, make a note of
    • should like to make the following objection. Anyone
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VII: The Teaching in the Ninth Year - Natural History - the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • your teaching, but it will also make the teaching of some
    • explain to you, as teachers, what you will have to make clear
    • and make it possible for the human being to work in the
    • drawing it, its appearance; in a word, you will make the
    • trunk through its limbs. Then, too, make clear to the child
    • structure of the human being. You make clear to the child that
    • work of the world. You make man in his inmost heart more moral
    • how this makes him the most perfect creature; further, how the
    • obviously no one on earth can make anything of them.
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VIII: Education After the Twelfth - History - Physics
    Matching lines:
    • aptitudes in the right way. It remains for us to make another
    • Nursemaids often make this mistake; they talk with the child in
    • to exert much psychic energy to make intelligible all that is
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture IX: On the Teaching of Languages
    Matching lines:
    • We shall have to make room in our time-table, for instance, for
    • easily escape from it, as from the meadow grass, we make a
    • Naturally, this introduces into teaching an element which makes
    • tremendous amount depends on finer elements. It makes a
    • grammatical rule and make him echo, from his book, an example
    • them, but which makes the children vigorous and alive and is of
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture X: Arranging the Lesson up to the Fourteenth Year
    Matching lines:
    • make into sentences.
    • of the children. Naturally we shall have to make compromises,
    • understand. We shall definitely make this discovery and must
    • For we must know what makes the teaching of a foreign language
    • arranged. Then the professor behaves accordingly. He makes a
    • Most of them make absurd statements when surprised by an
    • to make them banal. The child must never have the feeling that
    • in the given figure) and make the children realize — if
    • But it is important to make this quite consciously part
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XI: On the Teaching of Geography
    Matching lines:
    • make the regional map live for him. It gives him some sort of
    • lateral perspective as well as the aerial view, and if you make
    • relations. Make these clear to him. Prefer to show him many
    • instance: “The Japanese make their pictures like
    • this,” try to encourage the child to make something of
    • geographical ideas. And try especially to make the child
    • in life later on. And if you could even make little ploughs and
    • geography lessons in the way I have described we make him
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XII: How to Connect School with Practical Life
    Matching lines:
    • conscious. I have attempted to make clear to you from the most
    • should like to make the position plain to you by
    • stand as human beings to the surroundings of which we even make
    • moulded by human thought, of which we make use, and which we do
    • realization that they make use of all that is produced in the
    • individual's will-power and his capacity to make decisions. In
    • Do not imagine that the effect is to make the child idealistic
    • of God in nature. You do not make the child idealistic in this
    • of great significance. We shall have to make compromises, as
    • the religious parties would make the same compromises from
    • teacher of religion is doing this would make an extraordinary
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XIII: On Drawing up the Time-table
    Matching lines:
    • (Pfadfinder) and similar movements, where it makes its own
    • the mistakes which the child makes — at first he
    • will do nothing but make mistakes, of course; later on, fewer
    • Then, indeed, we must make room for something which would be
    • feeling-training. Consequently, we shall have to make up for
    • That is, I make it vivid for him by the use of chalk. It sinks
    • try to make the children not only speak Latin and Greek but
    • when one speaks Latin, another Greek. And I try to make the
    • say “spat out” to the children, but make them
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XIV: Moral Educative Principles and their Transition to Practice
    Matching lines:
    • not make him egoistical. If the children are not taught in
    • matters of nutrition and health, makes him egoistic. It cannot
    • in the very nature of the case this information makes you more
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Concluding Remarks
    Matching lines:
    • make a compromise with untruth, otherwise we should see
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • makes his relation with the child through what he is, — which
    • into the school we shall still be able to make up for many things
    • friends, it makes a very great difference whether one teacher of the
    • boys and girls, who make fun of you. Now you must be so strengthened
    • Undoubtedly this is an unpleasant surprise. But we usually make a
    • Through what we make of ourselves we must come to this relationship,
    • first make something of ourselves, so that a relationship in thought,
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • to an external, historical necessity, it is true — to make any
    • being, but you cannot make mental pictures with them. You flow out
    • active, and we make our mental pictures with this force which
    • make mental pictures, each such process meets antipathy, and if the
    • you fling them back and in this way make them present. That is their
    • picture forms* through which you make mental pictures of outer things.
    • “We look at things, then we make them abstract, and thus we get
    • For when we make mental pictures we have what is cosmic within us. We
    • combated, because when men make systems to-day they want to have the
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • position of man's eyes is such that he can continually make these two
    • wished to make use of what unites him with Nature as a being of will,
    • the super-sensible nature in man himself, to that which makes him an
    • that he himself could progress. I will make a comparison to describe
    • and forces which make up his body during his earthly life, and then at
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • death. Whenever a man makes a resolution with his will there is always
    • The beaver makes his dam by means of the organisation of his body. He
    • is all that we include in the concept instinct; and we can only make a
    • will, you do not necessarily make an idea in your mind of how you will
    • “better” man, who always makes up his mind, when he has done
    • not make too much of such things. Much good may live underneath them.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • will with thinking, so that this will may make us members of all
    • the nerves in some way. Now wherever blood vessels and nerves make
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • If you want to make a diagram of the life of the ego in the body it is
    • possible to make it in the following way:
    • but if you do this you will not be able to make it clear why
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • relating them to each other. I wish to make this statement concerning
    • not make it comprehensible. For through the sense organ the stimulus
    • Psychologists make light of it; they glibly connect sensation with
    • we perceive, then we make mental pictures, form concepts and so on.
    • time). Three frightful things, which make it quite impossible for the
    • observations that he makes.
    • Most psychologists do not make this fine distinction in sensations.
    • make definitions, some of which can have a terrible effect on you.
    • understand something of reality, but when they begin to talk they make
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • childhood — who doze through life. The outer things make an
    • his will. For to try and make a child use his will, would be like
    • The organ of seeing is open to our sight, but nature does not make it
    • for a short time; he makes an impression on you. This impression
    • being to yourself, makes an impression on you like an attack. The
    • ceases; hence he can now make another impression upon you. Then your
    • aggressive feeling. Once more it abates and the other makes a fresh
    • in your sub-consciousness, and you make the form of the circle
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • We must be clear that a spiritual conception of man makes it necessary
    • thinking-knowing is in continual flux. You make all three judgments
    • Therefore you ruin the soul of the child if you make him commit to
    • Judgment, also, will make its appearance, and this of course in the
    • sleeping soul. The concept makes its way right down into the sleeping
    • ...” this or that, and make him learn it by heart, then you are
    • teaching. What then must we do? In teaching we must not make
    • definitions but rather must endeavour to make characterisations. We
    • know about this animal, how they have come to make use of its work,
    • It is of very great importance to make it your constant and conscious
    • body, what is it that he really wants to do? He wants to make actual
    • we must make our teaching a thing of enjoyment for the children —
    • neglects to make a really living contact with art. For in seeking to
    • sometimes makes one extremely sad to read present-day books on
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Now we could also make another drawing of the human being. It could be
    • Lacking this he will only make a clumsy copy of the forms of nature.
    • ray these outer movements back into the breast, and make them into
    • order to make clear to ourselves a tremendous fact in the history of
    • words — in order to make yourself understood by the children. If
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • make the little child who lies kicking his legs do gymnastics, for
    • limb man up to the head-man. When, for instance, we make an
    • makes him shoot up too rapidly, is related to a certain aspect of
    • by so arranging our curriculum as to make a right use of all that has
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • the change of teeth towards the seventh year. We should make clear to
    • make something different out of you from what you are. There are times
    • would like to make you into a serpent, a dragon.
    • have a man before you: you can make this interesting observation. You
    • combustion. The human being cannot endure this in himself, it makes
    • whole series of shadows. You make a great mistake if you believe that
    • of mineral substances? Even if you do not make your soup very salty,
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • makes use of the decayed matter. It causes matter to decay, to flake
    • soul to make its way even to the skin, from within outwards, along the
    • us and continuously makes use of our bodily nature; that is, spirit
    • must understand this paradox and make it our own, namely that bodily
    • spirit that comes from outside. We make ourselves too spiritual when
    • Eurythmy. The more we make the child do purely physical gymnastics the
    • as excessive bodily work makes one sleep-sodden. But when we exert
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • also and makes it take on a more physical nature. Perhaps you think of
    • larynx continually makes the attempt in the air to become head; and
    • only to make them comprehensible to the intellect, but to make them so
    • first has just so much powder to blow that he can make it cover the
    • and make them part of yourself, You must know, for example, that the
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture I: The Necessity for a Spiritual Insight
    Matching lines:
    • gratitude because this makes it possible to give expression to what,
    • and worldly outlook makes us ask: “What is the eternal,
    • spirituality within life and make this the basis of education
    • makes his own the sounds he hears about him? Or does he derive the
    • knowledge which leaves us within ourselves; which makes us ask of
    • not finding the right word to say at this moment will make an enormous
    • imperceptibly. In later life it comes out. One can make use of an
    • as the 14th year we make a peculiar discovery. If we attempt to give
    • seek for the spiritual basis which can make it possible for us as
    • — which can make it possible not merely to think of spirit, but
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture II: Spiritual Disciplines of Yesterday: Yoga
    Matching lines:
    • Now such an exposition as that to be given to-day makes it necessary
    • give it angularity, make it into a breath sound or a wave sound
    • in it: my reflection is in the mirror. This reflection makes the same
    • does, Mind can make the motions of spirit. But mind is passive. If
    • brain, and these make the imprints. This is false. The soul makes the
    • imprints, just as it is I who make them on the ground; and only
    • the imprints in my body. If I make a very hard dent it hurts me, it is
    • To make the concept of spirit and soul yet clearer let me now turn to
    • age will make nothing of it. He will be quite untouched by my
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture III: Spiritual Disciplines of Yesterday and To-day
    Matching lines:
    • Let me make my meaning clear by an example: Suppose we observe the
    • whereby the eye can make light perceptible to man? Imaginatively
    • nature. The eye must make no claim to be anything for its own sake.
    • will make it relative. Thus we can say: The eye owes its transparency
    • it were, make our whole organism into an eye. We must now make our
    • surrounding it when we make the organism transparent in this way.
    • Now this makes it necessary for us to-day to win to clairvoyance by
    • like a sea of life, — if we can work at our own progress and make
    • make our will strong, and make strong our powers of thought, so that
    • reached the stage of saying: You must so educate as to make everything
    • your own life, it makes sense. You appreciate it.”
    • of education which every teacher must make his own and use with every
    • make concepts of our feelings, we then perceive our feelings as ideas
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture IV: Body Viewed from the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • could make at the outset. To-day, I would merely like to say that when
    • make a sad being of him. In later life he will have a particular
    • possible hindrance to the will of his spirit. If we make this our
    • makes it possible to apply the results of natural science to life.
    • makes him downcast. Why is this? Because in his education and
    • regard to many things. A flower in the meadow can make us feel
    • Hence we must see to it that we do not make the children into copies
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture V: How Knowledge Can Be Nurture
    Matching lines:
    • of a teacher. Thus we should make no abrupt transition in the
    • make it clear to you by an example: We ask the child to say the word
    • make a study of antiquity and exactly reproduce the way picture
    • educational principles of which we have been speaking makes great
    • to make the best use of the time in the class room. This is a thing
    • a case like this one can make no promises that this or the other
    • in preparation so as to make the most economical use of the time.
    • Moreover, I had to make careful note of the time of the music lesson,
    • hydrocephalus, it was possible to make such progress with the boy
    • ourselves. As for a “plant,” such a thing only makes sense
    • One can make a beginning for instance with botany — that great
    • makes no difference. But I cannot carry a plant about all over the
    • portion of the earth. Together with these the plant makes a totality.
    • camel. Observation alone makes no sense in the domain of life.
    • makes up man, synthetically, not symptomatically, but synthetically
    • Indeed I can make the thing very vivid when speaking, for instance, of
    • Then we shall find that the requirements we always make are met
    • from this we make our start. And now we can explain to the child: I
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VI: The Teacher as Artist in Education
    Matching lines:
    • movements should the child make to become physically strong P But if
    • we want to make the child's body strong, capable and free from
    • But what of the teacher who has to make this endeavour? What must he
    • make the brain hard, so that it develops migraine in the latter years
    • The phlegmatic child can make little use of his head. The rest of his
    • further differentiated, and in order to make an outer limit the whole
    • as far as possible in silence. Thus you make a bridge between bodily
    • This makes very great demands upon the staff, especially where art
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VII: The Organisation of the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • would very soon be apparent that one can make charming programs, but
    • could make programs. But this cannot be done. Thus the first reality
    • with things as they are, to make a certain harmony. For there is
    • more in such an organism as a school must one make a continuous study.
    • detail. Thus these constant staff meetings tend to make the school
    • to make compromises and shall only be able to reach our ideal later on
    • handwork or woodwork classes in which the child has to carve and make
    • form and shape sprung from themselves; so that the children shall make
    • some piece of stuff; tie it together, make the head here, paint in the
    • Now, in what way can we draw out of a child the things he makes? Well,
    • strings). Or children bring their own fantasy into play: they make a
    • make things which give them enormous joy in the making. They do not
    • only make realistic things, but invent little fellows like these
    • They also discover how to make more complicated things like this; they
    • led on until he comes to make a lively fellow like this of his own
    • children, so that they may make a con-tact with real life; and here in
    • (with a brush) or make patterns (‘Sticken’). But they learn
    • learned to live in the element of colour, can make the island of
    • child make a neckband, and a waist band and a dress hem, and all three
    • must not perpetrate the atrocity of teaching the child simply to make
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VIII: Boys and Girls at the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • different subjects, are given to different teachers who make no
    • but at other times, you can give the child such guidance as shall make
    • relates to his whole nature. Thus the report we make on a child at the
    • single child in the Waldorf School we make a little verse, or saying.
    • as to make him brighter.
    • class. He has a special gift for it. He is able to make something of
    • to make compromises with ordinary life, our method yet makes it
    • Since, under present conditions, we have had to make compromises, it
    • is to make of children human beings sound in body, free in soul, clear
    • appreciation of artistic eurhythmy. But I shall be able to make use of
    • impart the feeling to his movement: just as it makes a difference
    • is able to experience his own movements as he makes them and express
    • does eurhythmy makes a great difference to his appearance. Whether,
    • A human being performing eurhythmy has no need to make a special face.
    • sound eurhythmist would not make a disagreeable face when making a
    • For instance, a performer can make the A movement by turning the axels
    • would not do if someone were to make special oeilades
    • could make more figures; for instance Joy, Sorrow, Antipathy, Sympathy
    • make figures for all these. Then people would see how this
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture IX: The Teachers of the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • directions. He makes up for the delay in his growing. At the same time
    • from normal consciousness, makes an assault upon the nervous system of
    • teachers, to make a right contact with them.
    • child moral precepts I make morality distasteful, disgusting, to him,
    • himself a philosophy of life; when his own view of the world makes him
    • the solution of it should give one power to make a new start. And if
    • present way of considering history does not attain this. It makes a
    • nothing about education or instruction that we make extra institutions
    • philosophy of life which by teaching them knowledge of man makes it
    • particularly in education, — a fanaticism which makes a man press
    • closely they will find: the aim of Anthroposophy is to make knowledge
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • of the human larynx. However, if you will make the effort to attain
    • of the larynx, and to make it visible, so that our arms bring to expression
    • make it clear to oneself that we are drawing attention to that organ
    • You have the child make half an “A” with the left arm and
    • — a eurythmic A and a eurythmic O; but so that the children make
    • Assume that you make an “I” with both arms; this
    • a person makes an “E”, for example, the important thing is
    • upper body. He feels the whole body stretched. He makes the “A”
    • upper body vertically, separate the legs, and make the “O”
    • children of the same age belong together. In order to make the transition
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • realize that when we pronounce vowels we omit the movement and make
    • out, one could make it more complicated by taking more positions; one
    • still, and so on. Now do it so that you make the “O”-movement
    • Now Mrs. Baumann will make an “E”-movement, quite high above.
    • more closely. It is the following: make an “E” to the rear
    • is very important that we make the following clear to ourselves. You
    • runs through it. And in order to make the “O” particularly
    • effective one should make the person doing it aware as well that he
    • Now we want to make an “A”: we return (to the rest position;
    • the ed.), now we make an “A” somewhat lower, return again,
    • make an “A” horizontally, back, make an “A”
    • positon; the ed.). And now make the “A” above and without
    • as I am about to describe. Now you will ask how one can make an
    • of movement to make the consonant inward again in a certain manner by
    • the “S”. Perhaps Mrs. Baumann will make a graceful
    • makes it mild; if I may express it so, it takes its Ahrimanic strength
    • you will make a “H” for us (Miss Wolfram). When you really
    • “M”. Make the “H” first and let it carry
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • “H” he makes a greater effort to uncover through speech the
    • they want to make it easier for themselves. But that just won't do.
    • They want to make everything easier for themselves; and that
    • Mrs. Baumann will be so good and make the H again, and once the tone
    • has faded away, Mrs. Baumann will make a D for us. One must pay attention
    • taken into account and which makes itself quite apparent to the
    • that make him greedy, which organize him according to animal nature:
    • itself to our souls yesterday we can combat that which makes children,
    • head. One makes the effort to form a second head for oneself (see the
    • repetition of the point. And this extension which makes its appearance
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • in eurythmy. Perhaps you would make a B for us, Miss Wolfram; and now
    • try to make a D. Now attempt to make the same movement with the legs:
    • Thus while stepping forward you make the attempt to hop forwards and form
    • in the O-form, and to make the S-sound. Because one continually sets
    • make an R (Miss Wolfram) I must ask you to please make it in such a
    • to make the R. That would have to be developed in this manner. If one
    • reality; it makes no difference. That is known today, but people cannot
    • make the transition from the eurythmic to the gymnastic quite well.
    • affects the rhythm of evacuation positively. It is indeed possible to make
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • case; one must make it clear to oneself that the judgments which the
    • when one makes the eurythmic movement corresponding to a judgment, here
    • oneself than otherwise. That is to say, one makes a movement through
    • Now imagine you make this movement repeatedly, one after another: sympathy,
    • that we make a bending and stretching movement with the legs and at
    • you make an E on the floor and an E with the arms and you pay attention
    • again. And now I will ask you to make this movement in such a way that
    • please make an A movement of some sort. And now try to make the same
    • movement of the arms one makes the shoulder movement of the 11. One
    • is to make the organism as such actually more durable, more sturdy.
    • to veneration, to the gift or capacity for reverence makes children
    • body then makes its own movements which do not pull the movements of
    • into feeling. Eurythmy makes man capable of recognising himself within
    • proper effect — make a change on the third day. But in general
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • be encountered in an intensified form when one makes the transition
    • us make clear to ourselves what is taking place here, proceeding however
    • to the outer organism for us to be able to make him grow. Nevertheless,
    • is nothing other than to make the inner man more flexible, plastic,
    • seen we will have to make clear to ourselves how the matter would lie
    • limb-metabolic system to a degree, a strong reaction makes itself evident.
    • there the organization and preserve its activity. One makes the heads of
    • entices him to expand. He makes a crystallizer of himself when he is
    • they make decided use of the characteristic alternating effect, by
    • if I may make a statement that may appear to be a bit nasty, but is
    • In people with weak egos it strengthens the “I”, it makes
    • for therapeutic purposes, to make one's own what I would like to call
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • earth which take up those formative forces and make them fast, which
    • Those forces which make secure we may thus call the consolidating forces
    • paintings. In much of what makes its appearance in the world in this
    • person doing it: make very clear to yourself what you hear outwardly!
    • I would like to make the following remark. In our times, and within
    • breathing and subsequently make the patient aware that he can consciously
    • end of this course I would as well like to state that, in order to make
    • he passed over in silence — as people naturally make all possible
    • personal aspirations. People will make it difficult, but it must be
    • twice begun; in any case we will make an effort to carry on with it.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • as everything conducive to health can also make one sick if exaggerated,
    • in turn affects the kidneys, one will make progress in the beginning
    • If you simply make the O-form as many eurythmists do, it will suffice
    • case of pregnant women and gynaecological patients you must make certain
    • to make better use of them. It is indeed so: through practice one will
    • make exceptionally good progress, most particularly in curative
    • but one should not overestimate it. One must make clear to oneself that
    • soul. Our entire soul and spiritual make-up is wrested from the bodily
    • which work in the Iight, not grope in the dark. I make this last remark
  • Title: Lecture: A Lecture on Eurythmy
    Matching lines:
    • Movement, and the history of its origin makes it almost appear to be a
    • make this the opportunity for the inauguration of a new art of
    • but he reaches the point when he makes of himself an instrument for
    • civilisation man knew how to make use of the etheric body when
    • he held his piece of paper. The instant he began to make gestures with
    • in a skilful manner, he could also make an E with his nose! An E can
    • is more natural to make an E with the arms and it has a more beautiful
    • but invariably makes use of the limb-system. And it is those movements
    • to be able to draw from speech that element which could make of it a
    • between Eurythmy and dancing. People, however, often fail to make this
    • its nature; on the other hand, the knowledge of how to make conscious
    • feels this. He feels that each movement that he makes does not arise
    • made, and we are striving to make it ever more and more perfect. There
  • Title: Lecture I: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • Everything that makes a human being solid is the result of the way the
    • carbohydrates of the grains can make him stronger than he can make
    • been entirely changed. Think what happens to the grain when I make
    • upon my heart or my lungs, I make myself a green salad. And in this
    • their own fat. They say: “Whatever fat I carry around, I want to make
    • fatty foods, then he's not saying, “I want to make my own fat”; he's
    • in his body; he makes his own fat, and this makes him feel stronger.
  • Title: Lecture II: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • protein. He also has the forces to build something up again, to make
    • confident you can make a watch. But you've never seen a watch except
    • from the outside, so you cannot right off make a watch. But if you
    • watch apart, I observed it very carefully, and now I can make watches.
    • Likewise I only need to eat protein once; after that, I can make it
    • eating new protein in order to be able to make a protein.
    • combine with the carbon. Thus we do not make our own protein as the
    • hydrogen we use to make our protein. Sulphur too — we receive that
    • There is a similar situation with fat. We make our own protein, using
    • only the carbon from the external protein. And we also make our own
    • how do we make the soil alive? By manuring it properly. Yes, proper
    • fields was really better. It's no use thinking that one can make
    • only makes the roots of plants strong, but that works up powerfully
    • makes man vigorous.
    • them, they drip with perspiration and they can't make it. Someone has
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • tenet: Life is a disagreeable affair; I attempt to make it bearable
    • make an impression on his soul. The human being awakens each morning
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of that which is unable to make an impression on the senses.
    • this question. If we do this, we find that what man is makes
    • effect, therefore, that makes them totally different from each other.
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • individuality will make up the 200 years during his next time in
    • Let us make it clear that the physical as vapor or esoteric “air”
    • make of them. When they are injured, however, man's sense of
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • extent, the soul makes use of the brain, the head-nerve organism,
    • value on the nerve forces, and he makes more use of his nervous
    • [“innerviert,” makes inward] the instrument that
    • poet still makes an effort to retain the rhythm of breathing in the
    • takes place. I shall try to make this clear for you with a diagram.
    • and the air makes is possible for tone to “stand.” Tone
    • reflection of the spiritual. When man speaks, he makes use of his
    • from the human being the breath, which the soul makes use of in order
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • attained in the contra-tones so as to make the musical experience
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • melody in human nature is that it makes the head of the human being
    • to make as small a movement as possible without standing still in the
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • we make use of the super-sensible world, we find through super-sensible
    • experience of the seventh did not make them feel that they themselves
    • make music,” would have made no sense to them. The only
  • Title: Behind the Scenes: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • said the man — “is incomprehensible; it just doesn't make
    • world, a man begins to make observations there, peculiar facts,
    • From the other side, from the spiritual world, such souls can make use
    • themselves now — and they make it plain that they are engaged in
    • This attitude alone makes achievement possible — and then it is often
  • Title: Behind the Scenes: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • of Darkness make it their business to spread confusion; from their
    • Certain occult brotherhoods, however, make it their business to work
    • spiritual world, and thus make it possible for those within narrowly
    • produce the animals ... such thoughts, in our age, tend to make the
    • the Gods were bound to make it possible for man to become what he
    • makes of himself; and in order that he might imbue this self-created
    • makes men regard them as mere superstition, although they have already
    • Let me make myself clear by means of a comparison. You will say:
    • correctly about the future.” I want to make this point clear by
    • will make bad moves and lose the game. A good player will get more
    • opportunities and will win the game. The bad chess player simply makes
    • deliberation of the actual moves that the other player will make later
    • moves the other player will make in two hours time? No, it is not! But
    • such insight, he will make the wrong moves; but he is inevitably
    • chess player must make his move according to that of the other player.
    • in such a way that they might still make use of earthly forces. In
    • work, trying to make the best of what can be wrested from the
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • characteristics make it impossible for them to be compared with
    • from the one he makes upon you when you look at him in the street. In
    • to make no distinction between himself and the other beings in his
    • in faint impressions only. In order to make the difference even more
    • who are clairvoyant, it will make no difference whether one says this
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • was to make his way to non-clairvoyant cognition, because he must
    • can make no progress.
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • strikes us when we consider what an impression this Gospel can make
    • cannot arise until what is experienced in the astral body makes its
    • use the organs of the etheric body! They were obliged to make use of
    • the way of human Karma and for which he has to make compensation. All
    • he would make no distinction between himself and the outer world,
    • a man should make increasing efforts to ensure that what he acquires
    • spiritual world were necessary to make this possible, and it was the
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • rudimentary form gradually make their appearance. The child grows
    • twenty-first years certain powers not in operation before make their
    • suppose that we wish to make an experiment with life; we wish to make
    • continuing to work creatively upon it. Suppose we wish to make such a
    • being develop quite differently and the soul makes something
    • should attempt to make this experiment; it is not an ideal for
    • united with the Moon, man's whole make-up would have become hard and
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • months, it was long enough to make these facts possible.
    • every exhalation you may make an offering to the great Spirit!’
    • lofty was his stage of development that he could make provision in
    • know what to make of him, was taken home with them.
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • highest degree noteworthy and cannot fail to make a deep impression
    • he makes of himself, not by what is in him by virtue of his descent.
    • he makes of himself as an individual!’ — Buddha aroused the
    • qualities and efforts should make of himself a purified individual.’
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • make full use of the faculties dependent upon the sentient (astral)
    • of Oriental civilization it was quite correct not to make the same
    • make no further progress. And when — comparatively soon — the
    • when, later on, he appeared in the Nirmanakaya, his task was to make
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • make a somewhat remote comparison between a body belonging to the
    • people who feel that malicious words actually make something contract
    • by bracing mountain air; it may even make him really ill. Just as
    • esoteric sense can say that he is beginning to make the principles of
    • effectively only in those human beings who are beginning to make the
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • to make a comparison with what is happening in our own age
    • gives ready assent, namely, that Nature, or Evolution, makes no
    • time’, Christ Jesus wished to make it understood that the old leaven
    • 16:9 And I say unto you, Make to yourselves friends of the mammon of unrighteousness; that, when ye fail, they may receive you into everlasting habitations. \
    • the exact meaning of the text, should make no change. Weizsacker, for
    • from a somewhat different angle, to make it clear how Buddha, and the
    • the love pervades all our own words, enabling them to make their
    • ‘The abundance of the stove makes the room warm’ —
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • in a form that they could understand. He had also to make provision
    • 9:33 And it came to pass, as they departed from him, Peter said unto Jesus, Master, it is good for us to be here: and let us make three tabernacles; one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias: not knowing what he said. \
    • the Luciferic influence, cannot make itself manifest. The
    • so that he makes real progress, but the methods usually adopted to-day
    • (See No man putteth a piece of a new garment upon an old; if otherwise, then both the new maketh a rent, and the piece that was taken out of the new agreeth not with the old. \
    • Earth must make it possible for the spirit living within me gradually
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture One: The Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • religion make the adult.
    • people today still belong, comprises those souls who can make
    • make themselves at home, are homeless souls, and grow beyond the
    • 1880s, I linked the points I had to make about the spiritual world,
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Two: The Unveiling of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • Inevitably the question arose as to whether it is possible to make
    • what he can know as anthropos, what he can know when he makes his
    • myself sought to make use of such points of contact.
    • reincarnation. As you can see, I tried to make use of what was
    • available to me, and in that form attempted to make something
    • reaction by saying that the time was not yet ripe to make available
    • understood, for no one could make sense of what Schelling wrote. In
    • beings develop in early life in a way which makes physical
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Three: The Opposition to Spiritual Revelations
    Matching lines:
    • to make reference to the impact of H.P. Blavatsky, because
    • certain point I was requested to make the material, which I otherwise
    • There was a good reason to make use of her, however. And here we
    • through the blood and today, when these Oedipal feelings make their
    • to make this ancient wisdom flower once more, there was a special
    • experiment he could try, and that was to make a small dose of this
    • our modern age to make oneself understood if one wants to appeal to
    • appalling, they said; we make every attempt to deal Catholicism a
    • make of it. And yet they were among the most enlightened people of
    • theoretical formulations, but aimed to make real progress on the path
    • the movement are to make sense. You need to understand, above all,
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Four: Spiritual Truths and the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • Modern intellectualism makes it impossible to discover a spiritual
    • but it is. And it makes them search for a very specific path, for
    • who felt these impulses. Indeed, this movement aimed to make itself
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Five: The Decline of the Theosophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • Now anthroposophy will never make the claim that it somehow wants
    • It must be possible to make the transition from cognition to religion
    • to find the divine and the spiritual, to make them accessible to
    • way in which she was prompted to make her revelations. We are dealing
    • very clearly that it is completely impossible to make a genuine
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Six: The Emergence of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • becomes advanced. If he wants to make an especially telling remark he
    • make these additional points today before going on to the actual
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Seven: The Consolidation of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • make use of any lie and who know very well how to utilize it to best
    • way to make proper progress with anthroposophy.
    • that this does not make it any better, because these feelings of
    • progress had been made to make a contribution to science, the exact
    • it will not be able to make progress productively.
    • action, make use of the things which will achieve practical progress.
    • conventional way, but justifiably — which still makes it appear
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Eight: Responsibility to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • The task, then, was to make a critical assessment of those
    • I have said all this in order to make the following point. If we
    • had become sick at sea, something had happened to make the venous
    • You can see what it takes for real scientists who want to make
    • least of all if we have had a scientific training. That makes a great
    • therefore has no future if it wants to make itself popular. Thus it
    • otherwise we begin to stray in a way which justifiably makes people
    • make up the small group today. They must feel that they bear the
    • no further in their claims than accords with reality, that would make
    • Society can be given that special character which will make people
    • world, meeting for tea parties or whatever, to make conversation and
    • we should once again make ringing declarations, set up programmes,
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture One: Nature is the Great Illusion; Know Thyself
    Matching lines:
    • that it is highly complicated. It makes considerable demands upon
    • replied: first I make chemical experiments and ascertain
    • otherwise have been possible. And he proceeded to make up his
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Two: The Three Worlds and their Reflected Images
    Matching lines:
    • can hear the noise it makes. You know that you can sit on it. But the
    • waking life. Indeed, a disposition to dreaming makes us poets. People
    • Animals have something akin to man in their make-up, a soul quality
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Three: Form and Substantiality of the Mineral Kingdom in Relation to the Levels of Consciousness in Man
    Matching lines:
    • you, it is part of your human make-up. A part of you that shares this
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Four: The Secret of Investigation into Other Realms through the Metamorphosis of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • certain metallic substances, I must make my position perfectly
    • later, perhaps, these people make a start. Then, after a time, the
    • his physical make-up was different, he was able to react with such
    • aspect. The old Initiates could make use of the physical aspect for
    • substances and has occasion to make a detailed study of this
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Five: The Inner Vitalization of the Soul through the Qualities of the Metallic Nature
    Matching lines:
    • We have a deeper insight into our make-up than we have when dependent
    • the point in human evolution when we must make a new approach to the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Six: Initiation-Knowledge, Waking Consciousness and Dream Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • only with difficulty. And this was determined by his makeup and
    • integral part of his make-up. They represent the spiritual aspects of
    • our eyes and ears. In the world of Inspiration we make use of the
    • be possible you must have grown older. If you wish to make certain of
    • only the vaguest indications. In ordinary life when we wish to make a
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Seven: Knowledge of the World of Stars. Differentiation of the Historical Epochs of Mankind and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • investigations, I should like to make the following
    • feel the need to approach them directly, but rather to make contact
    • personality. On the other hand, when we wish to make spiritual
    • try to make spiritual contact with these men and report all that can
    • to stand out in bold relief. They make an immediate human impression
    • light and are subject to its influences. We must learn to make
    • to fall victim to black magic. Men would so much like to make visible
    • good and can only make for goodness, because the Michael age is
    • things lead directly to black magic which makes use of the spiritual
    • to be found there. When therefore, we, as terrestrial beings, make
    • into their service, a service that makes for evil. And because many
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eight: Potential Aberrations in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • individual who makes use of these chemical emanations and the beings
    • makes it possible for them to use the occult-chemical impulses in the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Nine: Abnormal Paths into the Spiritual World and their Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • The make-up of primordial man was such that, in contrast to our
    • make direct contact with the physical body, and hence with the
    • laboratory and I will make experiments with him to show whether he is
    • Initiate. On the other hand, it is equally important to make a
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Ten: Influences of the Extra-Terrestrial Cosmos Upon the Consciousness of Man
    Matching lines:
    • then makes contact with magical forces, i.e. anomalous forces which
    • with metabolism, peristalsis, the stomach and other organs, and makes
    • makes the confusion more confounded.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eleven: What is the Position in Respect of Spiritual Investigation and the Understanding of Spiritual Investigation?
    Matching lines:
    • declare: “Here is truth, here is knowledge that makes no appeal
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture One: Nature is the Great Illusion; Know Thyself
    Matching lines:
    • that it is highly complicated. It makes considerable demands upon
    • replied: first I make chemical experiments and ascertain
    • otherwise have been possible. And he proceeded to make up his
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Two: The Three Worlds and their Reflected Images
    Matching lines:
    • can hear the noise it makes. You know that you can sit on it. But the
    • waking life. Indeed, a disposition to dreaming makes us poets. People
    • Animals have something akin to man in their make-up, a soul quality
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Three: Form and Substantiality of the Mineral Kingdom in Relation to the Levels of Consciousness in Man
    Matching lines:
    • you, it is part of your human make-up. A part of you that shares this
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Four: The Secret of Investigation into Other Realms through the Metamorphosis of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • certain metallic substances, I must make my position perfectly
    • later, perhaps, these people make a start. Then, after a time, the
    • his physical make-up was different, he was able to react with such
    • aspect. The old Initiates could make use of the physical aspect for
    • substances and has occasion to make a detailed study of this
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Five: The Inner Vitalization of the Soul through the Qualities of the Metallic Nature
    Matching lines:
    • We have a deeper insight into our make-up than we have when dependent
    • the point in human evolution when we must make a new approach to the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Six: Initiation-Knowledge, Waking Consciousness and Dream Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • only with difficulty. And this was determined by his makeup and
    • integral part of his make-up. They represent the spiritual aspects of
    • our eyes and ears. In the world of Inspiration we make use of the
    • be possible you must have grown older. If you wish to make certain of
    • only the vaguest indications. In ordinary life when we wish to make a
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Seven: Knowledge of the World of Stars. Differentiation of the Historical Epochs of Mankind and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • investigations, I should like to make the following
    • feel the need to approach them directly, but rather to make contact
    • personality. On the other hand, when we wish to make spiritual
    • try to make spiritual contact with these men and report all that can
    • to stand out in bold relief. They make an immediate human impression
    • light and are subject to its influences. We must learn to make
    • to fall victim to black magic. Men would so much like to make visible
    • good and can only make for goodness, because the Michael age is
    • things lead directly to black magic which makes use of the spiritual
    • to be found there. When therefore, we, as terrestrial beings, make
    • into their service, a service that makes for evil. And because many
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eight: Potential Aberrations in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • individual who makes use of these chemical emanations and the beings
    • makes it possible for them to use the occult-chemical impulses in the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Nine: Abnormal Paths into the Spiritual World and their Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • The make-up of primordial man was such that, in contrast to our
    • make direct contact with the physical body, and hence with the
    • laboratory and I will make experiments with him to show whether he is
    • Initiate. On the other hand, it is equally important to make a
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Ten: Influences of the Extra-Terrestrial Cosmos Upon the Consciousness of Man
    Matching lines:
    • then makes contact with magical forces, i.e. anomalous forces which
    • with metabolism, peristalsis, the stomach and other organs, and makes
    • makes the confusion more confounded.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eleven: What is the Position in Respect of Spiritual Investigation and the Understanding of Spiritual Investigation?
    Matching lines:
    • declare: “Here is truth, here is knowledge that makes no appeal
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • theosophy, to make sure that modern life cannot reach them in
    • we make is by no means without its spiritual beings. In
    • constructing it we make a habitation for other spiritual
    • also notice that the destruction of these forces makes it
    • in a modern railway carriage or on a modern steamer, he makes
    • life, but to make the forces of the soul strong so that they
    • science are difficult; they make you exert yourself in order
    • it makes demands on soul activity, that you do not accept
    • activity. To make spiritual science your own you must work at
    • and to grope in the dark, but to make an effort out of soul
    • thoughts and ideas. For when you make an effort and have the
    • courage to make yourself at home in this development of
    • at the second stage puts it together again to make something
    • different, and that makes all the difference.
    • this modern age of ours makes a renewal of many things
    • ahrimanic way, and through having to make our soul forces
    • colours. Its forms and colours made an impression. If we make
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • than that required by a watch-maker in making a watch.
    • to make this spirit-self one of our inner members. But if we
    • make this comparison will see that, unless there is an
    • grow and develop, that we are in a sense called upon to make
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • come about when man makes himself acquainted with the
    • we must inevitably make the acquaintance of those beings
    • was to take the boiler house out and make it a separate unit.
    • boiler house, how it is indeed possible to make an
    • make contact with spiritual science; and we may believe that
    • bear on it, in order to make it more intensely clear to
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • past days we have examined various things that make us aware
    • make on his senses and has, as it were, to create darkness
    • said, ‘I will make all my goodness pass before thee,
    • souls. We think about the sense world and make mental images
    • We make mental images of the sense world and
    • the same way as the things around us relate to us; they make
    • higher hierarchies think us, they make mental images of us.
    • said, ‘I will make all my goodness pass before thee,
    • is a good one. Let us try to make this New Year's Eve a
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • make such an impact on the development of our souls, that we
    • will make important discoveries in the future in this
    • asunder and recedes to make way for mercy, and we have the
    • and make us completely disappear in the spiritual world.
    • make things happen in the world have to be continually
    • regard to the layer you can see and yet make a wrong
    • not make us conceited. It is a fact that when we acquire an
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • combines with hydrogen to make water, is the way we have
    • makes some people shudder nowadays, for a quite specific
    • what is being said, so that we can make use of them like they
    • could say that spiritual science makes the world more
    • Spiritual-scientific knowledge makes life more enigmatic and
    • and when we try to make ourselves at home in the kind of
    • spiritual science must come alive. To begin with it makes
    • and which is preparing itself to make something of you in the
    • For it will make the teacher set himself the highest aims,
    • teacher is egoistic and only tries to make the child an
    • will then get beyond whatever it is that makes life so dry
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • Earth evolution as to make it impossible for proper Jupiter
    • make direct contact with the secrets of life. It cannot even
    • secrets of life. It is surely a good thing to make
    • not make the proper connection with them.
    • way on earth. This gives morality a very real value and makes
    • being before he makes his physical entry into the world. They
    • the old Moon period, which makes its appearance in
    • to the ancient Moon period and make it dependent on
    • today will make you feel what a deep impression spiritual
    • science can make on your outlook on life, and that it really
    • that a lot of you know very well. Everyone makes a certain
    • great deal in human nature, though, which makes it difficult
    • are trying to make spiritual science a force of life in which
    • main reason that led us to make the Goetheanum building a
    • the forms of the Goetheanum building makes it a sort of
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • elements that will make our world whole again, and which will
    • will and make a mental image of it you are certainly awake.
    • up a piece of chalk and make a mental image of picking it up,
    • and not just part of the human being, and it actually makes
    • make a chink in one or another part of the human
    • clairvoyance to arise, enough to make people proud of
    • unselfish support, make use of one or another thing,
    • this, for as I said, I always make an exception of the
    • movement has to be founded, the shadow sides also make
    • harmonious as we have tried to make the forms of our
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • make a human being out of a lump of earth; it would be no more a man
    • than the mannequin children make can actually walk. So people smile
    • this form; nature forces merely break it apart, they do not make it
    • pin stuck through it; then with the pin one makes the cardboard
    • oneself, but in this case the teacher should not! When he makes the
    • You know, today one can make the air liquid, then one
    • What then is actually the original element that makes
    • do? Well, it pushes it off, it makes something around itself, it
    • makes the eggshell around itself! That is the mineral element. The
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • make a real hole in your head — this same quartz was dissolved
    • Now this makes an apparent contradiction: I said to you
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • on. Then if we make quarries, if we make railway cuttings and open up
    • hammering everywhere, makes various statements and then one finds in
    • one can get in. You make a note that the yellow is the upper stratum,
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • You see, you could make it clear to yourselves through
    • earth to make their dwelling-places, and these we still find today.
    • make signs that would be gone the moment they made them. But if the
    • eagle able to make a statue of an owl — yet he would have to
    • make it in the air only; nothing of it would be there if one looked
    • and ordered the eagle to make an owl-statue of itself. He would make
    • it very beautifully, very beautifully. Perhaps he would make it just
    • can bite it and make it liquid — for all food has to become
    • liquid if it is to pass into the human body. Just think! You make
    • continually make yourself anew. For what you eat today, the ninth of
    • continually make this new man. But earlier men did not have this
    • still today make this human form. Once upon a time man was as
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • have some knowledge of spiritual science if one wants to make such
    • superstition on the part of modern science, which always makes its
    • the sun makes everything equal. They saw in the sun a fructifying,
    • the planets makes everything equal. Thus the Chinese pictured their
    • we paint (I will make this as simple as possible), when we paint a
    • it bright where the light falls, and on the other side we make it
    • things. They have been able to make all those things which depend
    • make a broom into a water-carrier. One day when the old magician is
    • This too I can best make clear by describing the way the
    • could often be different, so they would make another, then a third
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • bones, for instance. Everything that makes a human being solid is the
    • possible way. Actually, the carbohydrates of the grains can make him
    • stronger than he can make himself by any other means. Only think for
    • make flour into bread. It becomes something quite different. And how
    • dinner. If I want to work upon my heart or my lungs, I make myself a
    • around, I want to make myself; I want my very own fat.” But if
    • want to make my own fat”; he's saying, “The world has to
    • obliged to deposit alien fat in his body; he makes his own fat, and
    • this makes him feel stronger.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • protein. He also has the forces to build something up again, to make
    • clever that you are confident you can make a watch. But you've never
    • seen a watch except from the outside, so you cannot right off make a
    • make watches. Likewise I only need to eat protein once; after that, I
    • can make it myself. But it doesn't happen that way, gentlemen. A
    • able to make a protein.
    • inhaled to combine with the carbon. Thus we do not make our own
    • senses; that's the hydrogen we use to make our protein. Sulphur too —
    • There is a similar situation with fat. We make our own
    • make our own fat. For the fats too, we use very little nitrogen from
    • degree alive. And how do we make the soil alive? By manuring it
    • one can make fertilizer simply by combining substances that are
    • is the stuff that not only makes the roots of plants strong, but that
    • in the plants which makes man vigorous.
    • perspiration and they can't make it. Someone has not become toughened
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • soul and spirit, and death makes up for all deficiencies. Thus when
    • thinking of the dead they tried to make themselves better.
    • who would give their fellowman various signs to make them think of
    • appears to anyone with insight as if it were said: You're to make a
    • table, but you must make it as clumsy and unfinished as you can to
    • make paper thousands and thousands of years ago, long before human
    • enabled them to make everything they needed.
    • before the days of the telegram people had to make do with this.
    • over the mountain, you may meet Wotan. He will make you either strong
    • breathing and circulation. It even makes a difference whether they
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • makes it difficult at the very outset to get at the truth.
    • science does not simply make a man clever. As a matter of fact, if he
    • spiritualized, but that does not make you clumsier. These are things
    • all sorts of ways: to classify plants and minerals, to make chemical
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • if the sun were not there, if the rays of the sun did not make the
    • Well, gentlemen, we ourselves can't possibly make all the
    • day, man breathes as many times as the sun needs years to make its
    • color on a plant the sun makes a circuit lasting one year. But there
    • make a remedy of it. We are then using these minerals directly as
    • particles of these stones, and that makes them into remedial plants.
    • out in the country. So we can make the wild rose into the ornamental
    • There are still some sessions to make up, so let us meet
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • earth makes this part of the moon visible.
    • leads to infinity! People will eventually give up trying to make
    • scientists know it, for it is they who make the experiments. In spite
    • with a gigantic towel to make them quite dry! But the matter is not
    • you have this air in a closed container. The hotter you make the air,
    • container. The hotter you make it, the sooner it reaches the point
    • makes its way to where there is a kind of hole in the surrounding
    • field and makes thinking more mobile.
    • coffee if it is definitely proved. In the meantime I can make the
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • side of the earth. But I cannot draw that, I would have to make
    • everything round. If I were to make it round, I would come to the
    • make the earth into a tetrahedron.
    • this, and then the one up above. I make it as small boys do: they cut
    • — and they make an outlet for themselves in the direction of
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • could very easily make a traveler ill by damaging his nerves. When
    • anthroposophy, too, will make its way in the world, simply because it
    • potatoes for their nutritional value? He makes a laboratory
    • calculated with exactitude how much pay will make it possible for the
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • conditions should be bettered. What makes the labor problem such a
    • stars that exists is one that makes calculations about them. But it
    • could do about the stars was to make calculations, they began to do
    • And now that we know these things, we can make some
    • the sun makes a circle round the whole zodiac, finally getting back
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 1: The Mission of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • beings to penetrate behind the realm of the sense-perceptible and to make
    • interesting personality and see what he makes of questions concerning the
    • spiritual world makes him to be.
    • precisely what Spiritual Science will make people aware of once more: the
    • progress of humanity, when other means were used to make known the findings
    • to make for itself a picture of the outer world. But he goes on to say that
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 2: The Mission of Anger
    Matching lines:
    • The investigator of the soul must be in a position to make observations in
    • not thereby make man a god. If we say that a drop of water from the sea is of
    • aspect of the Ego; and we are in duty bound to endeavour to make the Ego as
    • achieved the clarity which makes for enlightened inner judgments. He sees
    • we are up against something in the outer world. The Ego then makes its
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 3: The Mission of Truth
    Matching lines:
    • and a forerunner of love? Is it not true that anger tends to make a man lose
    • time it gradually transforms the powers of the soul and makes it capable of
    • are all men agreed that three times three makes nine and not ten? Because no
    • were to contradict us; we would still know that three times three makes nine
    • alienates himself from the human community. Look at people who make no
    • educational effect of these two kinds of truth on the human soul? It makes a
    • make it withdraw into itself and look with hostility on the world. A man can
    • turns into a recluse or a one-sided eccentric makes no difference; in both
    • makes these truths so satisfying: we have first to grasp them before we can
    • grandest art. We see in it how Goethe was able to make a start towards the
    • on the man-made objects that are lying around, while Prometheus makes a
    • makes Phileros fall in love with Epimeleia. We see him, burnt up with
    • his brother to make all speed to the spot and do all he can to halt the
    • Came near me also. To make another like her,
    • which will make it possible for him to rescue himself. The smiths, who are
    • You Titans make a great beginning,
    • experiences. Towards the end of the poem, Prometheus makes a remarkable
    • standpoint he should make his own. From the enhanced consciousness of truth
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 4: The Mission of Reverence
    Matching lines:
    • central point of the soul which can lead to the real Self and makes it
    • through the endeavours that man must make to strengthen this inner centre
    • the Ego and makes it more selfless.
    • behind the boundary of the external, it must make sure of being illuminated
    • think, there is a danger of losing oneself. If anyone makes it a matter of
    • existence and are seeking for the goal which we long to make our own. Here
    • reverence enhances the strength of the Ego and so makes it possible for the
    • emotions, our sympathies and antipathies, which otherwise make their way into
    • Reverence must take hold of every soul that is to make progress in its
    • devotion together make up reverence. We can have a devoted attitude to this
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 5: Human Character
    Matching lines:
    • words written by Goethe after contemplating Schiller's skull can make
    • make up in some way a harmonious unity. We speak of a split in a man's
    • make up the real foundation of his character.
    • way we make it our own. The experiences we go through have to be united with
    • can make mistakes in face of certain phenomena, just when they are most
    • the separate instincts, deprived of the Ego, make their way into the physical
    • determined by the fruits of a previous life. If we are to make good use of
    • and this makes it possible for a man to work on his character in later life.
    • through daily prayer we make them part of ourselves, then through the play of
    • make their mark on man's external physique and are manifest in gesture and
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 6: Asceticism and Illness
    Matching lines:
    • and passion. In addition we have a fourth part, one which makes man the crown
    • In order to make
    • a wrong way. We will take the case of someone who makes it his aim to ascend
    • He is never afraid of those who make use of unclouded intelligence, for that
    • is what makes all these communications comprehensible.
    • to permeate my spiritual life, they would confuse it; I could make nothing of
    • will make themselves intelligible of their own accord, when I have worked my
    • does try to develop these inner faculties, and makes use of such forms of
    • its deeper significance. But if we weaken our normal forces, we make
    • souls which has no connection with our present-day world, makes us strangers
    • makes us more and more capable in our dealings with the world, for we see
    • make him a hermit, a mere settler there. In this isolation he may see all
    • beyond the normal in order to make the exercises easier. But it would be
    • having an immediate effect. Hence I will make things easier by lightening my
    • makes it resistant to illness coming from outside, a false asceticism makes a
    • make for health, not for illness; they carry healthy life-forces into our
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 7: Human Egoism
    Matching lines:
    • as possible from the outer world and makes his own everything that can
    • perhaps even make a caricature of it. A simple comparison will make this
    • to make itself as beautiful as it can, without asking who will benefit from
    • An example from the field of education will make this clear. It is precisely
    • interwoven with the entire world — only then can he make proper use of
    • bad service. It makes him proud and egoistic with regard to knowledge. The
    • stove would not be moved to make the room warm. Similarly, men will not be
    • the outer world, shuts him off from his environment and makes him cold and
    • Naturally, he makes Goethe into a Philistine, but that is not Goethe's
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 8: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • similar ideas are to be found in the Buddha. At the same time we must make it
    • who has done so much to make oriental religions better known in
    • In order to make
    • Nagasena sought to dissolve everything that makes up an earth-life,
    • the hand a man? No — the hand alone does not make a man. But if you cut
    • no longer be a hand. What then is it makes the hand a hand? It is the man who
    • makes the hand a hand! Is the heart a man? No! Is the heart something
    • is the man who makes the heart a heart and the heart that makes the man a
    • themselves are nothing; they exist only in relation to our entire make-up.
    • Christian way of thinking make of all this? It regards any single part of the
    • has developed his inner life in such a way that he can make his existence in
    • life-forces that will enable him to make use of every incarnation in such a
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 9: Something about the Moon in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • make some remarks which fall outside the way of thinking now called
    • possible. And if they lean on Fechner and make his methods their own, we must
    • substance. It is agreed that we have far to go before we can make protein
    • the whole tendency of science is to make us admit that one day it will be
    • by those who make these assertions — will be a monistic one which holds
    • surely make this sacrifice.”
    • Goethe-Schiller Archives at Weimar, makes some surprising discoveries. He
    • America or Australia. For the physical and etheric bodies it makes no direct
    • he can make observations: he feels particularly strong and communications
    • influence of the moon makes itself felt in them. It is similar in certain
    • clairvoyant faculty makes itself independent of these three bodies; it can
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 1: Spiritual Science and Language
    Matching lines:
    • ability to make our being extend into our environment through language. On
    • individual soul, a soul transfused with an ego, which makes every human being
    • achieve more, for they were able to make use of a more effective means; thus
    • In the same way that we use the inner warmth to make our blood pulse
    • outward activities, outward objects which make an impression on us, and
    • of those things which make an impression on us from the outside.
    • ourselves to make this creative feeling become active where we want to
    • Then spiritual science will have become the agent which makes real what is
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 2: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • three external sheaths and within them lives the ego which makes him the
    • entity pleases us and makes us feel that here we have something that warms
    • the impressions which the environment or the being might make on it. The
    • to make sense of this would be futile, for there is no law which could unite
    • ourselves above the impression it makes on our physical body, to become free
    • make itself richer again. The tears are not merely an outflow; they are a
    • child makes itself evident above the animal level, the more does it show its
    • mind may make us unwilling or unable to understand what is going on. Laughter
    • laughing. Or it may be that attitudes currently in fashion make it seem that
    • that someone makes calculated use of this form of human expression. Consider
    • productions, for example, can make us see that in human life there is a kind
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 3: What is Mysticism?
    Matching lines:
    • with its realms of light and colour and all the other impressions it makes on
    • directs him towards the outer world and the impressions the latter makes upon
    • trace in his soul, and this makes a difference. The mystic will be subject
    • will always remain somewhat incomprehensible unless we make an effort to
    • opened his soul to all the feelings and images which can make the Rose Cross
    • make progress in imaginative cognition. If we try to deepen our ordinary life
    • make its activity flow into the external world by the creation of symbols. In
    • highest and truest sense can make real for us what can be found in the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 4: The Nature of Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • that the mystic seeks to make himself free and independent of all the
    • inner life; that is why I failed to make myself into something of which I
    • from the future that in a similar way makes us aware of our defects which
    • impair the purity of prayer and its accompanying state of mind. If we make
    • the power of prayer if he has never sought to make it effective within him?
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 5: Sickness and Healing
    Matching lines:
    • there is the highest member of the human being which makes him the crown of
    • awake we can make our soul-life perceptible, we can create it before our
    • of the outer human being. An example will make clear that truths are
    • has to make them part of his judgment. The possibility must be given for him
    • the outside world. Healing makes it possible for the human being to return
    • makes the inner human being progress we are given something by healing which
    • healing process makes our inner life progress, death influences the
    • not make any attempt at healing! To speak like that would not be in the
    • of view. We have the duty to make every attempt at healing with all the means
    • fabric which we then make use of between death and a new birth. Healing and
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 6: Positive and Negative Man
    Matching lines:
    • to make it clear that this treatment of the subject — which will be
    • demands, who is impelled to act only by sympathy or antipathy, will make no
    • if he were to remain in that condition, he would make no progress. In the
    • itself artificially into a negative mood. Otherwise it will make no progress.
    • him, and this means that he has to make himself as negative as possible. And
    • diet, for example, make us negative? If we become vegetarians because of some
    • clearly-defined character. A negative tendency, on the other hand, does make
    • Thus we can say that it makes a great difference if a man achieves a
    • attitude to the world can make us both positive and negative. For example, a
    • can actually see with our eyes, makes us negative. There has to be a
    • world-outlook, which makes no claim except to arouse the forces sleeping in
    • it is that fear and sympathy make us negative. In order that we may become
    • life of the soul makes a mockery of our knowledge. We need an unbounded
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 7: Error and Mental Disorder
    Matching lines:
    • suffering and perhaps also to the loss of hope. To make up for this, in the
    • thereupon makes the lengths of rope shorter the further the trees are away.
    • illusion lead us to make a wrong judgment and how rarely would we make a
    • make it a proper instrument for the intellectual soul. And the consciousness
    • intricate example will make clear how difficult it is to maintain the
    • lost” which make an unjustified assumption which goes unnoticed —
    • such an example, if it is truly understood, makes us aware of something which
    • limit, but we will have done the utmost to make our inner being predominate
    • make quite a different contribution to the well-being of the human being than
    • within us when we make the effort to continue where philistines like to stop:
    • and belief in reason will make the cross victorious. Belief in reason and
    • intellectuality, he makes the statement which can serve as motto for us in
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 8: Human Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • his contemporaries were imbued with a deeply earnest wish to make something
    • which make a peculiar impression, for they clearly fail to recognise the
    • time. What, he asks, are we to make of conscience? Fundamentally, he says, it
    • makes the great discovery that something like an awakening of the soul can
    • first makes its appearance in the sentient soul, it is weak and frail, and
    • make good, so, later on, it was the same cosmic Spirit that powerfully
    • Every word that he gives to Klytemnestra, for example, makes one feel
    • beginning to make itself known and was still weak, that is something which
    • so the historical Christ-Jesus makes possible what we call the entry of the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 9: The Mission of Art
    Matching lines:
    • be added here. When we make acquaintance with great works of art in the sense
    • The book which in a glorious manner makes us cease
    • had no such vision: he makes no claim to having had a special revelation at a
    • evolution and so has to make the journey from the spiritual world to the
    • with deeper feelings who will tell you that art makes it possible for them to
  • Title: Fifth Gospel, Part 2: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • make of him.
    • The Essenes didn't know what to make of
    • you make the others smaller, so you think you are great.”
  • Title: Fifth Gospel, Part 2: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • independent existence. It does make sense to consider it as
    • organism, and it makes no sense to consider the plant in
    • we make all kinds of movements and if we don't observe these
    • we make it our food. It is just as true that we humans have the
    • spiritual-scientific preparation, we will be able to make
    • in the human soul, but it can also make him a sensualist. Two
    • what the Bible describes: “Make these stones into bread
    • popular, almost frivolous way: Make these stones into bread, so
    • the kiss would make no sense if someone who knew which was the
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • formerly solid ground. I will make a rough sketch of this. Today we
    • if we want to make such discoveries.
    • part of modern science, which always makes its calculations
    • the sun makes everything equal. Hence they saw in the sun a
    • over the planets makes everything equal. Thus the Chinese pictured
    • always remains a little — they do not know what to make of the
    • here we make it dark. When we paint the whole man, if we paint
    • make all those things which depend upon outer invention — that
    • master comes back and says the right words to make the broom become a
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • original. From these it is possible to make a study of what people
    • and in death makes up for all deficiencies. Thus when they thought of
    • they tried to make themselves better.
    • various signs to make them think of the dead, and thus to benefit
    • are to make a table, but you must make it as clumsy and unfinished as
    • making nests. The wasps found out how to make paper thousands of
    • them to make everything they needed.
    • you may meet Wotan. Wotan will then make you either strong or weak
    • their breathing and of the circulating blood. It makes a difference
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • that we make ourselves ‘bearers of love.’” Thus
    • for it makes men strong.
    • and makes him strong and able.”
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • delicately prepared by Nature, and having done so, makes use of it in
    • itself — the bees now makes a special little container in which
    • afterwards works, for what the bee makes externally lies in its
    • Now make for
    • something that makes bee-keeping so extremely interesting for
    • needs for producing wax, out of which it then makes the
    • condiment, one can make the formative forces too strongly active. The
    • more fruitful plants. So man not only benefits by the honey the bees make,
    • interferes with these forces he makes matters not better, but worse.
    • He does not make them worse all at once, for it is really so that
    • man can remove, and by doing away with them can make things easier
    • he makes use of bee-hives which are conveniently arranged, instead of
    • attractive, for certainly, it makes many things much easier. But the
    • wished to make these remarks which, after all, are beyond doubt, for they
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Now I make a screen; I shut these off in the spectrum; then I have here
    • concerned are as thoughtless as it is possible to be and make
    • We men make
    • make a fist of your hand when you are going to be touched —
    • modern science makes such statements this is due to its authority,
    • make much use of this nonsense.
    • article, because naturally, it interests him, but he cannot make much
    • can make her nuptial flight under the influence of the Sun.
    • this makes the bees restless.
    • certain way, the animals also must do the same. One cannot make such
    • can make good use. One cannot get weak bees to change sugar into
    • bees camomile tea you support them in their inner honey-process. You make
    • the reason that salt especially makes otherwise indigestible things,
    • through the body, and makes food digestible.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • on a person, it is no use simply to make experiments in the
    • well, they do not make milk. So the gentlemen said, evidently
    • is connected with “make”; therefore, vitamin
    • makes life.”
    • experiences make it evident.
    • — Nature is a bungler, she makes only milk to flow from the
    • the bee prepares the wax. What does it do with the wax? It makes
    • hexagonal cells. You see, the earth makes hexagonal silicic-acid
    • crystals. The bee makes hexagonal cells, and this is extremely
    • him the power to make use of the hexagonal force, and then a small
    • it in the waxen cells of the comb, and it is this that makes honey so
    • constructed a theory. He said: “Herr von Osten makes a
    • between the horse and Herr von Osten. The latter had no need to make
    • other one grows pale, fear makes people pale. When one turns pale the
    • of a man who is angry, and in his anger he goes to the bees. Anger makes
    • present in honey. Then the bees can make honey.
    • will also lead us to the point where we can once more make use of
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • enterprise should surely make a profit. But if the bee-keeper remains
    • When one makes
    • something like a lump. At first one could not make out what it was.
    • another child fed with its mother's milk and he says, “It makes
    • do much reckoning as to what he could make out of his bees; it was
    • persons digest too slowly, the honey wants to make It quicker, and so
    • universal remedy, but one can make use of one remedy or another,
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • wish to make assertions; I only wish to say that these things arise
    • make experiments with especially cultivated plants in seasons when
    • are forced to try and adapt themselves, to make their organisation as
    • power of producing honey; the bee retains it and can make use of it
    • work very carefully, and make a cross-section from the trunk of the cultivated
    • what to make of it, They do not know that he saves the bees their
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • thing is this; that substances that can make a man ill or even kill him,
    • — I make a certain preparation, a remedy; I put wasp or bee
    • honey; how the bee actually makes the honey, and whether the bee-keeper
    • is able to make an egg-laying bee out of an ordinary worker-bee. It is a
    • which more closely resemble the bees as they make a kind of
    • time of laying, the wasp in a most curious way, makes a kind of loop
    • make use of what is lignified for their nests, they greatly relish
    • as the wasps, they must set to work quite differently. The ant makes
    • a cellular structure. You see, the bees make use of the substances that
    • on what is contained in the plants. The ants mostly make use of such
    • hard material that they can only make tunnels into the earth,
    • gentlemen, that the ants which make use of hard substances only for their
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • I told you how the ants make their nests, how they either build up mounds
    • build up a mound, but make use of something suitable they find there
    • stump has been left standing; an ant colony comes along and makes a
    • little chamber inside it, hollows it out, and makes all kind of
    • make one passage, then another, then a third and so on, and within
    • creature cannot make use of a tree stump, it builds up a sand heap; when
    • notices. From here they make passages into the kitchen, into the
    • use them for their building. Everything they cannot make use of they
    • of this kind, all make their first appearance as grubs, also the
    • is it? So now they make this fine tale — it must be in the
    • bees, wasps and ants do not only rob Nature, but help to make it possible
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • being. The material it makes use of, it must itself bring into the
    • wherever one has made use of wood. Here the wood-bee makes its nest,
    • it starts boring in quite a new direction. It makes a little ring-like
    • bee makes a covering over it, in the centre of which there is a hole.
    • Now it begins to bore again above the cover, and makes a second
    • that is still younger; because the mother insect had first to make
    • human nature. One must make a picture of what is happening in the
    • The liver cannot do anything with the formic acid, it can make no use of
    • were: “What am I supposed to do now? I am not to make formic
    • such as are used in chemical laboratories. You make a flame under it,
    • everywhere there is oxalic acid, and these creatures make formic acid
    • longer living. If this wood-bee could not make use of the wood in the
    • right way, it would seek a dwelling place elsewhere. It does not make
    • begin to rot away; there it makes a nest and lays its eggs.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • comes to a building such as the Goetheanum makes it possible
    • make one's personality somewhat active. At the beginning of a
    • the people, (some of whom will be in the hall), and make
    • make oneself a wee bit, ridiculous — to be sure, so
    • requirements: but one should make an effort to fulfill these
    • requirements, at the same time as one makes such guiding
    • done in the way of developing our thoughts, in order to make
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • souls that it is difficult to make oneself understood. And,
    • without this feeling — that it is difficult to make
    • of all have to make quite clear to ourselves what the content
    • make clear to ourselves that primarily it is the feeling for
    • makes much difference how one speaks about the things of the
    • — in the end makes no difference. And gradually it has
    • exist! When we make two assertions, we actually make them
    • earlier, but here we make use of the word to characterize.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • that it makes sense to speak about these things at all, about
    • life. It would always make an academic impression, if one
    • were head of the police (over the whole country), he would not make
    • indoctrination to make people understand: The middle class speaks of
    • produced. One who makes a key pours his soul into his key. A
    • shoemaker makes shoes with all his heart. And I am quite certain that
    • of modern-day developments. It is very difficult to make that clear
    • has turned into ideology; but you must make him realize this in his
    • to make it comprehensible in what way all this, which the state has
    • make a paradoxical impression among the people of the middle-class as
    • by translator: Rudolf Steiner makes a pun with words here. The term
    • Boehme, 1575–1624; mystic and shoemaker in Goerlitz.
    • Sachs, 1494–1576; Meistersinger, poet and shoemaker in
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • tries to make somebody in Switzerland take an interest in something
    • world conditions. It is therefore necessary that one makes this
    • politics. That doesn't really exist. But this makes it evident that
    • word for word — “and there one doesn't have to make such
    • This means that he has to make use of the time when people prefer to
    • Knowing such things makes
    • go into the makeup of a correctly trained speaker. I want to mention
    • speeches but listening to others that makes a person into a good
    • happen instinctively. What makes one a speaker is basically
    • possibly, he wants to make wind himself!”
    • when the fun of today makes its appearance. And so, the digestive
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • speak about rights-relationships, we should make the attempt
    • should then make it evident how through a slight change in
    • can make the idea of “associations”
    • make it plausible that an individual person really knows
    • corresponding feelings concerning the assertions one makes.
    • sentences that serve as catch-phrases. They do not make the
    • movements that make one flexible and dextrous. Similarly, one
    • should make the speech-organs pliable and adroit; but making
    • sounds? — then one makes oneself independent of speaking
    • senseless, but they are designed to make the speech-organs
    • the sequence of sounds, to make the organs of speech pliable;
    • value for this practicing. You make progress if you take the
    • fulfilment. Now one should really make an effort to execute
    • best way to make their speech pliable:
    • who stutters must make a real effort.
    • on everything that makes a speech complete.
    • drink of diplomats. Coffee, on the other hand, makes one
    • the Goetheanum. Since one naturally cannot make a separate
    • “Gesehmeithgen,” to make pliable;
    • hohlen,” to make hollow; “zu
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • always speaks along with, even makes eurythmy along with, the
    • importance that the persons who make it their task to do
    • can make use of the fact that some persons want to accept
    • That will give wings to our words and make us true coworkers
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • of his age. The conflict, moreover, did not only make itself manifest
    • begin to make a stir — minds not fundamentally under the influence
    • Maistre makes it abundantly evident that there is in him no single trace
    • was already beginning to make itself felt in the eighteenth century.
    • to the forces of nature, if he does not make his being fit to become
    • original sin again to the fore, to make a connecting link between natural
    • battle of Hadrianople. The Goths make their way into the Eastern Roman
    • real sense makes no headway. The impulses of an earlier spirituality
    • to us in the form of tradition do not, nor can they ever make it really
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • to-day we have a feeling that we make use of a certain activity of thought.
    • There is a great to-do when Dante, assisted by his teacher, makes his
    • the Latin culture have the will to think been able to make any headway.
    • is still only so far born as to be able to make use of formalism, of empty
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the outer world and make mental pictures about the
    • cognition. This makes it so difficult to take the assertions
    • make an analogy out of the field of art to explain what I
    • specialized truth and tries to make it into a universal law.
    • really experience what goes on in one's soul when one makes
    • strengthen our capacity to make these inner mathematical
    • the force of which we can only make pictures to ourselves, in
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • conceptual life. As human beings we make mental pictures and
    • lines for the purpose of later references I wish to make.
    • unconscious to us when we make gestures, because we connect
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • explicable in itself. On one occasion I tried to make this
    • knowledge about the clockmaker and other such things.
    • mathematical thinking only makes images of, is actually real
    • rapid vibrations, and these vibrations somehow make an
    • does it represent for the human being? To make this clear let
    • gulfs in the Land, so the outer world makes gulfs in our
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • physical make-up we cannot possibly hold more than part of
    • in an effort to be clear. In all observations that we make,
    • growth, the force that makes a child grow into an adult, that
    • makes limbs grow larger, that permeates the human being as an
    • we are striving to accomplish. We wish to make transparent
    • in a reality. The reality makes itself felt; it asserts
    • thoughts, feelings, or life of will, but the whole make-up of
    • make us a different person again and again in the course of
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • organism? Only imaginative cognition makes it comprehensible
    • to us, as a mathematical approach makes physical phenomena
    • forth. We Herbartians, the philosophers, could actually make
    • physical image. This fact occasionally makes itself manifest
    • shortcoming in this psychology. Although he makes everything
    • further, one makes do with a word. He says: Yes, in certain
    • feeling that would permit him to make a link to mental life
    • some of you it would be helpful to make an exact picture of
    • transformed consciousness. And when I in turn make an outer
    • feels the need to make use of this intensified intellectual
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • “mathematical” attitude of soul, we can make sure
    • necessary for us to acquire something that will make us
    • phenomena, with which we can make mental constructions, we
    • make a comparison. No doubt you have had some dealings with
    • that makes an impression on me and explains the b to
    • them. When we adopt such a way of viewing phenomena and make
    • memory pictures become so lively that they could even make us
    • process of remembering means. Remembering means (I will make
    • just as I must look toward the cosmos and the make-up of the
    • relate to you a certain experience I had; it will make this
    • was to make further investigations. Thus I became thoroughly
    • detail, I just wanted to make a kind of cross section through
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • make various objections for himself. This is inherent in the
    • ourselves with him. We would try to make him come to life in
    • what makes it so exact is the fact that we have an inner
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • to make possible a recognition of the truly scientific spirit
    • will make the necessary improvements without argument. We do
    • discovered that they don't begin to make sense until they are
    • can to make the refutations — as much as time permits.
    • But really, the burden of proof lies with the one who makes
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • one makes concerning that existence?
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • clarity: one feels that, applied to social thinking, this clarity makes
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • extent on our being able to make this clear distinction out of inner
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • between that which makes an unjustifiable claim to spiritual scientific
    • first to make thinking sense-free and then to present this thinking
    • a certain chilling effect on human nature — one makes a discovery.
    • over into the social life. At that time I sought to make two points
    • above all to make clear that the most important thing about following
    • external, and to indicate on the other hand that everything that makes
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • of modern scientific thought quite well. I must make this one preliminary
    • one makes the physical body one's own through the activity of the ego
    • make attempts at all kinds of rationalistic explanations, but he will
    • Nietzsche's body. It produced the condition that makes Nietzsche such a
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • nature in images, that makes us clearly aware that we are being led
    • coalesces with man's inner life, and because he makes subjective what
    • Some of this I shall make legible in two l